History of The Corps of Electr - Brigadier (R) Khwaja Tariq Mah - 18128

Back to Main Menu
HISTORY OF
THE CORPS OF
ELECTRICAL &
MECHANICAL
ENGINEERS
1947 - 2004
Back to Main Menu
By
Brigadier (R) Khwaja Tariq Mahmood
Colonel (R) Qamar Bashir
Compiled By
Brigadier Dr. Akhtar Nawaz Malik
Captain Mohsin Saghir
Back to Main Menu
First published in Pakistan in 2004 by EME Directorate, GHQ.
Copyright © 2004 by EME Directorate, GHQ.

The moral rights of the authors have been asserted.
Back to Main Menu

Published by EME Directorate, GHQ, Rawalpindi
Printed and bound in Pakistan by

Alhamra Printing, Islamabad, Pakistan
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be

reprinted or utilised in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or
other means, now known or hereafter invented, including
photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval
system, without permission in writing from the copyright owner.
Back to Main Menu
DEDICATION
This book is dedicated to the memory of EME all

ranks who laid down their lives in the service of the
Corps and the Army and all those who contributed to
make the Corps as it is today.
Back to Main Menu
iii
iv
Back to Main Menu Back to Main Menu
Back to Main Menu
Back to Main Menu
C-IN-C General Agha M. Yahya Khan, HPk, HJ

Presenting National Standard to EME Centre Quetta
v
Back to Main Menu
FOREWORD
by
General Pervez Musharraf, NI(M), TBt
President Islamic Republic of Pakistan
& Chief of Army Staff
It gives me immense pleasure to write the fore-

word for the history of Corps of Electrical and
Mechanical Engineers. The Corps of EME has achieved
the momentous and long awaited milestone of compil-
ing the history of the Corps. I congratulate the
Director General Corps of EME for undertaking and
completing this challenging and vital task. I also com-
mend the painstaking and dedicated efforts of all those Back to Main Menu
who contributed towards the successful compilation
and publication of this historic document. The achieve-
ments and contributions of the Corps, since its birth,
are effectively highlighted through a quick glance at the
history of the Corps.
The Corps of EME has provided invaluable repair
and overhaul support to Pakistan Army both in war and
peace. The officers and men of the Corps have stood
the challenges of time and performed, under adverse
conditions with resource constraints, admirably well
vii
and ensured that the Army’s equipment is kept in bat-
tle-worthy condition. The history of the Corps is replete
Back to Main Menu

with examples that bear testimony to the professional
competence and commitment demonstrated at all lev-
els. I am sure that this book will make good reading and
serve as a beacon of guidance for the younger genera-
tion of EME Corps in their pursuit of achieving excel-
lence.
The Corps of EME must remain abreast with the
technological advancements and strive to further hone
their skill levels in keeping with modern day require-
ments. As wars have become more dependent on tech-
nology, I can foresee that the Corps of EME is destined
to become increasingly important for all Army units. I
pray for the continued success of the Corps of EME in
their mission to serve Pakistan Army with pride and
honour.
Rawalpindi General
Back to Main Menu
Dated: October 2004 (Pervez Musharraf)
viii
ix
x
Back to Main Menu
PREFACE
by
Major General Fazl-i-Ilahi, HI (M)
Director General Corps of Electrical
and Mechanical Engineers
A review of the historical development of any

organization must include the conditions and circum-
stances which led to its development; since, it is cir-
cumstances and constraints, which directly affect the
developed structure of any organization. The Corps of
Electrical and Mechanical Engineers have come a long
way to its present organizational form, since the inde-
Back to Main Menu
pendence. The need to compile the history of the
Corps had long been felt. Being the first such effort at
amassing the relevant information, the book saw some
delay in its completion. However, by the quality of the
information and its presentation, it can rightly be said
that it was well worth waiting for. I congratulate all
those who contributed to the compilation and publica-
tion of the history.
Since the mission of the Corps has remained large-
ly unchanged throughout the recorded history, it may
xi
appear that there may not be enough material to be put
into a historical document. However, once past the
Back to Main Menu

deceptive first look, the only permanent feature in the
diary of events is: Change. With the changing arsenal of
equipment and the dynamic international scenario
about the availability of defence equipment, the Corps
had to transform itself in more than one ways. This
book carries the fascinating record of these changes. I
hope that the study of this historical account will go a
long way in bridging the communication void between
the present and future generations. The book is not
meant to be a user manual for routine duties; rather, it
is a reference that puts things in correct perspective.
With the added features for enhancing the accessibility
of information for a variety of readers, I believe that the
book will prove to be a worthy source of information
and inspiration. Inclusion of an interactive computer
compact disc (CD) is an additional unique feature of
this historical document. By this we have not only made
Back to Main Menu
appropriate use of the concurrent electronic media but
have included those events of historic importance which
were not possible to be included in the main history
book. This mainly includes the video clips and addition-
al photo galleries. The CD also provides other inherent
useful features of this interactive electronic media.
The collection of information contained in this
text was a very well organized effort. All units were
contacted to provide information of historic value
about their unit in the form of a well framed question-
xii
naire. Many retired senior officers provided insight and
valuable accounts in the form of video interviews and
Back to Main Menu

photographs. All that information has been included
either in the main text or in the CD.
The Corps of EME is a unique Corps. Having a
human resource potential of over fifty thousand techni-
cally qualified personnel and highly educated and com-
petent officers, it forms one of the most important serv-
ices of Pakistan Army. We have been entrusted with a
highly responsible and sensitive task of keeping the
equipment of the Army in a battle worthy state at all
times. This is by no means an easily surmountable goal.
As you know, the equipment is of a wide variety and we
are constantly faced with paucity of resources essential-
ly required for ensuring battle readiness of the equip-
ment. This demands of us a high degree of profession-
alism, devotion and diligence.
In addition to providing the routine engineering
support, the Corps is also contributing in a big way
Back to Main Menu
towards the indigenous production of defence equip-
ment. To carry out research in the wake of denial of
information is a phenomenal task. It requires a funda-
mental understanding of the basic principles with the
acute awareness of limitations on production and pro-
curement. The R&D work by EME personnel has been
extremely praiseworthy and appreciated at all levels.
The section of “Challenges faced by the Corps of
EME”, specifically highlights this aspects, and the ways
in which the Corps has proved equal to the task have
xiii
also been mentioned.
I hope that by reading this treatise you will come
Back to Main Menu

to understand the types and extent of the works per-
formed by the Corps of EME in varying circumstances.
For the Corps of Electrical and Mechanical Engineers I
hope that it will keep its pride through challenging
times. I wish the Corps continued success in all its
endeavours to fulfill their professional obligations with
glory and distinction.
Rawalpindi Major General

Dated: September 2004 (Fazl-i-Ilahi)
Back to Main Menu
xiv
Back to Main Menu
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART-I EVOLUTION OF CORPS OF EME
CHAPTER 1 FORMATION OF CORPS OF

PAKISTAN EME (PEME) 9
Historical Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Mechanical Engineering Directorate . . . . . . . . .10
Formation of the Corps of Indian EME (IEME) 12
World War II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Corps of IEME in World War II . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Demobilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
The British Plan of Partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Back to Main Menu
The Raising of the Pakistan Army . . . . . . . . . . .24
State of the Army Equipment in 1947 . . . . . . . .25
Raising of the Corps of PEME . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
PEME Directorate at GHQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Static Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Training Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Technical Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
xv
CHAPTER 2 REORGANIZATION OF EME
SUPPORT 1947 TO DATE 41
Back to Main Menu

IMA/PMA and Graduate / Regular
PMA Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Induction of Technical Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Employment of Radar Engineers and
Technicians on Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Replacement of British Warrant Officers and
Regular Commissioned Officers . . . . . . . . . . . .48
US Aid Programme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Kashmir Operations 1947-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Independent Workshop Companies . . . . . . . . . .52
EME Battalions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Re-organized EME Battalions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Challenges Faced by the Corps of EME . . . . . .55
CHAPTER 3 AVIATION ENGINEERING 64

Aviation Engineering Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Reorganized EME Battalions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
PART-II EME UNITS Back to Main Menu
CHAPTER 4 FIELD UNITS 69

Field Workshops at Partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Workshop Companies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Heavy and Light Anti-Aircraft Workshop
Companies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Transport Company Workshop Sections . . . . . .86
Light Aid Detachments (LADs) . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Aviation Engineering EME Battalions . . . . . . . .94
EME Battalions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
xvi
Composite EME Battalions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Back to Main Menu

CHAPTER 5 STATIC INSTALLATIONS 151
Central Workshops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Aviation Base Workshops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Electronics Base Workshops . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Combined Workshops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Station Workshops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Medium Workshops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
Other Static Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
CHAPTER 6 TRAINING ESTABLISHMENTS 185

EME Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
EME School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
EME College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
Army Aviation Engineering School . . . . . . . . .204
Army Apprentices School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
CHAPTER 7 INSPECTION AND

TECHNICAL DEVELOPMENT
ORGANIZATION 215 Back to Main Menu
PART-III : EME IN WAR
CHAPTER 8 1965 WAR 227

Rann of Kutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
Operation Grand Slam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
CHAPTER 9 1971 WAR IN EAST PAKISTAN 259
CHAPTER 10 1971 WAR IN WEST PAKISTAN 291
xvii
PART-IV SELF RELIANCE AND
CULTURAL ACTIVITIES
Back to Main Menu

CHAPTER 11 DEFENCE PRODUCTION
AND UN MISSIONS 303
Defence Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
United Nations Missions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
Technical Assistance to Friendly Countries . . .315
CHAPTER 12 SPORTS, REUNIONS AND

OFFICERS MESS 319
Sports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319
Reunions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325
Officers Mess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
EME Co-operative Housing Society . . . . . . . .330
PART-V APPENDICES
APPENDIX 1 MISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339

APPENDIX 2 FLAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
APPENDIX 3 BADGES THROUGH AGES . . . . . .343 Back to Main Menu
APPENDIX 4 SHAHEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345
1965 War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345
1971 War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346
1999 Kargil War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348
APPENDIX 5 ROLL OF HONOUR . . . . . . . . . . .349
APPENDIX 6 COLONEL COMMANDANTS . . .353
APPENDIX 7 DIRECTORS / DIRECTOR
GENERALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355
APPENDIX 8 LIEUTENANT GENERALS /
MAJOR GENERALS (OTHER THAN DGEMES) 359
xviii
PART-VI INDICES
Back to Main Menu

INDEX OF NAMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
INDEX OF PLACES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369
INDEX OF UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375
EVENTS IN CHRONOLOGICAL ORDER . . . . .383
Back to Main Menu
xix
xx
Back to Main Menu
INTRODUCTION
“And by Our grace We benefited David....

And We softened iron for him and ordered him
to forge (protective) armour with skill and
technique”
Al-Quran 34:10-11
“And We sent down Iron
In which is (material for) mighty war,
as well as many benefits for mankind.”
Al-Quran 57:25
History is a chronicle of mankind. It documents

the cultures, doctrines and dogmas. It describes the tri- Back to Main Menu
umphs and sorrows. It is not merely a recollection of
the nostalgic mind. Rather, it is a precise account of
events veiled by the curtain of time. It is a vivid replay
of the drama of life, complete with characters, plot and
backdrops.
History is a source of learning as much as a source
of information. The follies committed by the earlier
generations are avoided by the coming generations
through the knowledge of history. It is the process of
accountability. In short, it is a lasting lighthouse that
1
History of the Corps of E&ME
serves to refine the future using the record of past.

Developing and applying ideas is one of the basic
Back to Main Menu

abilities of the human race. These ideas are given life in
inventions, the unique merging of technical skill and
imagination, which define our very humanity. Pebble
tools and fire are depicted in sophisticated cave paint-
ings that date back hundreds of thousands and even mil-
lions of years. These earliest tools developed into hand
axes and later specialized implements: knives, saws,
chisels and so on. These tools led to machines, from
levers and pulleys to robots. Fire gave way to modern
furnaces. Simple alloys like tin and bronze have now
developed into revolutionary materials like composites
and superconductors. Modern shaping techniques like
laser cutting have substituted the crude methods involv-
ing hammering of hot metal.
Every invention contributes towards making life
easier. Engineering has come a long way from being a
luxury to being a matter of day-to-day life. It started out
as another name for innovation and improvisation, and
has continued as such. The twentieth century, in partic- Back to Main Menu
ular, has contributed a lot to the theory and practice of
engineering. The history of engineering is a singular
proof of the diversity and depth of human intellect.
Muslim craftsmen utilized engineering as a gift of
Allah to make instruments and artifacts of war. These
artifacts of war at the advent of Islam were the sword,
lance, spear, javelin, bow, arrow, shield, body armour
and helmet. For the cavalry, there were exquisite sad-
dles, stirrups and reins. These weapons and accessories
were beautifully crafted and honed to perfection. One
2
Introduction
of the earliest chronicled craftsmen of Islam was Saad

Bin Abi Waqqas, an arrow maker by profession. He was
Back to Main Menu

also one of the best archers of his time. During the
Battle of Uhud, the Holy Prophet, Peace Be Upon Him
(PBUH) would indicate targets to Saad and Saad would
invariably score a hit.
The history and great tradition of craftsmanship
of the armourers and artificers who fashioned the sword
has flowed down the ages like a clear stream. Over the
centuries since the advent of Islam, sophistication of the
weaponry increased and so did the requirement for
expertise of the armourer and the artificer. In recent
times, skills of technical tradesmen and various engi-
neering disciplines for engineers have been fully estab-
lished and integrated with the modern weapons sys-
tems. Gone are the days when only a cobbler, a carpen-
ter and a blacksmith were the only specialists needed to
repair all kinds of equipment. Today, the diversity and
complexity of the weapon systems calls for a battery of
specialists in areas like radar, telecommunication, guid-
ed weapons, aeronautics, avionics, optical electronics, Back to Main Menu
automotive technology and bio-medical engineering.
The Corps of Electrical and Mechanical Engineers
is responsible to keep the multitude of defence equip-
ment in working condition. Small arms, binoculars,
compasses, wireless sets, mortars, artillery guns, tanks,
wheeled vehicles, bulldozers, aircraft, night vision
devices, radars, x-ray machines and guided missiles are
but to name a few. The Corps faces the formidable task
of not only maintaining the equipment held by the
Army, but also to keep pace with advancements in
3
defence technology.
To accomplish the feat of dealing with such a large
Back to Main Menu

variety of equipment, the Corps boasts a bewildering
number of specialist trades. The various trades follow
their respective training plan that ensures a progressive
specialization in the duties entrusted to them. The het-
erogeneous nature of troops places a heavy burden on
the officers, who have to co-ordinate and supervise
activities of specialists of all kinds. This requirement
calls for the officers to be near-specialists in all the
trades.
Organization of the Book
This book presents the history of the Corps of

Electrical and Mechanical Engineers. It is organized
into six parts.
Part I deals with the course of events in a chrono-
logical order, from pre-Partition days to present date.
Chapter 1 narrates the events that resulted in the forma-
tion of Corps of Pakistan Electrical and Mechanical Back to Main Menu
Engineers in 1947. Chapter 2 describes the changes
made in the organization of Corps from 1947 till pres-
ent date. Chapter 3 contains the development of
Aviation branch of the Corps.
Part II describes the units that form part of the
Corps. Chapter 4 deals with the history of field units.
Chapter 5 takes a look at the static installations, i.e. base
workshops, combined workshops and station work-
shops. Chapter 6 chronicles the evolution of various
training institutions. Chapter 7 presents the formation
4
Introduction
and evolution of Inspections and Technical

Development Organization.
Back to Main Menu

Part III covers the role played by the Corps during
the wars. Chapter 8 narrates the events of 1965 war.
Chapter 9 and 10 present an account of 1971 war in
East Pakistan and West Pakistan, respectively.
Part IV highlights the contribution of the Corps in
activities that are in addition to the traditional official
responsibilities. Chapter 11 documents the role played
by Corps of EME in indigenous defence production and
United Nations missions. Chapter 12 examines the
Corps in action in the field of Sports. It also presents an
account of the Corps Reunions held in EME Centre. It
concludes with the history of Officers Mess at Lahore,
Quetta and Rawalpindi.
Part V contains the appendices to the book.
Appendix 1 explains the mission assigned to the Corps
of EME. Appendix 2 describes the history of the Corps
flag. Appendix 3 presents an analysis of the Corps
insignia. Appendix 4 proudly documents the names of
shaheeds who laid down their lives in the cause of Allah. Back to Main Menu
Appendix 5 lists the recipients of gallantry awards in
various wars. Appendix 6 charts the officers installed as
colonel commandant of the Corps. Appendix 7 presents
the photographs of directors and director generals of
the Corps. Appendix 8 contains the photographs of
General Officers, other than Directors/Director
Generals, belonging to the Corps of EME.
Part VI gives indices to the text in the book. For
flexible access to the text, indices cover the names of
persons, places and units separately. Due to their respec-
5
tive nature, the indices of names of persons and places

are alphabetically arranged, while the index of units is
Back to Main Menu

arranged in a numerical order. At the end of the section,
a brief summary of events mentioned in the book is list-
ed in chronological order.
Back to Main Menu
6
Back to Main Menu
PART-I
EVOLUTION OF CORPS OF EME

· Chapter 1: Formation of Corps of Pakistan
EME
· Chapter 2: Reorganization of EME Support:
1947 to date
· Chapter 3: Aviation Engineering
Back to Main Menu
7
8
Back to Main Menu
CHAPTER 1
FORMATION OF CORPS OF PAKISTAN

EME (PEME)
Historical Background
Up to 1939, after World War I, the responsibili-

ty for the maintenance of electrical and mechanical
equipment of the Royal Indian Army was shared by four
technical Corps viz. Engineers, Signals, Royal Indian
Army Service Corps (RIASC) and Indian Army
Ordnance Corps (IAOC). IAOC was responsible for
repair (other than unit repair) of artillery, machine guns, Back to Main Menu
small arms and instruments. RIASC was responsible for
repair of vehicles.
There were, thus, two parallel organizations for
carrying out repair of the full range of Army equipment.
This led to delays in the repair of vehicles, guns, etc., as
the mechanical portion had to be repaired in RIASC
workshops whereas the ordnance and instruments were
repaired in IAOC workshops. With the development of
mechanization, this disadvantage was increasing pro-
portionately and the General Headquarters (GHQ) had
9
to give serious thought to merge the two organizations

into a Technical Maintenance Service. After a full con-
Back to Main Menu

sideration of all aspects of the problem, it was finally
decided that a new organization should be formed. It
had to include the provision and maintenance arrange-
ments for all the vehicles, armament and ordnance
stores under the control of Master General of Ordnance
(MGO) both in peace and war. The new organization
came into existence on 1st April 1939, and was desig-
nated as IAOC Workshop Branch, IAOC (E).
Mechanical Engineering Directorate
At the beginning of World War II, the technical

maintenance, repair and recovery of the weapons and
equipment of the Army in India was carried out by the
Workshop Branch of the IAOC (E). A section, MG-10,
in the Ordnance Services Directorate at GHQ controlled
the organization. A Principal Ordnance Mechanical
Engineer was at the head of the organization. In active
units, a Chief Ordnance Mechanical Engineer controlled Back to Main Menu
the IAOC Workshop Branch. He was responsible for the
administration and training of the IAOC workshop per-
sonnel and inspection of all Ordnance mechanical engi-
neering installations in the area.
The technical maintenance organization was
bound to expand with the mechanization of the Army.
From 1940, the mechanization programme was acceler-
ated, and the expansion of the Army imposed further
burden of work on the technical maintenance organiza-
tion. After the entry of Japan in the war, the mainte-
10
Formation of Corps of Pakistan EME (PEME)
nance load reached new peaks. Not only the numbers

but also the variety of technical equipment multiplied
Back to Main Menu

from year to year, necessitating continual expansion of
the maintenance organization. Some indication of the
increase of work may be obtained from the following
figures of vehicles held by the Army:
Year 1938 1939 1941 1942

Vehicles 4,500 7,500 35,000 75,000
Year 1943 1944 1945
Vehicles 115,000 160,000 350,000
Table 1. Number of Vehicles Held by Royal Indian Army from

1938 to 1945.
Apart from the maintenance load, the workload of

departmental staff increased with the raising of new
workshop units and the preparation of technical
instructions regarding the newly inducted equipment.
This equipment included fighting and specialized vehi-
cles, instruments, wireless sets etc. In addition to all Back to Main Menu
this, the Principal Ordnance Mechanical Engineer was
also responsible for the repair and maintenance of the
armament of many ships of the Royal Navy, the Royal
Indian Navy and Allied Navies in the Indian harbours.
In July 1941, MG-10 was organized into three
subsections, MG-10 (A), MG-10 (B) and MG-10 (C). By
the end of 1942, the organization was further expand-
ed into a new Directorate of Mechanical Engineering.
11
Formation of the Corps of Indian EME

(IEME)
Back to Main Menu

With the creation of the Corps of Royal Electrical
and Mechanical Engineers (REME) in May 1942 in
United Kingdom (UK), the issue of applying the same
system to the Indian Army was also examined. The pro-
posal was, however, shelved because the authorities felt
that the principal aim of concentrating the engineering
resources within the Indian Army had already been
achieved by the Workshop Branch of IAOC in 1939.
But as the proposal to organize a Corps of Indian
Electrical and Mechanical Engineers (IEME) was reject-
ed, some new developments compelled its reconsidera-
tion and hastened its implementation. These develop-
ments were: the introduction of American tanks in
India, the Brown Reports and the visit of Lieutenant
General Q Le Martel, Director Royal Armoured Corps
UK.
When American tanks began to arrive in India,
many difficulties were experienced in their assembly, Back to Main Menu
handling and repair due to lack of qualified personnel.
As a result, many of these expensive vehicles were dam-
aged and many reached the troops in an unsatisfactory
operating condition. At this time there was an American
Tank Detachment in India, which had performed its
duties at Karachi, Bombay, Kirki and the Armoured
Fighting Vehicles School in Ahmed Nagar. It was, there-
fore, well conversant with the tank in its various forms
in India. US Army Lieutenant Colonel Rothwell H.
Brown (later Brigadier General Brown, first Chief of
12
MAAG (AREL) at GHQ) made three elaborate reports

on the receipt, repair, issue and unit use of American
Back to Main Menu

M3 medium tanks. These reports pointed out certain
defects in the system of maintenance prevalent in India.
As a result of these reports, the need for improving the
status and efficiency of Mechanical Engineering Service
in the Indian Army was practically recognized.
Accordingly, in November 1942, the proposal for the
formation of the Corps of IEME was reviewed, which
had been rejected earlier by the Principal Staff Officers’
Committee in August 1942.
At this time General Martel, on a visit to India,
was asked by the C-in-C India, Lord Wavell, for an
opinion on the suitability of IAOC (E) to deal with the
receipt, overhaul and issue of tanks arriving in India.
The proposal had to cover repair, maintenance and
recovery, both during training and under active service
conditions. General Martel submitted his report in
December 1942, wherein he strongly advocated the for-
mation of a separate corps in India on the same general
lines as the Corps of REME, to replace the existing Back to Main Menu
IAOC (E) for the mechanical maintenance of the Army’s
equipment. Also, at the same time, Major General Sir
Bertram Rowcroft, the first Director of REME War
Office, visited India for discussions. The approval of C-
in-C had been granted for the parallel change. It was
agreed that two-thirds of the officers and artificers of
the new Corps would be REME seconded personnel
serving five-year tenure in India. The remaining one-
third of the officers and artificers would be Indian
nationals. Similarly, all ranks from havildar and below
13
were to be Indian nationals. The Corps of IEME was to

function under the MGO by a concentration of military
Back to Main Menu

workshops, technicians and tradesmen employed in the
Army of India, as far as practicable.
The first step towards the actual formation of
IEME was the formation of a Directorate of Mechanical
Engineering at GHQ. Major General D.R. Duguid, then
Deputy Director Mechanical Engineers (DDME) War
Office UK, was appointed as the first Director of the
Corps of IEME at GHQ on 5th February 1943. The
appointment was sufficiently in advance of the formal
date of the formation of the Corps with effect from 1st
May 1943, as much spadework for the new Corps had
to be done. The Deputy Director (DDME) of the new
Corps was an officer of the rank of brigadier.
Initially, the function of the Corps of IEME was to
take over the engineering responsibilities of IAOC (E).
Later on, maintenance responsibilities of the Corps of
Indian Engineers were also added. The formation of the
new Corps was to be carried out in two stages. The first
stage covered the formation of IEME Directorate at Back to Main Menu
GHQ and allocation of units between IAOC (E) and
IEME for administrative purpose. The second stage
aimed towards division of training centres and record
offices. The transfer of units and personnel was also
part of the second stage.
The Stores and Workshop services in IAOC were
already separate organizations. Therefore, the forma-
tion of the new Corps did not cause any administrative
problems. From 1st May 1943, the new designations for
the Corps of Indian EME appointments were formally
14
introduced.
Back to Main Menu

World War II
The outbreak of World War II, in September

1939, found India quite unprepared for the formidable
programme of expansion and mechanization.
Fortunately, there was a breathing space of two years
during which considerable military progress was made.
The existing eleven Ordnance workshop companies
were used as the basis for a comprehensive programme
of expansion. This programme produced thirty-seven
mobile workshop companies and hundreds of Light Aid
Detachments (LADs) to serve in field formations.
Thirteen district/station/combined workshops were also
formed for internal security units, schools of instruc-
tion, and training centres.
By the time Japan declared war on 8th December
1941, the technical support elements of the British
Indian Army had attained a foothold. Japan’s declara-
tion of war was quickly followed by its invasion of Back to Main Menu
Malaya, Singapore and Burma. By the end of July 1942,
the Japanese Army had reached the borders of Assam,
where the fighting temporarily halted due to onset of
monsoon. During the retreat up to Assam, after the fall
of Rangoon on 8th March 1942, the LADs and mobile
workshops of RAOC (E) and IAOC (E) worked under
almost impossible conditions, completely without 3rd-
and 4th-echelon support. With the exception of road-
side repair, movement was too rapid for the workshops
to halt and open up.
15
Corps of IEME in World War II
Back to Main Menu

With the birth of the Corps of IEME in May
1943, the primary concern of the Director was to
expand workshop facilities and to organize technical
training. The expansion was performed on a scale that
made the brave efforts of the past two or three years
seem almost insignificant. A few representative figures
serve to indicate the magnitude of the final achieve-
ment. By the end of the War, the Corps of IEME had
grown to twenty-five times the size of the original IAOC
Workshop Branch. It comprised 632 field units, 113 sta-
tion workshops, 16 combined workshops, 6 base work-
shops and 12 training centres. The Corps had a strength
of 4,000 officers, 4,400 British other ranks, and some
140,000 Indian soldiers and civilians. Meanwhile the
Indian Army had increased to 2.25 million men. Vehicle
holdings, always a measure of workshop load, rose from
4,500 in 1938 to 35,000 in 1941 and to 350,000 in
1945.
The Fourteenth Army, formed in 1943, was pre- Back to Main Menu
dominantly Indian. Among other troops, which joined
later on, five Indian divisions plus two tank brigades
were included in this Army. It was this Army, which con-
ducted the Burma Campaign and was employed in
Assam against the Japanese. The Army was supported
from Dimapur, the last railhead, which was 340 miles
from Calcutta. From Dimapur the route onwards con-
sisted of the famous Manipur Road, 134 miles of nar-
row, winding road climbing up into the hills and even-
tually leading, via Kohima, to the forward depots at
16
Imphal. This road was often separated by over a hun-

dred miles from the formations being supported. The
Back to Main Menu

repair load resulting from this movement was quite
beyond the 3rd- and 4th-echelon workshop resources of
the theatre.
To overcome this serious imbalance, a special Line
of Communication (L of C) Transport Column was
evolved. Consisting of RIASC companies, they had
strong unit workshops attached. Each workshop,
assigned to a sector of the road, maintained 300 affili-
ated vehicles, plus others that broke down in its area.
These workshops did an excellent job keeping the vehi-
cles roadworthy and, thus, keeping the formations fully
supplied. The only reasonably accessible 4th-echelon
workshop was First Base Workshop, set up in early
1944 at Jorhat, ninety miles from Dimapur by rail. It
had the capability to deal with all the equipment except
tanks. As repairable guns and complete repairable vehi-
cles scarcely materialized, most of the repair load was
composed of engines of B vehicles plus instruments,
wireless sets and light weapons. Back to Main Menu
IEME Divisional resources included Headquarters
Commander IEME (the Divisional Ordnance
Mechanical Engineer (DOME) of IAOC days), two or
three mobile workshop companies, a recovery company
and a number of LADs and transport company work-
shop sections. As both recovery and workshop compa-
nies were organized in sections, independent brigades
or smaller combat groups could be supported without
much loss of efficiency. The balance between technical
and military activities in workshop units, often a subject
17
for lively discussions in training, was dictated here by

enemy action. There was seldom any continuous line of
Back to Main Menu

forward-defended localities (FDLs), and workshops
were prone to find themselves involved in the main bat-
tle. One of many similar occasions was in early 1944,
when the Japanese launched a number of penetrating
attacks across the L of C in their effort to destroy
Imphal and Kohima. One of the attacks isolated 105
Indian Mobile Workshop Company and severed its road
link. The unit held the enemy at bay for four days, even-
tually withdrawing down a nullah at night to rejoin the
road, carrying its wounded for twenty hours and emerg-
ing without any loss of men, arms, or ammunition.
For IEME, the campaign embraced nearly every
aspect of either limited or general war. Every testing
factor was there in full measure: distance, dispersion,
maintenance by air, difficult terrain, reduced scales of
equipment, problem of spares and a relentless oppo-
nent. All of these factors combined to demand tough
and disciplined troops. The need to delegate responsi-
bility to junior leaders for long periods and under severe Back to Main Menu
conditions was also highlighted. For EME personnel,
this situation called for efficient fighting soldiers,
pulling their full weight as engineers and craftsmen. The
circumstances demanded all the qualities that enable an
engineer and his team to make something out of noth-
ing and then to keep it working.
Some facts and figures reflecting engineering sup-
port (vehicles and equipment repaired) during the
Burma Campaign are endorsed below:
18
a. 20 Division ex Fourteenth Army. From May to

November 1944, 3,100 vehicles, 3,000 armament
Back to Main Menu

and 2,700 instruments were repaired.
b. 33 Indian Corps ex Fourteenth Army. From
December 1944 to March 1945 during advance
from Imphal to Mandalay, 32,000 vehicles and
200 wireless sets were repaired and 35,000 vehi-
cles and guns recovered.
c. 19 Indian Division. During its lightning advance
of 200 miles from Situating to Obbauk, the
Division lost only 29 vehicles out of 2,749 main-
tained.
Demobilization
When the War came to an end, the problem that

demanded attention was demobilization of vast number
of troops. The Chief of Staff Committee carried out a
thorough appreciation. It recommended that a force of
nine infantry divisions, five infantry brigade groups,
113 infantry battalions and 22 garrison companies were Back to Main Menu
required to carry out several tasks in the post-war sce-
nario. These tasks included internal security, permanent
defence of Northwest Frontier, holding the garrisons in
occupied countries and general reserves. The demobi-
lization was carried out in a phased programme leaving
a final strength of 507,422 (14.2 percent), including
1,425 officers on 1st July 1947. In fact, this was the
strength that was shared by Pakistan and India on their
independence.
19
The British Plan of Partition
Back to Main Menu

In April 1946, Lieutenant General Sir Arthur
Smith, former Chief of Staff of British Indian Army, pre-
pared a Top Secret document titled “The Defence
Implications of Partition of India into Hindustan and
Pakistan”. This appreciation was prepared in concert
with the Indian National Congress and submitted to the
Chief of the General Staff, War Office. The essence of
the appreciation was as to how the Army could be kept
as one entity for both the countries. It discouraged the
establishment of a big standing army. It stated:
“Pakistan alone does not have sufficient depth to

have sound military administrative layout for war
against a major power, but the defence of Pakistan
is vital to the defence of Hindustan. For these rea-
sons, and because of the existing layout of bases,
ports, roads, rail and telecommunication links,
India and Pakistan must share a common strategy, a
common military administration, and a common Back to Main Menu
higher direction. We consider that the proposal to
have separate defence forces for Pakistan and
Hindustan is economically wasteful and quite
impractical, since they are in fact quite incapable of
maintaining the forces required. The problem of
officers is more acute for Pakistan than Hindustan.
It is felt that both will need British officers, but in
case of Pakistan it will take longer for her armed
forces to be officered entirely by Muslims”.
20
Notwithstanding the recommendation of the

Chief of Staff and bowing down to the dynamics of the
Back to Main Menu

ground situation, on 20th February 1947 the British
Government declared its intention to transfer power to
Indians in June 1948. Lord Mountbatten was appoint-
ed as Viceroy to implement this historic decision. On
3rd June 1947, the proposal for setting up of the new
Dominions of India and Pakistan was announced. The
proposal included a provision for a decision left to the
Muslim and non-Muslim members of the Legislative
Assemblies of the Punjab and Bengal as to whether their
provinces should be partitioned. A plebiscite was to be
held in the Northwest Frontier Province (NWFP) and
Sylhet district in Bengal for determining their choice for
inclusion either in Pakistan or India. The date for the
transfer of power was advanced to the middle of August
1947.
The majority in NWFP and Sylhet voted for
Pakistan. Partition Council was set up, presided over by
the Viceroy to decide about the future of the
Governments of India and Pakistan. A Boundary Back to Main Menu
Commission, with Sir Cyril Radcliffe as chairman, was
set up to arrange the partition of the Punjab and Bengal.
A number of sub committees were appointed to resolve
complicated issues arising out of the Partition. The most
difficult problem connected with the Partition was
inevitable division of the Army in India. The responsi-
bility for the reconstitution of these forces rested on
Field Marshal Sir Claude Auckinleck, C-in-C India. The
procedure for the division of the Armed Forces in India
was agreed upon in a meeting of the Partition Council
21
with the Viceroy in chair. The fundamental decision

taken was that India and Pakistan would have Armed
Back to Main Menu

Forces, predominantly non-Muslim and Muslim respec-
tively, under their operational control in their respective
territories with effect from 15th August 1947.
The Muslim majority units of Armed Forces serv-
ing overseas would be moved into Pakistan and the
equivalent non-Muslim majority units would be moved
to India. The second stage of the division of the Armed
Forces was the transfer of units on voluntary basis. Field
Marshal Sir Claude Auckinleck was appointed as the
Supreme Commander until the division was completed.
The Supreme HQ, established at Delhi, had neither law
and order responsibility nor any operational control
over the units of the two Dominions. The move of units
within the two Dominions was not the prerogative of
the Supreme HQ. It was also decided that the Heads of
Services of India and Pakistan would be selected forth-
with and be given authority to set up their HQ in readi-
ness to take over the command of their forces by 15th
August 1947. Back to Main Menu
After the agreement, forty-five days were available
to divide the Indian Army, which was built as a united
force over a period of nearly two centuries. The
Government of India created delays in distributing the
assets of ordnance factories and the training institutions
most of which were located in their territory. The lead-
ers of the Congress treated Pakistan as a dissident
province seceding from India. In fact they were all out
to break Pakistan economically, financially and by every
other means they could devise. Practically, no help was
22
given by the Viceroy to balance the process.

The division of the Indian Armed Forces had
Back to Main Menu

peculiar problems and, therefore, required expert han-
dling. The Partition Council functioned as Provisional
Defence Council with the Defence Minister and
Supreme Commander as its members. On 16th August
1947, the Joint Defence Council (JDC) was set up with
Lord Mountbatten, the Governor General of India, as
its neutral Chairman. The members consisted of
Defence Ministers of both the Dominions and the
Supreme Commander. The charter of JDC was to
divide, allocate, transfer and move personnel and assets
of the Armed Forces to the two Dominions. The
Council exercised administrative control through
Supreme HQ. JDC was to work independently and in
case of disagreement, the matters were required to be
referred to the Partition Council. Similarly, a tribunal
consisting of Judges was also set up for arbitration in
cases referred by the Partition Council.
The Partition Council set up Armed Forces
Reconstitution Committee (AFRC) under the chairman- Back to Main Menu
ship of Supreme Commander with C-in-Cs of India and
Pakistan as its members. A separate subcommittee was
formed for each Service. As soon as the two Dominions
were progressively brought into a position to take full
control of their Armed Forces, all such agencies desig-
nated for the division were to cease functioning. The
target date for completion of the division was fixed as
1st April 1948.
The Army subcommittee of AFRC was headed by
Major General S.F. Irwin, and consisted of equal num-
23
ber of Muslim and non-Muslim members. The Partition

Council agreed to the principles on which the Army
Back to Main Menu

subcommittee had to work on 30th June 1947. The
division had to take place on communal basis; the
equipment and stores were to be proportionately divid-
ed. 64% for India, 36% for Pakistan was the ratio
agreed to by the Army subcommittee of AFRC.
The Raising of the Pakistan Army
As a result of the deliberations of the Joint

Defence Council, the share of Muslim elements of the
Indian Army that were to be transferred to Pakistan was
as given in Table 2.
The worst affected aspects of this division of assets
were the training institutions and establishments along
with the location of all the Ordnance Factories. From
amongst the training establishments Pakistan inherited
only the following:
a. Staff College Quetta Back to Main Menu

b. Intelligence School Kuldana (Murree)
c. Army Air Transport School Chaklala
d. RIASC School Kakul
e. Anti Aircraft Artillery School Malir (Karachi)
All the major training institutions barring staff col-

lege Quetta were located in India. The massive effort
required to reorganize the army and establish afresh all
the training institutions was the immediate goal of the
planners at GHQ.
24
State of the Army Equipment in 1947
Back to Main Menu

The Indian Army at the time of declaration of
Independence could hardly be described as a well
equipped mechanized Army. The British interests in
India were primarily to maintain law and order in this
vast land and particularly so in the North West Frontier
bordering Afghanistan. However, as a result of the
Second World War, the armoured units of the Indian
Army were equipped with the latest American Sherman
tanks. Artillery units carried the usual 25 pounders as
field guns. In addition, the Artillery had some 40 mm
light anti-aircraft guns.
S/No Category No. of Remarks

Units
1. Armoured Regiments 6
2. Artillery Regiments 8
3. Engineer Companies 34
4. Infantry Battalions 33
5. Signals Units located in areas Back to Main Menu
comprising Pakistan were
left at those locations.
6. ASC
GT Companies 16
Ambulance Platoons 4
Field Supply Units 11
Composite Platoon 1
Air Despatch Company 1
25
7. Ordnance
Ordnance Stores
Back to Main Menu

Section Type A 1
Ordnance Stores
Section Type B 3
Hospital and Laundry
Units 2
OFPs 4 Field Unit 1 Corps
Karachi, 2 Airborne
Division Karachi, 7
Infantry Division
Rawalpindi, 3 Armoured
Brigade Risalpur.
Ordnance Depot 4 Rawalpindi, Lahore,
Quetta and Drigh Road,
Karachi
Sub Depot 4 Malir, Baleli, Chaklala
and Bannu
Ammunition Depot 1 Nowshera
8. PEME Back to Main Menu

Field Units 15 72, 74 and 76 Armoured
Workshop Companies.
57, 65, 68, 87, 96, 116,
125, 126, 237, and 134,
Infantry Workshop
Companies. 7 and 1174
Transport Column
Workshop Companies.
Infantry Division
Recovery Sections 5
26
LADs 5
Command Workshops 3 501 (Chaklala), 503
Back to Main Menu

(Quetta) and 504 (Bannu)
Station Workshops 5 Kakul, Lahore, Sialkot,
Multan and Quetta
Table 2. Muslim Elements in Indian Army, Transferred to Pakistan

in 1947.
As a part of its share of the assets from India, the

Pakistan Army could actually get only the following
numbers in major items of equipment:
S/No. Type of Equipment Number

1. Tanks all types 162
2. Armoured cars and light tanks 135
3. 25 Pounder Guns 120
4. 5.5 inch Guns 32
5. 3.7 inch Guns 24
6. 40 mm LAA Guns 54
7. Mountain Guns 16 Back to Main Menu
8. Mortars 3 inch 400 approx.
Table 3. Tanks, Guns and Mortars Inherited by Pakistan Army.
Raising of the Corps of PEME
The formation of the Corps of Pakistan Electrical

and Mechanical Engineers (PEME) was attained with
considerable difficulties. On the eve of Partition, the
overall position of the officers and all ranks in Indian
27
Electrical and Mechanical Engineers (IEME) was grave.

Against the total requirement of 860 officers, IEME in
Back to Main Menu

July 1947 had only 106 Hindu/Sikh officers, 20
Pakistani officers and 364 British officers (many of
whom did not volunteer to serve in India or Pakistan).
Twenty PEME officers came to Pakistan: 14 were from
technical and 6 were from administrative category.
Names of 14 technical officers are listed below:
Masood Muhammadi, Abdul Rashid Khan,
Khwaja Muhammad Masud, Zia-ur-Rehman,
Muhammad Din, Syed Zaid Raza Jaffrey, William
Osweld Quamber, Muhammad Iqbal Malik, Nakhuda
Khalil Ahmed, Syed Shafi Zaman, Qamar-ud-Din
Ahmed, Saadullah Rashid Khan, Amir Zaman Mirza,
and Muhammad Aslam Khan
Seventy British officers serving with the Indian
Army volunteered to join PEME. Despite this, large-
scale deficiencies continued to exist. Additional volun-
teers were sought from REME to serve in Pakistan. Ex-
IEME and ex-REME officers were asked to rejoin and
serve in PEME for fixed periods, generally three years. Back to Main Menu
These expedients were intended to fill the gap between
the required and available strength until Pakistani offi-
cers could be trained. In addition, Short Service Regular
and Special Purpose Commission was granted to deserv-
ing Junior Commissioned Officers (JCOs) and Warrant
Officers (WOs). A general appreciation after the
Partition, revealed the following:
a. Pakistan was woefully deficient in specialist

tradesmen such as armament artificers, telecom-
28
munication and instrument mechanics. These

trades had been largely in the hands of Hindus
Back to Main Menu

and Sikhs. On the other hand, there was consider-
able surplus in some trades such as vehicle
mechanic.
b. Pakistan was short of 4th echelon workshop space
to the extent of about 200,000 square feet.
Moreover all A Vehicles and Radar Repair
Workshops were on the Indian side of the border.
Pakistan was also short of test equipment includ-
ing large dynamometers.
c. All the EME training establishments were on the
other side of the border.
d. IEME Records, which held all the documents of
PEME personnel, was in Jubblepur.
e. The Publication Depot, which produced docu-
ments vital for the maintenance, was in Delhi.
f. Most of the equipment in reserve in Pakistan was
in a repairable condition and a large proportion of
that brought by troops was in a similar condition.
g. All ordnance factories (except Clothing Factory Back to Main Menu
Sialkot) fell to the lot of India. To further aggra-
vate the situation, most of the industrial areas and
civi1ian factories of the subcontinent were also sit-
uated in India.
h. All Central Ordnance Depots that held spare parts
were also located in India. This adversely affected
the Army Ordnance Corps (AOC) and it had its
repercussions on PEME as well.
j. There was hardly any repair facility in East
Pakistan.
29
PEME Directorate at GHQ
Back to Main Menu

On the recommendations of the Armed Forces
Reconstitution Committee on the eve of Partition, two
Electrical and Mechanical Engineers Directorates for
India and Pakistan were formed. The establishment of
these two Directorates was discussed and approved by
the two C-in-Cs. The strength of Pakistan Electrical and
Mechanical Engineers Directorate was fixed at twenty
officers. This element was located at Supreme
Headquarters in Delhi. For the first two months, much
of the planning for EME was carried out from there.
The heavy pressure of work in Delhi and the extreme
shortage of officers made it impossible to transfer staff
immediately to Rawalpindi. The six members of the
Electrical and Mechanical Engineers Branch of the late
Northern Command Headquarters, therefore, carried
out initial administrative work in Rawalpindi. Detailed
duplication of the files could not take place. Only the
letters and the documents covering major decisions were
compiled and brought to Rawalpindi. The deficiency Back to Main Menu
did not, however, prove to be much of a handicap.
PEME Directorate was established on 12
September 1947 at GHQ Rawalpindi. At that time, the
Directorate was a part of GS Branch. In early 1948, the
Directorate came under the control of MGO. 1 civilian
superintendent, 6 civilian clerks and 3 Army clerks
reported for duty from 11 to 14 September 1947 from
the staff of Northern Command HQ, which was already
situated at Rawalpindi. Brigadier G.W. Purser as DEME
along with one Assistant Director reported during
30
September 1947. Another Assistant Director joined the

Directorate (Technical Publications Section) in
Back to Main Menu

December 1947. In January 1948, Lieutenant Colonel
M. Muhammadi and Major K.M. Masud (later Major
Generals, Directors of PEME) were posted to the
Directorate.
The first DEME, Brigadier G.W. Purser, was in the
chair for only a few months. Brigadier W.P.B. Ashton
took command on 14 February 1948 for the next 8
years. It was soon found that the original establishment
for the Directorate was too small for the immense
amount of work required. The task at hand was not
only of the normal administration of the Corps, but vir-
tually organizing and building the Corps from the
scratch. Starting from 20 officers in 1947, the strength
of EME Directorate was increased to 25 in October
1948. In April 1951, the strength was increased to 29
officers on account of emergency with India. In 1952,
the post of Inspector PEME was created and two more
sections, Planning and Scales under ADEMEs
(Lieutenant Colonels) were added. Back to Main Menu
The division of manpower and units proceeded
without delay. But when the division of stores and other
Army outfits including Ordnance came up, the Indian
attitude changed and all sorts of tactics were used to
delay the division. The Indian leaders made lame excus-
es to delay the dispatch of Pakistan’s share of stores and
equipment. The invasion of Kashmir by India was made
the single largest plea for denying the share of Pakistan.
JDC was dissolved on 1st April 1948 as planned and
Inter-Dominion Defence Secretaries Committee came
31
into existence to deal with the work left over by JDC,

particularly pertaining to the assets.
Back to Main Menu

The order of cross posting of personnel was in
accordance with their liabilities for service with the
Armies of either India or Pakistan. The order was in the
following priority, to cause minimum inconvenience to
workshop output:
a. Personnel of Light Aid Detachments, Workshop

Sections attached to Royal Indian Army Service
Corps, Transport Companies and Anti-Aircraft
Workshops.
b. Personnel of Workshop Companies, Recovery
Companies and Recovery Sections.
c. Personnel of Static and Command Workshops.
IEME elements attached to units, which had to

move from one Dominion to another, moved with their
parent units. This affected a certain number of LADs
and Transport Company Workshop Sections attached to
RIASC Companies. With the exception of one Back to Main Menu
Transport Company Workshop Section that was lost, all
these moves were carried out satisfactorily. These moves
included the move of 65 Infantry Workshop Company
from Yol to Lahore and that of 102 Recovery Section
from Meerut to Lahore. The cross posting of personnel
was completed by February 1948.
The Corps found itself faced with an over-strength
but with a very unbalanced trade structure. Being con-
siderably deficient in the highly skilled categories, there
was a surplus in the lower skilled categories. As far as
32
possible, deficiencies were made good by regrouping

surpluses in closely allied trades and retraining. All per-
Back to Main Menu

sonnel who could not be absorbed had to be released.
The same applied to NCOs who were surplus and
would not accept service in lower ranks. The situation
was aggravated by the fact that EME was given a maxi-
mum manpower figure, which was based on the overall
manpower figure for the Army as a whole. This entailed
a complete review of all establishments and reducing
them until the total was below the target figure. In actu-
al fact, the establishment had to be reduced to figures
lower than what was essential for the efficient mainte-
nance of the Army.
After the initial move of units and reshuffling of
trades, training was started in Quetta to make good the
resultant deficiencies in the majority of trades in about
three years. In the case of Armament Artificers it was
realized that until good tradesmen had been trained and
given some experience, there would be insufficient
number of candidates for Armament Artificer courses
and training would, in consequence, take longer. Back to Main Menu
Static Installations
These constituted a network of Station Workshops

graded according to the actual load. In addition,
Command and Combined Workshops capable of carry-
ing out 4th echelon repair were also available. PEME
units at the time of Partition are given in Table 3.
It was decided that the existing IEME static layout
should be retained on an Area/Command basis, and nec-
33
essary adjustments made later to conform to the deci-

sions of the Boundary Commission. In the area allotted
Back to Main Menu

to Pakistan, the Command Workshops were only suffi-
cient in size for normal maintenance of the proposed
Pakistan Army. There was no surplus capacity for stack-
ing Ordnance stocks.
Workshop Location Remarks

501 Command Workshop Chaklala
503 Command Workshop Quetta
504 Command Workshop Bannu
Combined Workshop
601 Combined Workshop Karachi
Station Workshops
Station Workshop Kakul
Station Workshop Lahore
Station Workshop Multan
Station Workshop Quetta
Station Workshop Sialkot (Reorganized into
Station Workshop
Risalpur and Back to Main Menu
Station Workshop
Sialkot)
Table 4. Command, Combined and Station Workshops Inherited by

PEME.
It was estimated that Pakistan would require (over

and above the Command Workshops already situated
within her areas) an additional 200,000 square feet
workshop capacity. It was decided to leave the Northern
34
Command Workshop at Ferozepur intact. The require-

ments of Pakistan Army would be met by the withdraw-
Back to Main Menu

al of one third of the steel buildings at Avadi. Pakistan
was to receive one third of the total assets of machinery
based on equipment in existing Command Workshops
throughout the undivided country, and stocks of
machinery existing in the various Ordnance depots. The
most serious difficulty was the lack of a workshop to
repair A vehicles. Until such time as the shedding due
from Avadi in India arrived, some space in 501
Command Workshop (which was designated as 501
Central Workshop in August 1948) was set aside for the
repair of A vehicles. The implementation of the deci-
sions of the Army Reconstitution Committee left much
to be desired as far as PEME was concerned. As a con-
sequence the transfer of steel buildings from Avadi, to
give Pakistan the needed additional 200,000 square feet
workshop capacity, did not materialize. The transfer of
essential machinery of Pakistan’s share for carrying out
repair of A vehicles was criticalty needed; this too, did
not materialize. Pakistan’s share of radar repair and test Back to Main Menu
equipment was also not received. This left PEME with
no alternative but to continue the ad-hoc arrangements
done in the case of repair of A vehicles. Station
Workshops remained as inherited, in the main cities
serving static military installations and areas. To offset
the shortage of base repair capacity, Combined
Workshops capable of undertaking both field and base
repair were set up at Karachi, Quetta, Dacca and
Lahore.
As 501 Command Workshop was designated 501
35
Central Workshop in August 1948, its role was central-

ized with the repair of B vehicles only. Its commitment
Back to Main Menu

for repair to all other equipment was diverted to its
wing in Arsenal at Rawalpindi, which was redesignated
as 502 Central Workshop. As already stated with regard
to overhaul of B vehicles, Pakistan possessed an excel-
lent and well-equipped workshop in 501 Central
Workshop at Chaklala, but the output was only 80 vehi-
cles a month. If the large proportion of vehicles lying in
unfit parks were to be made serviceable, it was felt that
this figure would have to be considerably raised.
First of all, a complete review of all vehicles in the
unfit parks was made and decisions taken as to which
types could be most economically repaired in numbers
sufficient to reequip the Army. Certain machines were
duplicated where output capacity was insufficient. By
engaging and training additional personnel and raising
the efficiency of the shops considerably, an output of
about 250 vehicles a month in 501 Central Workshop
was achieved. At the same time, suitable ranges of vehi-
cles that did not require extensive repair were allotted Back to Main Menu
to the Combined Workshops. For all other equipment
except medical equipment, the situation was fairly satis-
factory. In many cases, particularly with armament,
complete equipment in the hands of a unit was
exchanged, repaired and then issued to a second unit.
With the help of the Directorate concerned and the
Corps of Ordnance, this procedure was the most suc-
cessful. The output of repaired small arms was particu-
larly gratifying. However, the fast pace was due, in a
small part, to concentrating on repair that would give
36
quick results.
As there were no Ordnance Factories in Pakistan,
Back to Main Menu

PEME workshops had no backup support for the more
complicated repair. In most cases, techniques for facto-
ry repair were developed in PEME Workshops and
important equipment was repaired and put in the hands
of troops. In some cases, certain components of equip-
ment had to be sent to the United Kingdom for execut-
ing the repair. In addition, many pieces of equipment
could not be repaired because minor components were
unserviceable and replacement parts could not be
obtained. PEME Central Workshops successfully car-
ried out an extensive manufacture programme of spare
parts. The components manufactured included thou-
sands of items of small arms, armament and mechanical
transport. In many cases materials and methods were
unorthodox, but the repaired equipment was put in the
hands of the troops. In practice, it was found that
PEME components gave a reasonable life.
Training Institutions Back to Main Menu
At the time of Partition, the following IEME train-

ing facilities were functioning in the areas declared as
part of Pakistan:
a. IEME School Armament Artificers Wing, Chaklala

b. IEME Refrigeration Training Cell, Lahore
The IEME School was at Kirki and the Training

Centre at Katni. The Armed Forces Reconstitution
37
Committee recommended in July 1947 that the parti-

tion of the School and Centre should be delayed until
Back to Main Menu

June 1948. The delay was necessary as the instructors
necessary for the two Schools and Centers were not
available at that time. It was, however, decided by the
Supreme Commander in September 1947 that in view
of the communal trouble the move could no longer be
delayed. Therefore, orders were issued for the immedi-
ate move of the Pakistani elements of the IEME Centre
to Quetta. This was carried out successfully.
As far as the split of the School was concerned, a
balanced proportion of the training equipment, includ-
ing tanks, field guns, anti-aircraft guns, instruments and
telecommunication equipment was moved. The move
took place from Kirki to Bombay, then by sea to Karachi
and finally by special trains to Quetta. British officers,
who had volunteered for Pakistan, escorted this equip-
ment. They were accompanied by the personnel party
consisting of all the Muslim instructors and students,
who were on courses at the time of Partition. Two spe-
cial trains carried out the move of the Pakistani ele- Back to Main Menu
ments of the IEME Centre from Katni to Quetta, with-
out incident.
The PEME Regimental Centre was formed at
Quetta in December 1947 which absorbed the
Armament Artificer Training Wing from Chaklala. It
was formed out of combined Pakistani elements of the
IEME School at Kirki and IEME Training Centre at
Katni. Additional British officers and warrant officers
were obtained from the United Kingdom. The Director
Mechanical Engineering (DME) of India waived any
38
claims on the equipment previously held by the

Armament Artificers Wing at Chaklala. Therefore, the
Back to Main Menu

equipment was moved up to Quetta so that all PEME
training could be centralized. All necessary lecture pré-
cis and notes were obtained from India. Similarly, copies
of the lecture notes for Armament Artificer course were
given to India. The assets from India, constituting
machinery, equipment, lecture précis and skeleton cur-
riculum were received without prejudice.
Records
The split of 400,000 IEME Records commenced

in July 1947 and was successfully completed by the end
of November 1947 for the EME Records party to leave
Jubblepur and proceed to Quetta. However, some 3000
Individual Running Ledger Accounts (IRLAs) for effec-
tive personnel were missing. The Records Office
became a part of PEME Regimental Centre. The parti-
tion of records was so phased as to result in little diffi-
culty in obtaining the documents of Pakistani nationals Back to Main Menu
and volunteers. The partition did not cause serious loss-
es of such documents. An exception was the case of
3000 IRLAs, which constituted a grave difficulty in bal-
ancing individual accounts, especially for the purpose of
release.
Technical Publications
The Pakistan’s share of the stocks of the IEME

Publication Depot Delhi were selected and packed
39
under the supervision of British IEME officers in

December 1947. But it was not possible to move them
Back to Main Menu

to Rawalpindi until May 1948. After an assessment of
these stocks the policy on Electrical and Mechanical
Engineering Regulations (EMERs) was agreed as fol-
lows:
a. To use British EMERs with minor amendments for

all new equipment of British origin and where no
Indian EMERs were available.
b. To write and publish Pakistan EMERs for all
equipment peculiar to Pakistan but to use makers’
handbooks or American handbooks as much as
possible.
c. To rewrite and publish all general EMERs on
administration to bring them in line with condi-
tions in Pakistan.
Back to Main Menu
40
Back to Main Menu
CHAPTER 2
REORGANIZATION OF EME SUPPORT

1947 TO DATE
“Organizations, like men, have their infancy”
IMA/PMA and Graduate/Regular PMA

Officers
After World War II, regular courses resumed at the

Indian Military Academy (IMA) Dehra Dun. In early
1947, 2nd IMA and 3rd IMA (later referred to as Back to Main Menu
IMA/PMA) courses were in progress. The cadets had
been selected through a rigorous process of selection on
merit from all over India.
The officers commissioned into the Corps of
PEME on 20th October 1947 were: Muhammad Karim
Ullah (Later Brigadier, DEME), Abdul Quddus, Vivian
Edgar Beards, and Nadir Baig Mirza. These officers had
the distinction of being the first regular officers to be
commissioned into the Corps of PEME on the soil of
Pakistan. According to Brigadier Karim Ullah:
41
“We were commissioned on 20th October 1947 by

Brigadier (later Major General) N. A. M. Raza on
Back to Main Menu

behalf of the Adjutant General in the open ground
next to GHQ. A total of 45 officers were commis-
sioned that day, including four for the Corps of
PEME”.
Of the twenty officers who came to Pakistan, four-

teen had the qualification to be classified as engineers.
Seven of these fourteen officers had engineering degree
to their credit; the other seven had technical qualifica-
tions that were acceptable for entry in Corps of Indian
Electrical and Mechanical Engineers.
The Corps of Pakistan EME (PEME) had a
requirement of nearly 400 officers for its various units
in support of the Army. The Corps inherited only twen-
ty officers in August 1947, a mere five percent. No
other arm or service confronted such a difficult situa-
tion. The Corps was almost entirely in the hands of
British officers. It goes to their credit that they laid
down a firm foundation for the Corps. Back to Main Menu
Two major steps were initiated for the induction
and training of the future officers to make up the defi-
ciencies as early as possible. First, the Adjutant General
(Late Major General N.A.M. Raza) went on a whirl-
wind tour of the three Engineering Colleges in the
country, i.e. Lahore, Dacca and Karachi. The AG
addressed the students to volunteer for the Army and
join the Corps of PEME. A large number of students
volunteered as a result of this campaign. These students
were processed through the Inter-Services Selection
42
Reorganization of EME Support 1947 to Date
Board so as to enable them to proceed to the Pakistan

Military Academy (PMA) that had become functional in
Back to Main Menu

January 1948. Second, cadets already selected for PMA
were asked to volunteer for PEME. These cadets,
though not qualified engineers, could be trained in the
field of Automobile Engineering to enable them for
service with the Corps of PEME.
GHQ chalked out a program of training of PEME
officers at Loughborough College UK. It included two
years practical training for graduate engineers and three
and a half years diploma course for others. The first
batch of students was required to be in Loughborough
College by 15 September 1948. GHQ directed PMA in
early 1948 to be prepared to send 18 graduate engineer
cadets to the United Kingdom. In addition, GHQ
requested PMA to seek volunteers from other regular
cadets who were not qualified engineers but were will-
ing to join Corps of PEME. The volunteering cadets
would also be sent to UK for acquiring engineering
qualifications acceptable to PEME for regular officers.
Four cadets of IMA/PMA course volunteered to join Back to Main Menu
PEME. A batch of four officers who were commissioned
in October 1947 and fourteen cadets of 1st Graduate
Course (PMA) were selected to proceed to UK in
September 1948 for training at Loughborough College.
These cadets were commissioned in the United
Kingdom in November 1948 in a special ceremony at
the Pakistan High Commission in London.
From November 1947 to January 1948 the fol-
lowing JCOs were granted commission in the Corps of
PEME: Saleem Ullah Shah, Azmat Ullah, Syed Fateh
43
Ullah Shah, Sher Muhammad Khan, Lutuf Ullah Khan

Niazi, Allah Dad Khan, Mir Mast, Khan Bahadur, and
Back to Main Menu

Jalal-ud-Din Butt.
Subsequently, during 1948, the following JCOs
were granted commission in the Corps of PEME: Shah
Nawaz Khan, Abdul Karim, Bashir Ahmed, Ahmed Ali
Sheikh, Muhammad Shafi, Abdul Hameed Siddiqi,
Abdul Rashid Khan, Maqbool Hussain, Muhammad
Zaman Abbasi, Abdul Wahid, Noor Illahi, and
Muhammad Azeem.
In February 1948, the number of officers in the
Corps, against an authorized strength of 283, was as
under:
Origin Technical Non-technical Total

British 43 1 44
Pakistani 26 22 48
Table 5. Number of Officers in PEME in February 1948.
Induction of Technical Officers Back to Main Menu
In the subsequent years, the following modes of

induction were followed to meet the shortage of techni-
cal officers in the Corps:
a. Special Purpose Short Service Regular

Commission (SPSSRC) was granted to technical
JCOs. 65 JCOs in 1948 and 21 JCOs in 1949
were granted commission under this scheme.
b. British officers were employed on contract.
44
c. Engineering graduates from civilian universities

were commissioned after training at PMA Kakul.
Back to Main Menu

Year Number of Officers
1948 19
1949 5
1950 31
1951 29
1952 10
1953 21
1954 25
1955 19
1956 8
Table 6. Officers Granted Commission from PMA.
d. Temporary commission was granted after training

at Officer Training School (OTS) Kohat.

1949 12 Back to Main Menu
1950 9
1951 5
1952 11
Table 7. Officers Granted Temporary Commission from OTS.
e. Direct temporary commission was granted.

f. Civilian Workshop Officers filled six appoint-
ments of technical officers of Major/Captain rank.
Civilian Recruitment Board (Army), against the
45
aforesaid appointments, selected these Civilian

Workshop Officers possessing Bachelor of
Back to Main Menu

Engineering (BE) degrees.

1948 2
1951 2
1954 1
Table 8. Officers Granted Direct Temporary Commission.
g. Cadets with the right aptitude and potential, after

getting commission at PMA, were sent to Punjab
College of Engineering and Technology Lahore
for acquiring BE degrees through the Punjab
University. In August 1951, the first batch of
newly commissioned officers was sent to the
College. Being a new experiment, the selection
had not been done carefully. At the end of the
three-year study at the College, only two were
able to graduate. Subsequently, the selection pro- Back to Main Menu
cedure was improved. From 1951 to 1957, a total
of 58 commissioned officers graduated from the
College.
h. Training of officers in the engineering studies
abroad was very expensive and required a large
amount of foreign exchange. It was, therefore,
stopped in 1961. Alternative arrangements were
made for induction of officers in the Corps of
EME through civilian scholarship scheme, started
in 1957.
46
j. Engineering Cadets (E Cadets) Scheme. In 1977, E

Cadets Scheme was started in place of the Civilian
Back to Main Menu

Scholarship Scheme. It offered stipends to 50
potential EME officers to enable them to obtain
BE degree from College of EME or any universi-
ty/college in Pakistan before getting commission.
k. Tech Cadets Scheme. In order to provide a firm
base of trained technical officers to the Corps of
Engineers, Signals and EME, it was decided to
introduce the entry system of Technical Cadets
from 1st April 1990. It is presently being followed
as the exclusive mode of induction of officers in
the Corps. Technical Cadets get BE degree
through NUST in 3 years. After engineering
degree, they join PMA in the Technical Graduate
Course (TGC). Commission is granted after the
completion of the one-year course.
Besides these modes of induction, other measures

were taken to overcome the deficiency of officers. For
example, it was decided to provide incentives to those Back to Main Menu
holding BE degrees to join Corps of PEME by granting
them antedate seniority. As a result of these efforts, the
number of technical officers in 1956 reached 281,
(including 18 British officers) against an authorized
strength of 313. The number of non-technical officers
exceeded the authorized number, 52 against 51.
47
Employment of Radar Engineers and

Technicians on Contract
Back to Main Menu

Right from the day of its creation, the Corps was
deficient in officers and JCOs of Radar/
Telecommunication trade. All avenues, including train-
ing of officers and technicians, were explored to over-
come the deficiency. An agreement was made with
International Aeradio (Pakistan) Limited (IAL) for the
provision of 3 radar engineers and 4 radar technicians,
on 1st January 1952. Later, another technician was
obtained. On the commitment of Army, 2 radar engi-
neers and 1 technician were provided by IAL for
employment with the PAF Signal and Radar School
Malir. The Corps began replacing these personnel as
and when trained Pakistani personnel became available.
Replacement of British Warrant Officers

and Regular Commissioned Officers
At the time of Partition, there was an acute short- Back to Main Menu
age of JCOs/ WOs. A demand was placed with the War
Office (UK) for the provision of 66 British Warrant
Officers (BWOs). Up to October 1948, 17 BWOs were
provided by the War Office. By 1955, all the BWOs had
been replaced by PEME JCOs.
The first batch of fourteen regular officers, after
finishing the training in UK, arrived back in the country
in mid-1951. These officers completed the basic army
courses in the country by early 1952. Most of these offi-
cers were posted to static workshops to enable them to
48
gain experience in a lager work environment. Some of

them were sent to LADs and others to station work-
Back to Main Menu

shops in various locations. By the time the next batch
arrived in mid-1952, all the officers who had arrived
earlier were well groomed to move to field units and
staff appointments. This cycle was now established and
moved smoothly during the period 1948-56. A total of
157 officers were sent abroad for training. By 1960, all
the British officers had been replaced. The era of the
young PEME officers at command level began in 1956.
Major Ghazanfer Muhammad Khan was the first EME
officer to qualify the staff course at Staff College Quetta
in 1955.
US Aid Programme
The modernization of the Army was an important

item on Government agenda. Negotiations with the
USA resulted in an aid programme for the Defence serv-
ices in 1954. Technical teams arrived from the USA to
assess the technical ability of PEME to maintain and Back to Main Menu
repair the new equipment being received. The young
PEME officers at GHQ and various workshops con-
vinced the visiting teams that PEME was fully capable
of handling the new equipment inducted in the Army. In
order to acquaint EME officers with the new equip-
ment, a regular stream of officers was sent to USA for
training. Starting in 1955 and continuing for about ten
years, a large number of EME officers received the
training in USA.
49
Kashmir Operations 1947-49
Back to Main Menu

The dispute between Pakistan and India on the
issue of accession of Kashmir resulted in outbreak of
hostilities in October 1947. The Army was placed on
alert along the border between the two countries. As the
actual fighting was mostly confined to the mountainous
region, there was a minimum use of tanks and vehicles.
However, within the limited resources available, the
PEME field units provided dependable cover to all
fighting units in the border area. Static units played an
equally important role. The tension on the border con-
tiguous to Kashmir and Punjab remained high during
1950-51. In fact, for most of 1951, the Army remained
deployed in the field due to Indian aggressive actions
along the border. PEME provided excellent field repair
cover to all the units in forward locations. A high ser-
viceability rate was maintained for all equipment and
end-items.
During the Kashmir operations in early 1948, the
signal procedures being followed in both the armies Back to Main Menu
(India and Pakistan) were identical. Important messages
from across the border were picked up or jammed as
common frequencies were being used out of habit and
similar training. It was during these operations that 101
Brigade developed and used a new version of appoint-
ment codes during transmission of messages. The
Electrical and Mechanical Engineers were designated as
‘Lohars’. Later on, this code name was standardized
throughout the Army.
Besides ensuring maximum restoration through
50
repair, PEME had started to develop indigenous

resources for supply of spare parts. Based on the expe-
Back to Main Menu

rience in the field, GHQ appropriately decided to cre-
ate the appointment of an Inspector in 1952. The pur-
pose was to keep GHQ informed about the fitness of all
equipment held by the formations and the ability of
PEME regarding maintenance and repair. In addition,
two new sections were added to the Directorate. These
were Planning and Scales; each headed by a Lieutenant
Colonel.
Provoked by the continued difficulties faced in the
accession of Kashmir and the UN Security Council res-
olution for authorizing a plebiscite, India deployed
almost entire Army in Kashmir and along the interna-
tional border with Pakistan. There was little choice left
to Pakistan; emergency was declared in the country in
mid-1951.
The Army was deployed in the field throughout
the year. PEME were under tremendous pressure
throughout this period. It was required to provide effec-
tive support in the field. The performance of all field Back to Main Menu
and static PEME units was simply marvelous. Despite
extreme shortage of spare parts, PEME developed
indigenous resources to keep the Army mobile. Where
no other possibility existed to ensure serviceability of
equipment, working parts were removed from damaged
equipment to keep some of the equipment in working
condition. The process is aptly known as ‘cannibaliza-
tion’. This experience gave considerable confidence to
the newly raised units that had hardly had time to
organize themselves after the vagaries of Partition. In
51
early 1952 the troops from the border areas withdrew

to their peace locations.
Back to Main Menu

Independent Workshop Companies
The organization of EME support for field forma-

tions was patterned, since its inception during World
War II, on the provision of repair and recovery services
for the three brigades in a standard infantry/armoured
division or, in some of the cases, independent infantry/
armoured brigade groups. Provision and storage of
spare parts was the responsibility of the Corps of
Ordnance.
For the three brigades in a standard division, there
were three infantry / armoured workshop companies.
Each was independent under its Officer Commanding
with the rank of Major, for accounting and administra-
tion as well as technical control. The three workshop
companies were grouped, for overall technical control
and co-ordination, under Commander EME (CEME),
with the rank of Lieutenant Colonel, located at HQ Back to Main Menu
division, responsible to the GOC of the division.
This organization of the EME cover, with its
mobility and flexibility, stood the test of World War II
and stayed during the formative years since 1947. A
Workshop Company could open and close within 2
hours and was well affiliated with the units / formation
being supported. If and when required, the Workshop
Company could provide light detachments on an inde-
pendent role, for units of a formation, for a specific
period.
52
The main shortcoming of the system was in the

provision of spare parts, as the Ordnance Stores Section
Back to Main Menu

(OSS) attached to the workshop companies were not
fully under the control, or fully responsive to the needs,
of the workshop companies. Hence the need arose for
improvement of the system, not only from the point of
view of command and control but also to make it cost-
effective.
EME Battalions
It was some time during the second quarter of the

year 1962 that CEME 10 Division was assigned the task
of merging / amalgamating all the three Infantry
Workshop Companies of the Division to form an EME
Battalion. Lieutenant Colonel (later Brigadier) Syed
Ahmed was the CEME; Major General Hameed Khan
was the GOC. This merger was only on a trial basis. It
was a complicated exercise and presented a lot of
administrative and other allied problems. However, the
merger was accomplished successfully. In the new Back to Main Menu
organization, CEME at Division HQ became the
Battalion Commander of the EME battalion. The for-
mation of the new Battalion was as under:
a. Field Workshop Company

b. Light Workshop Company
c. HQ Company (with Stores Platoon)
Stores Platoon
To cater for the demand of spare parts for EME
53
Workshops for the repair of vehicles and AES equip-

ment, a Stores Platoon was incorporated within the
Back to Main Menu

framework of EME Battalion. Previously, the provision
of spare parts was the responsibility of Ordnance Stores
Section. Many a times, the spares were declared NA (not
available) when demanded by the Workshop, while
these were actually available. It happened due to the rea-
son that the Workshop asked for the spares using their
nomenclature / technical name; while Ordnance Store
Section wanted the demand using part numbers as given
in the part lists. The EME technicians could not handle
this requirement due to the reasons that they were nei-
ther conversant with the use of part list, nor they had
any access to the required part list. As a result, some
vehicles / equipment could not be repaired quickly.
However, with the Stores Platoon as a component
of HQ Company of EME Battalion, the problem was
solved. This platoon was made responsible for the fol-
lowing:
a. Demanding the spare parts / stores from Central Back to Main Menu
Ordnance Depot.
b. Stocking the spare parts.
c. Accounting for the spare parts.
d. Issuing spare parts to all the units of the Division
including Unit Repair Organizations (UROs) and
Light Aid Detachments (LADs).
Reorganized EME Battalions
For maximum flexibility in the deployment of
54
EME elements with the user units in operational con-

ditions, the centralized Stores Platoon was again divid-
Back to Main Menu

ed into individual Ordnance Stores Sections. However,
as opposed to the older practice of incompatible part
lists, a consistent list was made available to the work-
shop and the ordnance setup. With the decentralization
of supply of spares, a fourth company was formed to
look after the formation troops. This change was pri-
marily in line with the change of organization of a
Division. With the introduction of anti-tank guided
missiles at the formation level, a centralized missile
repair shop was added. Finally, in 2002, responsibility
of computer equipment was formally entrusted to the
Corps of EME. In response to the new requirement, a
computer repair cell (CRC) was added to the arsenal of
repair facilities.
Challenges Faced by the Corps of EME
The mission assigned to the Corps of EME is

unique in nature. The Corps remains engaged in the Back to Main Menu
maintenance, repair and overhaul of all types of vehicles
and equipment of the Army, both in peace and war. In
doing its job, it is expected to handle a variety of tech-
nologies, which are diverse and pose a real challenge.
Diversity of the equipment, fast pace of technological
development, ever-increasing financial constraints and
denial of sensitive technologies demand a lot of techni-
cal agility and expertise from the Corps of EME.
The growing complexity and quantity of equip-
ment in the Army intensified the problems the Corps
55
had to face in the seventies and beyond. The Army had

to make increasing use of new equipment to become
Back to Main Menu

more effective, which resulted in a marked increase of
equipment held by units. This was particularly so in the
field of electronics, not only because of the introduction
of advanced guided weapon systems but also because of
the introduction of entirely new devices such as field
computers and battlefield surveillance radars. The new
equipment, although easy to operate, included a great
quantity of tightly packed electronic gear, represented
investment of several million rupees, and presented a
formidable maintenance task.
In addition to the standard equipment, the use of
electronic control equipment of various kinds became
widespread. Another major and additional growth area
was Army Aviation, where helicopters and aircraft were
added to the field force. The resulting increase in range,
quantity and complexity of equipment could clearly not
be contained without a matching response from the
Corps of EME.
Since its creation the mission of the corps of EME, Back to Main Menu
that is, battle worthiness and operational fitness of all
eqpt of the Army during peace and war, has never
changed. For the accomplishment of this mission EME
corps has been striving right from the beginning to the
best of its abilities. In the initial stages, after independ-
ence the situation was a little better in the sense that the
availability of spare parts, equipment and assemblies
was not a major problem. Even in early 70s there being
less sanctions on the country due to many political rea-
sons, Pakistan enjoyed good relations with developed
56
countries and people were forthcoming in providing

spare parts and equipment needed by us. But as the
Back to Main Menu

political scenarios changed, sanctions were imposed
which directly affected the provision of the stores and
spares for the maintenance of equipment.
While there was a lot available in the internation-
al market, it was not available to us. We had to empha-
size and were to be more mindful of the fact, that, in
order to beat the sanctions we had to go for indigeniza-
tion and could have self reliance through indigenization
only if we had very strong human resource base. And
the Corps of EME was working in that direction.
Different research and development setups were estab-
lished by the efforts of the Corps of EME where future
indigenous development requirements of the country
were to be met. Earlier, it was beleived that the solu-
tions on turn-key basis were easy. However, the sanc-
tions forced us to think and find our own solutions.
Optimistically speaking sanctions went to our advan-
tage, since, we were forced to have indigenous develop-
ment of our equipment. Back to Main Menu
With the sanctions came non availability (NA) of
required spares and stores and this NA culture even
exists today. The change that was seen with this culture
was in local purchase policies. Local purchase which
used to be a rare practice became a standard in most of
the cases. The spares acquired through local purchase
were mostly locally manufactured. Their quality, thus,
could not be guaranteed. The quality of repairs and its
reliability was directly affected by these practices. The
level of user satisfaction started reducing that could be
57
attributed to the scarce supply of spares and equipment

and more reliance on local purchase. The availability of
Back to Main Menu

the spare parts at times was not a major problem but the
quality of the parts definitely was a problem. This was
linked with the indigenous manufacturing industry
which cared little for quality control, in general. It was
observed that whatever parts, components, were avail-
able in early 70s or so were genuine and of high quali-
ty. The reason was that, mainly the manufacturers in
those times were from USA, UK, Japan, Germany etc.
But subsequently low quality parts manufactured by
Taiwan, Bangladesh, Pakistan and China flooded the
market. This has been a serious challenge faced by the
EME Corps. It has been difficult to have testing facili-
ties of all kind of parts and spares, to find their origin
and quality. EME Corps, despite all these problems, has
been endeavouring to meet the users’ requirements as
proficiently as possible.
The state-of-the-art technological developments
which took place in the seventies were more focused on
military equipment. Earlier tanks, for example, did not Back to Main Menu
have fire control systems which appeared on the latest
variants. There were no ballistic computers, no laser
range finders and no Night Vision Devices (NVDs) etc.
Since the induction of such equipment in the Army its
repair and maintenance required full knowledge of the
operation and maintenance techniques. This has been
the greatest challenge faced by the Corps which was
accomplished through conducting various maintenance
courses for such equipment. Training at the Original
Equipment Manufacture’s (OEM) premises, at EME
58
College and On-the-Job Training (OJT) on the equip-

ment in the units were regularly conducted. The aim
Back to Main Menu

was to enhance the expertise of the maintenance men so
that they could requisitely handle such equipment.
The Corps of EME has not only been looking
after the maintenance problems of the conventional bat-
tle machines but has also been a source of qualified
manpower for strategic organizations. These organiza-
tions have achieved substantial level of confidence and
are producing results to the satisfaction of users, the
Corps of EME playing a major role in the process.
Apart from the general scenario mentioned above,
the Corps has been facing specific problems in different
sub-areas and handling them adequately at different lev-
els. Some of the obvious and some not very obvious
areas confronted by the Corps and its response are men-
tioned below in brief.
a. Rapid Technological Development. Electronics,

computers, smart munitions, aerospace and com-
munication technologies have been developing at Back to Main Menu
an unprecedented scale. EME officers and techni-
cians have been facing an uphill task of keeping
themselves up-to-date with these developments.
Better initial training, specialization, advanced
courses, and above all, awareness amongst the offi-
cer cadre, were found to be the answers to this
ever-present challenge. The Corps has been under-
taking measures to keep all ranks educated about
the latest developments. New courses of training
were designed and imparted regularly regarding
59
the latest equipment inducted in the Army, such as

strategic missile systems.
Back to Main Menu

b. Management & Quality at Base Workshops. With
ever-increasing awareness of users about quality,
the base workshops could only justify their exis-
tence if these were equipped with human and
material resources to enforce latest management
techniques to produce quality product. More
qualified (post-graduate) officers, qualified and
trained middle management (supervisors), and
well trained / motivated technicians were essen-
tially required. The subject of quality required
special attention. It had to be based on latest sci-
entific methods / techniques i.e. ISO-9000 series
certification. Procurement and use of latest test
equipment, tools and gauges at base and field
workshops were some of the basic requirements to
be met. The Corps has ably handled this issue by
compulsory training of officers and all ranks
regarding quality and production management.
The quality management system has been system- Back to Main Menu
atically incorporated all the way from the grass-
roots level (i.e. a field workshop company) to the
top (i.e. base workshops).
c. Research and Development. The increasing denial
of defence technologies to Pakistan has been put-
ting an additional responsibility on EME officers
and establishments to embark upon research and
development and achieve self-reliance as soon as
possible. This, however, is not a simple task. It
requires highly educated and specialized officers,
60
R&D facilities and financial resources. A well-

thought-out methodology was needed to be put in
Back to Main Menu

place. The R&D institutions of the Corps have
been exceeding the expectations in this area by
continually supporting the old equipment through
improvisation and indigenous development, and
by designing ever-more sophisticated solutions to
the present and projected problems.
d. EME Field Units. EME field units have always
remained under immense pressure due to limited
availability / supply of spares from established
Army source i.e. Corps of Ordnance. EME Corps,
however, has been striving to overcome this prob-
lem with better management of available
resources, adaptive techniques of repair and main-
tenance and creating awareness amongst the users
regarding preventive maintenance. The EME
technicians have always stood apart from their
civilian couterparts due to the knowledge and
practice of keeping the equipment fit with mini-
mum replacment and maximum repair. These Back to Main Menu
skills have been put through rigorous test in all
kinds of weather and terrain, and the EME tech-
nicians have acquitted themselves honourably.
e. Non-standard Vehicles / Equipment. Lack of stan-
dardization of vehicles / equipment has been one
of the biggest problems in the realm of equipment
maintenance and is likely to persist till our local
industry takes over and develops worthwhile
defence products. EME officers and technicians,
therefore, have been extending maintenance and
61
repair support to equipment of all makes and

types. This required better training at EME
Back to Main Menu

College and EME Centre, besides personal inter-
est on the part of officers to keep upgrading their
knowledge and expertise. A comprehensive plan
of rotating qualified manpower among the various
echelons of support was therefore prepared.
f. Mechanization of Army. The increasing trend of
mechanization in all the fighting and supporting
arms has had a direct bearing on the doctrine of
repair and recovery. The EME support was there-
fore reconfigured to be mobile to serve an agile
Army. The concept of Mobile Repair Teams
(MRTs) was formalized and battle-tested in field
conditions. The MRT was organized to be an all-
encompassing field workshop that could operate
with a minimum need to defer repair jobs to high-
er echelons of support. The engineering support is
made available at the doorstep of the users.
As evident, to all the challenges enumerated Back to Main Menu

above, the Corps of EME responded in a befitting man-
ner. Modern training techniques for technicians were
adopted at EME Centre. Minimum of matriculation
qualification was made mandatory for all trades.
Armament artificer course was made a pre-requisite for
promotion to junior commissioned rank. Post-graduate
courses were started for officers in various disciplines of
engineering. Contribution to indigenous defence pro-
duction started growing at a steady pace. In short, the
Corps has demonstrated its ability to perform better in
62
coming times, thus keeping a composite Army of tacti-

cal and strategic capabilities fit for war at all times.
Back to Main Menu

Back to Main Menu
63
Back to Main Menu
CHAPTER 3
AVIATION ENGINEERING
“And that which hath wings, shall tell the matter”
The history of maintenance and engineering runs

parallel to the growth of the Army Aviation. The two
are entwined and have gone hand in hand on the long
road of development.
At the time of Independence, Aviation mainte-
nance rested fully with the PAF. This arrangement
worked well as long as it lasted but as the aviation fleet Back to Main Menu
grew in numbers and diversity, it became imperative to
shoulder this responsibility from within the Army
resources. Initially, PAF was requested to allocate more
technicians. This request, however, was not viewed
favourably as the Air Force was in the process of its own
expansion.
Though PAF was not found lacking in giving
meaningful assistance whenever required, an EME unit
fully capable of looking after the technical needs of the
flying machines was established in 1959. A Light Aid
64
Aviation Engineering
Detachment (LAD) was raised with Captain (later

Lieutenant Colonel) Majid Ullah as its Officer
Back to Main Menu

Commanding. Later on, this LAD became the basis for
the first unit, namely 199 Aviation Company EME with
Major Ansar Ahmed Zuberi as its first Officer
Commanding. At that time, the aircraft being operated
by the Army was L-19, so the Company was tailored to
look after this aircraft only. With the raising of addition-
al flying units and appearance of OH-13 helicopters on
the horizon, it became necessary to review the mainte-
nance cover. It was decided to raise a full-fledged
Aviation EME Battalion to cater for all the projected
tasks in a centralized manner. As a result of the decision,
199 Aviation Engineering Battalion was raised in 1960.
The Battalion was assigned the responsibility of
looking after the lone twin-engine Beach aircraft (U-8-
F) when it came in 1963. The battalion performed
admirably well during the 1965 war, when the aviation
efforts were spread all over the country. The arrival of
Russian MI-8 and French Alouette helicopters created
another dilemma. So far, all the equipment was of US Back to Main Menu
origin, and these new machines were quite different. To
cater for this difference, an additional maintenance
organization became inevitable. For the initial training,
a number of officers, JCOs and NCOs were sent to the
two countries (Russia and France). On return, they
organized the working procedures for the new helicop-
ters. To support the new induction, 299 Aviation
Engineering Battalion was raised in 1969.
65
Aviation Engineering Groups
Back to Main Menu

In 1972, the first Puma helicopter arrived, fol-
lowed by a large number of this breed in the following
years. Then came a large variety of new choppers,
which included UH-1H, Jet Rangers, Bell-412, Lama,
Cobra, Schweizer and MI-17. On the fixed-wing side
Mushshak replaced L-19 and more twin-engine aircraft
came including the Jet Prop Commander. The variety of
new machines resulted in raising of more and more avi-
ation engineering units. With new raising, their charter
of duty was adjusted in line with the ever-expanding
requirements. Aviation Engineering Groups were raised
in 1981 to provide field level maintenance support for
Aviation. Headed by colonels, these groups essentially
performed the same task as the maintenance battalions.
The heavy command structure was actually the main
reason for which the system of Groups was dropped,
after about ten years.
Reorganized EME Battalions Back to Main Menu
The field EME support to Army Aviation was put

through a structural review in 1990. This reorganiza-
tion resulted in decentralization of the maintenance sys-
tem, without additional influx of resources, both men
and material. The newly raised EME battalions, howev-
er, worked with total dedication and made up for the
critical shortages and imbalances by using their techni-
cal acumen. The battalions are now the key field sup-
port element to Army Aviation.
66
Back to Main Menu
PART-II
EME UNITS
· Chapter 4: Field Units

· Chapter 5: Static Installations
· Chapter 6: Training Institutions
· Chapter 7: Inspection and Technical
Development Organization
Back to Main Menu
67
68
Back to Main Menu
CHAPTER 4
FIELD UNITS
Field Workshops at Partition
Field workshops, which came as share of the

Corps of PEME in August 1947, are listed in Table 9.
As a result of extensive reorganization and forma-
tion of EME battalions in 1962, many of these units
ceased to exist as independent entities. However, the
units still exist either in the redesignated form or as part
of other setups. These units are described in the follow-
ing pages. Back to Main Menu
Field Unit Location Remarks
Workshop Companies (For field repair)
72 Armd Wksp Coy Risalpur

74 Armd Wksp Coy Risalpur
76 Armd Wksp Coy Peshawar
57 Inf Wksp Coy Maripur Including 111
Recovery Sec
69
65 Inf Wksp Coy Yol (India)

68 Inf Wksp Coy Chaklala Including 110
Back to Main Menu

Recovery
Section
86 Inf Wksp Coy Manzai
87 Inf Wksp Coy Mir Ali Including 112
Recovery
Section
96 Inf Wksp Coy Kohat
116 Inf Wksp Coy Chaklala
125 Inf Wksp Coy Rawalpindi
126 Inf Wksp Coy Lahore Including 105
Recovery
Section and 255
LAD Type I
127 Inf Wksp Coy Rawalpindi
134 Inf Wksp Coy Quetta
7 Div Tpt Column Rawalpindi
Wksp Coy
1174 Tpt Coy Wksp Sec Wah
1403 Tpt Coy Wksp Sec Jhelum Back to Main Menu
Light Aid Detachments (For unit repair)
10 Inf Bde LAD Type I Campbellpur

(now Attock)
25 Inf Bde LAD Type I Campbellpur
(now Attock)
114 Inf Bde LAD Type I Rawalpindi
14 Para Bde LAD Type I Quetta
70
Field Units
Recovery Companies/Sections
Back to Main Menu

3 Armd Bde Rec Coy Ferozepur
(India)
7 Inf Div Rec Coy Rawalpindi
102 Rec Sec Meerut
(India)
Table 9. Field Units Inherited by PEME.
Workshop Companies
72 Armoured Workshop Company PEME

The Company, raised during World War II, took
part in operations in Burma in support of 254 Indian
Tank Brigade, from Imphal to Rangoon in 1944-45.
After Partition, the Company formed part of 3
Armoured Brigade at Rawalpindi. It was commanded by
Major R.J. Lewis, REME, succeeded by Major
Muhammad Din, PEME, from 16th May 1949. Major
M.A. Qayyum, PEME, assumed command of the Back to Main Menu
Company with effect from 24th March 1951.
In July 1951, the Company moved out to opera-
tional area in Gujrat to support 3 Armoured Brigade,
which had moved out for border defence duties during
the 1951 emergency. The Company stayed there
throughout the emergency period.
In November 1953, the Company moved to train-
ing area Fateh Jang to take part in the Brigade training
exercises. In February 1954 the Company moved to
Darya Khan to take part in GHQ Training Exercise
71
‘Vulcan’. In September 1954 the Company moved to

training area Chakwal to take part in GHQ Training
Back to Main Menu

Exercise ‘November Handicap’. The DEME, Brigadier
W.P.B. Ashton, and Inspector PEME, Colonel H. Cliff,
inspected the Company in the exercise area. Major
Helmy Ibrahim of Egyptian Army visited the Company
on 8th April 1954 and Major General W.A. Lord,
DEME War Office UK, on 8th Mach 1955.
The Company was reorganized in March 1955,
and moved to its new location at Mansar Camp to give
EME cover to 4 Armoured Brigade. In early 1958, the
Company carried out extensive trials of the tank trans-
porter which had been modified in 502 Central
Workshop for the transportation of M47 tank whose
track width of the platform was not wide enough for
M47 tank. The aim of the trial was to test whether the
welding of the extended width of the loading platform
was strong enough to withstand the weight of M47
tank. As a the result of the trials which were termed as
‘trial of nerves’, which included frequent loading and
unloading of M47 tank on the tank transporter and its Back to Main Menu
long run over varied terrain, the modification was
declared successful.
74 Armoured Workshop Company PEME

At the time of Partition, 74 Armoured Workshop
Company was stationed at Risalpur, commanded by
Captain Hussain, PEME. The strength of the unit was
150, comprising 40 Muslims, 15 Sikhs and 95 Hindus.
Soon after Partition, all non-Muslim personnel left for
India. Captain Hussain continued the command for two
72
Field Units
months till his promotion to the rank of Major and was

relieved by Subedar Muhammad Iqbal as officiating
Back to Main Menu

officer commanding. Major Abdul Manan, PEME,
assumed command of the Company with effect from 1st
April 1948. In September 1948, the Company moved
from Risalpur to Gujrat and remained there on border
defence duties up to April 1949. Captain Muhammad
Bashir, PEME, assumed command of the Company in
December 1949, succeeded by Captain M.S. Ahmed,
PEME, in June 1951.
The Company moved to its permanent station,
Rawalpindi, in Assembly Lines in March 1952. The
Company took part in GHQ Training Exercise
‘November Handicap’ in November 1954 and was
inspected by Brigadier W.P.B. Ashton, DEME, and
Colonel H. Cliff, Inspector PEME, on 24th November
1954 in the training area.
3 Armoured Brigade Recovery Company was
merged with the Company on 13th March 1956. Major
Allah Dad Khan assumed command with effect from
26th May 1956. Back to Main Menu
The following officers visited the Company:
a. Major General Shahid Hamid, MGO, 28th May

1953.
b. Brigadier Sarfraz Khan, MC.
c. Commander 3 Armoured Brigade, 17th
November 1953.
d. Major Helmy Ibrahim, Egyptian Army, 8th April
1954.
73
76 Armoured Workshop Company PEME/133

Infantry Workshop Company
Back to Main Menu

76 Armoured Workshop Company was raised in
the Middle East during WWII. The Company was
reverted to Shahjahanpur (India) in 1946. Captain R.A.
Harvey commanded it at that time. The Company
moved from Shahjahanpur to Chaklala on 10th April
1946. Captain Harvey was posted out and Captain D.P.
Nandy, IEME, assumed command, succeeded in August
1946 by Captain B.G. Willings, REME. The Company
moved to Wah Cantonment on 23rd September 1946
and to Peshawar on 10th February 1947. Subedar
Sharan Singh assumed command of the Company in
May 1947. The Company was selected for Pakistan on
14th August 1947 and Naib Subedar Mir Mast assumed
command, succeeded by Subedar Jillani Shah in
December 1947. The Company moved to Risalpur on
31st December 1947. Subedar Abdul Ghani succeeded
Subedar Jillani Shah in October 1949. Major Fazal
Hussain, PEME, assumed command on 6th March
1950. Back to Main Menu
The Company moved to Gujranwala in July 1951
for border defence duties during the emergency and
returned to Risalpur later in the year. The Company
moved to Darya Khan to take part in Training Exercise
‘Vulcan’ in February 1954 and GHQ Exercise
‘November Handicap’ in September 1954. Inspector
PEME, Colonel H. Cliff inspected the Company on
10th December 1954 in the training area. The
Company moved from training area to its permanent
station at Rawalpindi on 16th December 1954.
74
Field Units
The Company was renamed as 133 Infantry

Workshop Company PEME on 15th October 1949, and
Back to Main Menu

redesignated as 76 Armoured Workshop Company on
15th March 1956.
57 Infantry Workshop Company PEME

At the time of Partition, 57 Infantry Workshop
Company was located at Maripur, Karachi. On 14th
August 1947, it was earmarked for Pakistan. On 3rd
June 1948, the Company moved to Malir Cantonment
and established a detachment at Hyderabad (Sind). A
few months later the detachment at Hyderabad closed
down and joined the Company HQ at Malir. On 15th
September 1948, the Company moved to Chaklala. In
March 1949, the Company moved to Garhi Habib
Ullah on border defence duties under command of 9 (F)
Division. On replacement of 9 (F) Division by 12
Division, the Company came under the command of 12
Division.
In April 1950, the Company moved to
Muzaffarabad and on 18 November 1950 moved from Back to Main Menu
Muzaffarabad to Lahore, under command of 10
Division. On 6th January 1952 the Company moved to
Sialkot. After two-year tenure in Sialkot, the Company
moved to Kotli in Azad Kashmir.

M Company IAOC was redesignated as 65
Infantry Workshop Company IEME in 1943. The
Company saw action in WW II in South East Asia in
support of 26 Indian Division. In 1946, the Company
75
came back to India and was stationed at Yol. In August

1947, the Company moved to Rahwali under command
Back to Main Menu

14 (Para) Brigade. In November 1947, the Company
came to Lahore Cantonment still under command 14
(Para) Brigade, when Major S.Z.R. Jaffery, PEME, took
over as Officer Commanding. In November 1948, the
unit moved from Lahore to border defence duties in
Sialkot area under command 14 (Para) Brigade. In
December 1949, as a consequence of the Company’s
hard work, GOC 7 Division awarded one officer and
five men with certificates of ‘Devotion to Duty’. On
completion of its tenure, the Company moved from
Sialkot to Lahore on 12th August 1952, when Major
Muhammad Yasin Khan, PEME, took over as Officer
Commanding.
The Company took part in GHQ training exercise
‘November Handicap’ in November 1954, when
Inspector PEME inspected the Company in the exercise
area on 10th November 1954. In October 1955, the
Company was called in aid of civil power to combat the
floods in Lahore. The following officers visited the Back to Main Menu
Company:
a. Lieutenant General Muhammad Azam Khan,

Corps Commander.
b. General Harding, Chief of Imperial General Staff,
War Office.
c. Brigadier W.P.B. Ashton, DEME. Colonel H. Cliff,
Inspector PEME.
d. Colonel D.P. Booth, Commandant PEME.
Regimental Centre.
76
Field Units
e. Major General Shahid Hamid, MGO.
Back to Main Menu

This company has the distinction of being the old-
est unit in the Corps of EME. It was raised in 1911 at
Lucknow (India). It is the only EME unit in the Corps
that has participated in World War I. The Company
took part in World War II in the Burma Campaign from
1943 to 1945. The Company was re-raised in June
1946 at Shahjahanpur and moved to Chaklala in
September 1946, where it remained till August 1947.
Major G. Cornes, IEME, was Officer Commanding
from August to November 1947. Major Frank, REME,
till 5th February 1949, succeeded him. In January 1949
the Company moved to Sialkot where Major F.I.E.
Dugan took over command on 16th February 1949 till
16th January 1950.
After two-year tenure in Sialkot, the Company
moved to Lahore, where it remained till 9th June 1954.
Major R.E. Cameron, REME, took over command of
the Company on 26th March 1952 till 8th March 1953, Back to Main Menu
succeeded by Major M.T. Shanton, REME, till 30th
November 1953. Major Muhammad Yasin Khan took
over command of the Company on 3rd December
1953. The Company left Lahore on 10th June 1954 for
border defence duties with 104 Brigade. Major A.A.
Siddiqi took over command of the Company on 22nd
April 1955. Commander 104 Brigade carried out
inspection of the Company and gave the Commander’s
appreciation on the state of repair and equipment.
77

The Company was raised at Delhi Cantonment on
Back to Main Menu

15th April 1943. Its first Officer Commanding was
Major V.C. Lucas, IEME, who commanded from 15th
April to 18th December 1943, when it moved to
Peshawar. During 1944 the Company remained
involved in routine peacetime duties. At the end of
1944, the Company moved to Waziristan area. Captain
J. Ireland, IEME, took over command of the Company
for one month, succeeded by Captain Zia-ur-Rehman.
In May 1945, Major Vashersher Dass took over the
command. During his tenure the tribes in tribal area
held up a convoy of about 200 vehicles, including one
workshop section of the Company. After seven days, the
road was opened and the convoy moved on without loss
of life and property.
Major Zia-ur-Rehman took over command again
in October 1947 and moved the Company from
Waziristan area to Peshawar Cantonment, where it
remained till 23rd May 1948. The Company moved
from Peshawar on 24th May 1948 for border defence Back to Main Menu
duties in Bhimber and Mirpur and remained there till
March 1949. The Company was located at Kohat from
September 1949 to July 1951. In August 1952 the
Company moved to Sialkot Cantonment under com-
mand 15 Division.
Inspector PEME, Colonel H. Cliff, carried out
annual technical inspection of the Company on 17th
August 1954 and gave a satisfactory report. The
Company took part in Training Exercise ‘Long Horn’
from 21st to 24th August 1954. Major Ghazanfar Mu-
78
Field Units
hammad Khan, PEME, was Officer Commanding from

2nd January 1956 to 18th May 1956, succeeded by
Back to Main Menu

Major Abdul Rashid.

The Company was raised at Razmak and Mir Ali
in 1946. Major E.G. Nicholson was the first Officer
Commanding of the workshop. The company moved to
Peshawar in August 1947 and took part in KARZAN
operation at Bannu in December 1947. The Company
was under command 10 Division and later came under
command 15 Division when it moved to Sialkot on 25
July 1956. The Company was reorganized as 87
Armoured Workshop Company PEME and placed
under command 100 Independent Armoured Brigade
Group. The first Pakistani DEME Brigadier M.
Muhammadi visited the Company on 11th October
1956. Inspector PEME Colonel M. Mcullagh inspected
the Company on 26th November 1956. On 12th
January 1957 the Company took part in a review
parade by 100 Independent Armoured Brigade Group Back to Main Menu
in honour of the Syrian President.
From 21st-23rd August 1958, the Company took
part in the trials for 106mm Anti Tank Recoilless Rifle
at Nowshera ranges. The Brigade Commander con-
veyed his appreciation for the hard work done by the
Company in producing the training aids for the trials.
In November 1959 the Company took part in the
waterproofing trials and a demonstration on water-
proofing in Lahore, witnessed by the C-in-C. In early
December 1959, the Company proceeded to Fateh Jang
79
for the Brigade collective training and arrived back in

Nowshera on 24 December 1959 after the completion
Back to Main Menu

of the collective training.
The Company conducted preventive maintenance
course attended by all officers of the Brigade including
the Commander. The Company was merged with 87
EME Battalion on 18th March 1963.

The Company was part of 8 Indian Infantry
Division during World War II and served the Division
during its operations in Italy. After Partition, the
Company came under command 7 Division and served
in Kashmir in 1948 and on border defence duties dur-
ing 1951 emergency. The Company was employed in
Dir-Bajaur operations in 1960. For its hawk-like effi-
ciency the Company was given the unofficial name of
‘Shikras’. The Company also excelled in sports. The
Company would invariably lift volleyball and basketball
championships. The Company made its mark in EME
Corps reunion sports in 1959 and 1967. The Company Back to Main Menu
won the drill competition in the Division for new word
of command in Urdu/Bengali in 1970.
The Company helped the civil administration by
carrying out technical inspection of civil traffic at Kotal
Post in January and March 1960 under Martial Law
regulations.
The Company attended Training Exercise ‘Dil III’
in January 1953 and moved to Fateh Jang. 102 Brigade
LAD was attached to the Company after the move.
GOC 7 Division inspected the Company on 19th
80
Field Units
August 1953. CPEME 7 Division carried out technical

inspection of the Company on 4th and 5th October
Back to Main Menu

1953.
On 29th January 1954 the Company left for
Kalabagh to take part in the Division exercise. On 1st
March 1954 the Company moved to Thanedarwala
from Kalabagh and to Bannu on termination of the
exercise. The Company gave a demonstration of laying
out the workshop in the field on 5th June 1955. 102
Brigade LAD PEME that had been affiliated with the
Company for reorganization trials was designated as
Light Section on 1st December 1955.
On 11th April 1956 GOC 7 Division, Major
General Muhammad Habib Ullah Khan paid a farewell
visit to the Company at Bannu. Major General Adam
Khan, GOC 7 Division visited the Company on 24th
October 1956.
A combined Hockey Team of the Company and 8
Field Ambulance AMC reached semi-final against 8 FF
(old 2 FF Rifles) in 102 Brigade Hockey Championship
and lost by one goal. Back to Main Menu

The Company was renamed from 22 Indian
Mobile Workshop Company IAOC in 1943 when it was
serving with 5 Division in Cyprus and Middle East. The
Company returned to Shahjahanpur (India) in
December 1945 under 10 Division. From March 1946
to July 1947 the Company was stationed at Rawalpindi,
when it moved to Abbottabad. The Company was on
border defence duties from February 1948 to May
81
1950. From July 1951 to May 1952, the Company

remained in Gujranwala area during the 1951 emer-
Back to Main Menu

gency.
In March 1953, the Company took part in 7
Division Training Exercise ‘Anvil’ and was awarded
GOC’s appreciation for the good work during the exer-
cise. GOC 7 Division carried out annual fitness inspec-
tion of the Company on 4th August 1953. Inspector
PEME, Colonel H. Cliff, carried out technical inspec-
tion of the Company on 22nd June 1954. The
Company gave a demonstration of ‘PEME in Defence’
for PEME officers of GHQ on 27th February 1956.
CPME 7 Division carried out annual fitness inspection
on 17 May 1956. The following officers visited the
Company:
a. Colonel Robert L. Ashworth, US Army Attaché, 4

August 1953.
b. Brigadier Archer Shee, UK Military Attaché, 14
September 1953.
Back to Main Menu
The Company owes its origin to 11 (M) Workshop
Company AOC raised in December 1940. After the formation
of IEME, the name was changed to 20 (I) Infantry Brigade
Workshop Company under 10 Division. It remained with the
Division in Italy till the end of the War. In November 1944,
the Company was named as 126 (I) Mobile Workshop
Company IEME. The Company returned to Bombay on 17th
December 1945.
At the time of Partition, the Company was sta-
82
Field Units
tioned at Lahore when the name was changed to 126

Infantry Workshop Company PEME. The Company
Back to Main Menu

rendered yeoman’s service in escorting the refugees and
recovering abducted women. The Company helped the
flood-stricken people in the calamity of 1950 floods in
Punjab. The Punjab Government awarded a ‘sanad’ to
the Company for its services. The Company moved to
border defence duties during the 1951 emergency.

The Company was raised at Quetta in March
1941 and served in Iraq, Syria, Libya, Cyprus and Italy
during World War II. It returned to Shahjahanpur
(India) in November 1945 with 25 Brigade Group. At
the time of Partition, the Company was located at
Rawalpindi and was commanded by Major W.G.H.
Fellows, IEME, succeeded by Major H.U. Khan on 13th
December 1947.
During the 1951 emergency the Company moved
from Rawalpindi for border defence duties. Major L.K.
Niazi took over command on 21st November 1951. Back to Main Menu
The Company returned to Kohat on 10th August 1952.
General Ayub Khan, C-in-C, inspected the Company on
22nd September 1952 and gave “shabash” to the
Company in general and the quarterguard in particular.
Major S.F. Shah took over command on 1st May 1954,
succeeded by Major F.M. Qureshi on 24th August 1954.
The Company took part in GHQ training exercise
‘November Handicap’ in November 1954. The
Company took part in GHQ training exercise ‘Swan
Song’ in March 1956.
83
Heavy and Light Anti-Aircraft Workshop

Companies
Back to Main Menu

PEME field workshops in support of Heavy and
Light Anti-Aircraft Regiments (Artillery) were part of
No. 3 AGRPA (Army Group Royal Pakistan Artillery).
The AA Regiments had Radar No. 3 Mark 7 and No. 4
Mark 6/2. PEME was responsible to look after these
Radar sets, in addition to Fire Control Instruments
(FCIs) and other equipment of the Regiments. The his-
tory of these Workshop Companies is described in the
following paragraphs:
5/7 Heavy Anti-Aircraft Workshop Company

PEME
The Company was raised before Partition and was
allocated to Pakistan in the division of assets. The
founder of Pakistan, Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali
Jinnah, graced the unit by his visit on 21st February
1948 at Malir, as it was part of the parent 5 HAA
Regiment Artillery. This is the only EME unit that Back to Main Menu
enjoys this extraordinary honour.
International Aeradio Limited (IAL) personnel
were posted to the Company to repair and maintain the
Radar sets since January 1952. In March 1954
Lieutenant (later Major General, DGEME) M. Jalal-ud-
Din was posted to the Company. He states:
“After my training course in UK, my first posting was at

Malir which was the home of HAA at that time. I was
the first Radar qualified officer. The state of qualifica-
84
Field Units
tion of manpower was quite poor and highest scale

available was Class-II Radar Technician and Class-IV
Back to Main Menu

ACE Technician”.
It was 1954-55 that PEME personnel were

entrusted with the repair responsibility of the equip-
ment, in place of IAL personnel. The company was des-
ignated as 7 HAA Workshop Company PEME on 11th
October 1954, with the status of a self-accounting unit.
A small detachment of the Company took part in GHQ
training Exercise ‘November Handicap’ in November
1954.
General Ayub Khan, C-in-C, inspected the
Company on 19th August 1952 and again on 15th July
1954.
6 Light Anti-Aircraft Workshop Company PEME

The company was raised before Partition and was
allotted to Pakistan in the division of assets. In 1949 the
Company moved to Karachi as part of 3 AA Brigade.
Inspector PEME Colonel H. Cliff inspected the Back to Main Menu
Company in April 1955. A section of the Company
moved to Dabeji with the parent Regiment on 1st
December 1955.
13 Light Anti-Aircraft Workshop Company

PEME
It was raised on 12th February 1951 in support of
13 LAA Regiment Artillery, with 2nd Lieutenant
Mubarak Mahmood, PEME, as the first Officer
Commanding. Inspector PEME Colonel H. Cliff
85
inspected the Company on 28th April 1955.
Back to Main Menu

PEME
It was raised on 15th September 1951, with
Lieutenant N.M. Awan, PEME, as the first Officer
Commanding. The Company moved to Baleji Camp on
5th November 1951 with the parent Regiment to attend
a firing camp. General Ayub Khan, C-in-C, inspected
the Company on 19th August 1952.
20 Heavy Anti-Aircraft Workshop Company

PEME
It was raised in April 1951, with Captain Hidayat
Rasool, PEME, as the first Officer Commanding.
Inspector PEME, Colonel H. Cliff, inspected the
Company in April 1955. Major General Shahid Hamid,
MGO, visited the Company on 7th February 1956.
Transport Company Workshop Sections

Back to Main Menu
PEME was responsible for providing field repair
cover to General Transport (GT) companies of Army
Service Corps (ASC), with Transport Company
Workshop Section as an integral part of the parent com-
pany. These were as follows:
1029 Transport Company Workshop Section

PEME
The Workshop Section was located at Peshawar
and was ordered on 24th July 1950 to move to East
86
Field Units
Pakistan. The Workshop Section arrived at Chittagong

on 7th December 1950 and proceeded to Khulna under
Back to Main Menu

command 107 Brigade and then to Jessore on 10th June
1951. CPEME 14 Division, Lieutenant Colonel Zia-ur-
Rehman inspected the Workshop Section on 11 August
1951. Major General Shahid Hamid, MGO, inspected
the Workshop Section on 27th March 1952. In April
1952 the Workshop Section moved to Chittagong.
Major General S.M. Afzal, QMG, visited the Workshop
Section on 26th February 1954. Brigadier W.P.B.
Ashton, DEME, accompanied by CPEME 14 Division,
Major Q. Ahmed, inspected the Workshop Section on
15th January 1955. Inspector PEME, Colonel H. Cliff
carried out annual inspection on 14th December 1955.
On 23rd March 1956, 32 personnel took part in the
ceremonial parade in honour of the Republic Day cele-
brations.

PEME
From November 1948 to May 1949 the Back to Main Menu
Workshop Section moved to and remained in Gujrat
area for border defence duties. Again in March 1951,
the Workshop Section moved to Gujrat area on border
defence duties till June 1952. The Workshop Section
took part in the training exercise ‘Vulcan’ in February
1954.

PEME
At the time of Partition, the Workshop Section
87
was at Rawalpindi attached with 102 GT Company

RIASC. During Partition, the Workshop Section took
Back to Main Menu

part, with the parent unit, in convoy duties for the evac-
uation of Muslims and Non-Muslims. The Workshop
Section moved to Lahore with 610 GT Company
RPASC, under command 10 Division. The Workshop
Section moved from Lahore to Rawalpindi on 21st May
1949 and to Sirriya Camp (Azad Kashmir) on opera-
tional duties with the parent unit. The Workshop
Section moved from Sirriya Camp to Barakahu Camp in
March 1953 and to Lahore under command 10
Division on 24th June 1954. The Workshop Section
took part in GHQ Training Exercise ‘November
Handicap’ during November 1954.

PEME
It was initially raised as Light Jeep Transport
Section IEME before Partition at Karachi. After
Partition the Workshop Section, with the parent unit,
came under command 14 (Para) Brigade and moved to Back to Main Menu
Quetta. In 1948 the Workshop Section moved to
Rahwali Camp with the parent unit and performed bor-
der defence duties for seven months. Afterwards, the
Workshop Section moved to Lahore and Gujrat and
then to Sialkot in Cavalry Lines, under command 14
(Para) Brigade.
In 1950 the Workshop Section suffered a great
loss due to floods. In 1951 the Workshop Section again
moved to border defence duties in Gujrat-Kharian area
till February 1952, when it came back to Sialkot under
88
Field Units
command 15 Division.
Back to Main Menu

PEME
At the time of Partition, the Workshop Section
was at Kohat. In March 1948 the Workshop Section
moved for border defence duties in Kashmir till the
ceasefire. In March 1950, the Workshop Section moved
back to its previous station Kohat and then to Peshawar.
The Workshop Section was deployed on border defence
duties during the 1951 emergency.

PEME
It was raised in 1943 as 207 GT Company
Workshop Section RIASC at Mansar. From 1944-1945,
it was at Chaklala and Srinagar with the parent unit. In
October 1945 it was redesignated as 1131 Transport
Company Workshop Section IEME. In 1946 it moved
to Kohat with the parent unit and remained there for
six months. It moved to Lahore with the parent unit for Back to Main Menu
duties between Kalka and Simla. Later, the unit moved
to Bannu till September 1949.
During the period 1st August 1951 to 5th March
1952, the Workshop Section was in Azad Kashmir per-
forming duties with the parent unit. The Workshop
Section went to Fateh Jang, Jabbi, Campbellpur (now
Attock), Nowshera, Peshawar, Kohat, Thal and Bannu
in connection with the 7 Division tactical exercise from
20th February to 26th March 1953. The Workshop
Section took part in the Training Exercise ‘Vulcan’ in
89
Bhakkar area from 7th February 1954 to 9th April

1954.
Back to Main Menu

PEME
In early 1947, the Workshop Section was tasked
to maintain vehicles of 633 Company RPASC that con-
sisted of 15 cwt Trucks and one Jeep. In addition, the
Workshop Section maintained United Nations jeeps
deployed on Indo-Pak border.

PEME
The Workshop Section was part of the 7 Division
Transport Column Workshop. In 1948, the Transport
Column Workshop was disbanded and divided into
three Transport Company Workshop Sections viz. 1420,
1440 and 1450. Captain Rowden, IEME, was the first
Officer Commanding of this Workshop Section who
served for about one year. The Workshop Section was
located at Kakul. Back to Main Menu
Light Aid Detachments (LADs)
Unit repair cover is provided by the integral Light

Aid Detachment (LAD), which may be of various types
depending upon the equipment of the parent unit: Type
III for an armoured regiment, Type II for a signal regi-
ment, Type I for a mechanized infantry battalion. A few
LADs that supported the parent units in their crucial
roles in the early years are mentioned below:
90
Field Units
10 Punjab Regiment LAD Type I PEME

The parent unit (old 2/15 Punjab Regiment, with
Back to Main Menu

0.50 calibre machine guns) was under command 9 (F)
Division up to June 1954. CPEME 9(F) Division
inspected the LAD on 28th September 1952. It took
part in GHQ Training Exercise ‘November Handicap’
in November 1954. Later the LAD, with the parent
unit, went under command 12 Division till May 1956.
Inspector PEME, Colonel H. Cliff, carried out technical
inspection on 2nd January 1956.
53 Infantry Brigade LAD Type I PEME

The LAD was raised at Malir Cantt on 5th
November 1948 under command 602 Combined
Workshop PEME, Karachi. On 25th January 1949, the
LAD moved to Hyderabad with the Brigade. The LAD
moved from Hyderabad to East Pakistan with the
Brigade and was attached with 7/16 Punjab Regiment at
Sylhet.
103 Infantry Brigade LAD Type I PEME Back to Main Menu

At Partition, the LAD came to Pakistan with the
parent Brigade. It arrived in Nowshera in September
1947, where it remained for a short time and was trans-
ferred to Lahore with the parent Brigade. It provided
exemplary service in Sialkot area for border defence
duties from end of 1948 to March 1950, when it moved
to Lahore. It won praise from the Brigade Commander
for its service during GHQ training exercise ‘November
Handicap’ in November 1954. Inspector PEME
Colonel H. Cliff inspected the LAD on 11th May 1955.
91
105 Infantry Brigade LAD Type I PEME

The LAD served on border defence duties in
Back to Main Menu

Kashmir with the Brigade from December 1948 to
September 1952 and then moved to Lahore. Inspector
PEME Colonel H.S.L. Jelf inspected the LAD on 23rd
February 1953. The LAD left Lahore for Multan in
1954, where it provided outstanding service during
flood relief operations in 1955 in Multan, Sulemanki
and Pakpattan. The LAD returned to Lahore in April
1956.
1 Corps Signal Regiment LAD Type II PEME

The LAD was raised on 3rd August 1951 at
Jhelum, with Warrant Officer Abdul Aziz, PEME, as the
first Officer Commanding. In September 1954, it
moved out to area Kamra Kalan, District Campbellpur
(now Attock), for pre-maneouvre training for the GHQ
training exercise ‘November Handicap’ in November
1954. It moved to Abbottabad on 1st April 1956 as a
result of reorganization programme of the training cen-
tre and regiments. Back to Main Menu
14 Division Signal Regiment LAD Type II PEME

It was raised on 1st April 1950. On 15th
December 1950 it sailed for Chittagong, with Naib
Subedar Anwar Hussain, PEME, as its first Officer
Commanding. On 25th February 1951 and again on
11th January 1955, Brigadier W.P.B. Ashton, DEME,
inspected the LAD. Inspector PEME, Colonel H.S.L.
Jelf inspected the LAD on 31st January 1953 and on 7th
December 1955. CPEME 14 Division carried out tech-
92
Field Units
nical inspection on 30th November 1954 and on 15th

November 1955. Major General Shahid Hamid, MGO,
Back to Main Menu

visited the LAD in January 1956.
4 Field Regiment Artillery LAD Type II PEME

On 6th September 1947, the LAD traveled with
the parent unit from Ranchi (India) to Quetta, reaching
Quetta on 13th September 1947. In January 1948, the
LAD moved to Multan with the parent unit for training.
In October 1948, the LAD moved to Jhelum with the
parent unit for field training and was with the parent
regiment on border defence duties in Azad Kashmir in
November-December 1948, and on Afghan border in
October 1950. In 1953, the LAD moved from Quetta to
Multan and then to Lahore, under command 10
Division. It took part in GHQ training exercise
‘November Handicap’ in November 1954. The LAD,
along with the parent unit, was attached to 7 Division
for reorganization trials from 1st November 1955 to
18th March 1956.
Back to Main Menu
322 Field Company Engineers LAD Type II
PEME
On 23rd July 1947 the LAD, with the parent unit,
left Bombay Docks for transfer to Pakistan and after
arriving at Karachi Port, left for Lahore to reach there
on 12th August. It participated in the first
Independence Day parade.
In May 1948, the LAD moved to Quetta. On 21st
October 1948, the LAD moved to Shikarpur with the
parent unit to repair a canal. On 16th December 1948,
93
the LAD left Quetta for border defence duties in

Kashmir and helped in the construction of Pulaniary-
Back to Main Menu

Trar Khel Road. The LAD returned to Rawalpindi in
October 1949.
The LAD moved to Shinkiari on 10th April 1951
and remained there till December 1954, when it
returned to Lahore. The LAD took part in the ceremo-
nial Republic Day parade on 23rd March 1956 with the
parent unit at the Fortress Stadium, Lahore Cantt. In
October 1956, the LAD helped in the flood relief oper-
ations in the Punjab.
Aviation Engineering EME Battalions
199 EME Battalion

199 Aviation EME Battalion came into being in
January 1960. Lieutenant Colonel (later Lieutenant
General) Saeed Qadir was its first Commanding Officer.
He was succeeded by Lieutenant Colonel (later
Brigadier) Amanullah Chaudhry, who had qualified as
the first EME pilot in P-1 course and had also got the Back to Main Menu
coveted flying trophy. Later, in 1966, the unit was again
commanded by Lieutenant Colonel (later Lieutenant
General) Saeed Qadir. The Battalion had four light
companies, one heavy repair company and one training
company. In 1969, the training company was separated
from the unit and was used as a nucleus for the forma-
tion of Army Aviation Engineering School. In 1981, the
battalion was reorganized as Aviation Engineering
Group I. However, the original designation was
restored on 1 August 1991.
94
Field Units
In addition to performing an excellent job in avi-

ation maintenance, the battalion has completed a num-
Back to Main Menu

ber of technical projects. The detail of the projects
would probably require a small book in itself. The proj-
ects touch upon a variety of systems in MFI-17 aircraft
and Schweizer helicopter. These projects have consider-
ably contributed towards improving the repair efficien-
cy and enhancing the battle worthiness of the equip-
ment.
Apart from technical projects, several projects for
improvement of administrative facilities have also been
completed. These projects include electrification of MT
area, construction of bridge on nullah from mobile ATC
to runway, laying of water pipeline for officers’ tea bar,
construction of cycle stand in unit line and workshop
area, construction of car park in workshop area, and
construction of computer room.
The battalion has also carried out various projects
for improvement of aviation facilities. A light was
installed on fuel bowzer for refueling during night.
Another project was carried out for repair of runway Back to Main Menu
lights at Aviation Base Rahwali.
The unit has also been participating actively in
sports. In the year 2002, the football team won the inter
unit/wing championship. Athletics team of the battalion
secured the top position in inter unit/wing athletics in
2003.
299 EME Battalion

In 1967, Alouette-III helicopters were inducted in
Army Aviation. As the machines were new and the
95
maintenance load was beyond the mission of 199 EME

Battalion, 299 Engineering Company was raised.
Back to Main Menu

Further expansion took place in 1969 when MI-8 heli-
copters were inducted in aviation fleet and the quantum
of work load resulted in a need to expand.
Consequently 299 EME Battalion was raised at Dhamial
on 28 August 1969 to look after field repair of MI-8
and Alouette-III helicopters.
During 1971 war, part of the battalion was sta-
tioned at Dhamial. Most of the strength of the battalion
became POW in East Pakistan. Lieutenant Colonel
Noor Haider Shah (Late) was the Commanding Officer
during this period. The battalion was reactivated in
1974 and Lieutenant Colonel (later Major General)
Farhat Ali Barki assumed command.
For providing support to troops deployed in
Siachin glacier, 299 EME Battalion and its detachments
were established in Gilgit, Chitral and Skardu for main-
tenance of Alouette-III helicopters placed to meet the
requirements of FWO and FCNA. The activity
increased when Indian hostilities broke out in 1983. A Back to Main Menu
number of Alouette-III helicopters were placed at
Skardu to carry out reconnaissance, arms/ammo supply,
carrying troops and casualty evacuation. With the devo-
tion, dedicated and untiring efforts of the maintenance
personnel, excessive flying was generated in Siachin
area, meeting all the challenges successfully and effi-
ciently.
Siachin, the land of gigantic mountains and gla-
ciers with sweeping avalanches is the highest battle-
ground in the world. It consists of certain posts and
96
Field Units
areas which were out of the operational envelopes of

Alouette-III helicopters. Thus the need was felt to
Back to Main Menu

induct Lama helicopters which are capable of operating
at altitude higher than Alouette-III. First batch of Lama
helicopters was inducted in August 1986 while 2nd and
3rd batches of six Lama helicopters each were inducted
in April and November 1998. Technicians available for
Alouette-III helicopters had to undertake Lama mainte-
nance as well. Tremendous flying was generated in
which eight Army Aviation Squadrons took part. This
feat had only been possible due to the selfless and ded-
icated efforts of maintenance crew who not only carried
out inspection, maintenance and repair of these helicop-
ters in extreme cold weather by day and night, but had
also accompanied the helicopters during missions in
various parts of the glacier. The number of Lama heli-
copters soon went down as a number of helicopters met
with accidents due to adverse weather conditions and
crashed. To supplement the existing fleet, contract for
another twelve Lama helicopters was signed.
Flood during the monsoon season in 1973 played Back to Main Menu
havoc all over the country. Major road and rail links
were damaged so badly that movement of men and
material became impossible. MI-8 and Alouette-III heli-
copters were used extensively for rescue of civilians
from flooded areas to safe locations. Food and clothing
was dropped from these helicopters to the flood victims.
In 1967, to suppress the insurgency in
Baluchistan, four Alouette-III helicopters were
employed. During this crisis, some Chinook helicopters
of Iran also operated with our fleet to overcome the
97
infiltrators and anti-government elements. Keeping in

view the situation, it was decided to permanently place
Back to Main Menu

a detachment of the battalion at Quetta. The strength of
this detachment was adjusted in accordance with the
operational requirements. The helicopters were used
for heliborne operations of SSG and infantry, command
and liaison duties, casualty evacuation and logistic sup-
port. Later, MI-8 Maintenance Wing No-2 was perma-
nently stationed at Quetta in support of 27 Army
Aviation Squadron.
In 1981, during earthquake in northern areas, this
unit actively participated in rescue operations in Danel
valley. The helicopters were used for casualty evacua-
tion, supply of medicines, stores, tents and other relief
goods to the affected areas. All these efforts were great-
ly appreciated by the authorities concerned.
The battalion has always provided helicopters for
carrying SSG personnel for anti-hijacking operations.
On 30 Sep 1981, the SSG and Aviation team did an
excellent job to release the hostages at Lahore airport
from an Indian hijacked airliner. This operation was Back to Main Menu
highly appreciated by all concerned.
Two Y-12 aircraft of Chinese origin were inducted
in Army Aviation in Dec 1997. They were handed to 13
Squadron and placed on maintenance load of this unit.
The unit established a first line maintenance setup for
the Y-12 aircraft in 13 Squadron LAD and a 2nd / 3rd
line repair/maintenance setup in the Saab Company of
the unit. The Y-12 aircraft provided excellent logistic
support for manpower and critical equipment shifted to
Chaghi, Baluchistan, in May 1998 for carrying out the
98
Field Units
historic nuclear blasts. Two more Y-12 aircraft were

inducted in December 2000 and January 2000 respec-
Back to Main Menu

tively, thus increasing the responsibility of the unit.
The battalion also supports the training activities
of Army Aviation School. With the induction of MI-8
helicopters for FWO, more tech manpower was trained
under local arrangements.
399 EME Battalion

The battalion was raised on 1st August 1991 in
Qasim Army Aviation Base Dhamial Rawalpindi.
During various exercises and war threats, the unit has
played its part by supporting the 2nd line repair, main-
tenance and recovery of the aircrafts held by Army
Aviation Squadrons. The battalion participated in the
Kargil operation in 1998. During this major conflict,
MI-17 helicopters were extensively used for dumping
operations in FCNA. In these operational conditions,
the unit performed periodic inspections in remarkable
time frame and ensured serviceability of the helicopters.
The unit participated in the Army’s recovery operations Back to Main Menu
in Astore and surrounding area of the earthquake vic-
tims and provided maximum number of helicopters by
quick and reliable maintenance service.
The unit has completed a number of technical
projects. Intercom system of MI-17 helicopters was
improved, employing delicate circuit patching carried
out with extreme care. Subsequently the modification
was checked in air and found satisfactory. Indigenous
development of test bench for voice recorder of MI-17
helicopter facilitated the design and fabrication of a new
99
voice recorder which had playback facility lacking in the

older ones. Indigenous development of Auxiliary Power
Back to Main Menu

Unit (APU) engine test bench eliminated the need of a
separate helicopter for testing the engine after overhaul.
The test bench is no less in quality as compared to those
of any overhauling agency and has also been appreciat-
ed by visiting Russian experts.
Repair of transformers of Dhamial runway lights
by the battalion resulted in substantial saving of valu-
able financial resources. MES authorities had declared
the transformers as beyond economical repair. The proj-
ect was completed within a short span of time and users
of the equipment showed great satisfaction and appreci-
ated the work done by the battalion. The unit also
undertook and successfully completed a major repair
job of GPS equipment of Mushshak Squadron.
Complete repair of circuits/cards was undertaken with
precision and care while utilizing hardware obtained
from local market. Finally the GPS was made fully serv-
iceable and handed over to the user.
Back to Main Menu
499 EME Battalion
The unit was raised as Aviation Engineering
Group-IV at Multan on 2nd April 1985. Later, with the
inception of the new maintenance system, the Group
was reorganized as 499 EME Battalion on 1 August
1991.
The battalion has the attack helicopter squadron
equipped with AH-1F Cobra helicopter on its mainte-
nance load. The unit has carried out a number of proj-
ects for maintenance and improvement in the helicop-
100
Field Units
ter. These projects include the repair of blades, repair of

turbine engines, rebuild of Jet Ranger and Cobra, skid
Back to Main Menu

modification, repair of SCAS and radar altimeter, repair
of armament LRUs, and C-Nite modifications including
weapon set test set.
In October 1999, AH-1F and AB-205 fleet was
grounded due to a mandatory service bulletin from the
OEM necessitating the inspection of centrifugal com-
pressor impeller. Details of the inspection and require-
ment of tools and spares were not known due to US
sanctions. The unit performed the required task indige-
nously and kept the helicopters flying.
The unit provided valuable services in aid of civil
authorities during general elections and census in 1997
and 1998 respectively. The unit also participates active-
ly in sports. In hockey, football, volleyball, baseball and
cricket, the unit has won numerous prizes.
599 EME Battalion

The unit was raised at Multan Cantt on 1st August
1991. The battalion has PUMA and MI-8 / MI-17 heli- Back to Main Menu
copters and MFI-17 (Mushshak) aircraft on its mainte-
nance load. The unit has carried out a number of proj-
ects including development of night maintenance shel-
ter, GPU 28 VDC, development of 115 VAC, 400 Hz 3-
phase power supply for Puma helicopters. The Unit also
carried out the computer networking of all the units of
the Base. All the above projects were undertaken
between the years 1993 to 2000.
From 1992 to 1996, during the exercises the units
conducted demonstrations and lectures on Aviation
101
Field Maintenance, Recovery in the Field, Heat Effects,

Communicable / Infectious Diseases etc.
Back to Main Menu

Apart from technical work the unit has been tak-
ing keen interest in the sports activities. From 1991 to
2002, for many years the unit remained champion of
football, basketball, volleyball and athletics in the Inter
Unit Base Championships. In 1994, Major Nasir
Mehmood won Gold Medal in Army Squash
Championship held at Peshawar. He along with Captain
Salman Ahmed won Bronze Medal in the same event in
1996 held in Lahore. The unit has proudly imparted
practical meaning to its motto, that is, the ‘Optimists’.
The unit has produced many fine officers. Major
General Khalid Mushtaq commanded the zealous
troops of this unit in 1991-92.
EME Battalions
The field EME battalions are the most well known

part of the Corps due to their interaction with all arms
and services. These battalions provide field EME sup- Back to Main Menu
port at Corps and Division level. The concept of field
EME battalion was evolved by the Corps in 1962, when
the existing independent workshop companies were
merged in the framework of a battalion. Over a span of
time, the concept has proved to be a prudent develop-
ment. Each of the battalions has a legacy of timely pro-
vision of much-needed support for the formations being
supported.
102
Field Units
2 EME Battalion
It was raised on 8th January 1954 at Multan by
Back to Main Menu

amalgamating 2 Corps Troops Workshop Company, 3
Corps Troops Workshop Company, 1 Corps Radar
Repair Company, 4 Corps Recovery Unit, 6 Corps
Recovery Unit and 63 Engineer Equipment Workshop
Company. Lieutenant Colonel Altaf Ahmed was the first
Battalion Commander. It was redesignated as 40 EME
Battalion on 5th October 1969.
8 EME Battalion
It was raised on 9th January 1964 at Campbellpur
(now Attock). Lieutenant Colonel Abdul Wadood Khan
was the first Battalion Commander. It was redesignated
as 41 EME Battalion on 17th November 1969.
10 EME Battalion
The unit was raised on 6th March 1969 at Jhelum
to provide EME support to HQ 475 and 476 Army
Engineers Brigade Groups. The unit moved to its pres-
ent location in Rawalpindi in June 1972. Back to Main Menu
During 2000-01, the unit provided monitoring
services for various important civilian establishments
like airport, WASA, Adyala Jail, Rawalpindi
Development Authority (RDA), and Rawalpindi
Medical College. Since its inception, the unit has partic-
ipated in many major exercises/operations. During esca-
lation in 2001-02, repair detachment of this unit pro-
vided repair and recovery cover in Gujranwala with
AFHQ.
The unit has organized numerous training cadres.
103
The unit has conducted several demos on canal crossing

and recovery in the field, the latest being in 2001. The
Back to Main Menu

workshop boasts many technical achievements. A task
was assigned by the Engineer Directorate to develop
portable mine racks to be fitted in GS vehicles. The
workshop successfully designed and fabricated the pro-
totype which was approved by the GHQ. The racks
have been mass-produced and 384 mine racks have
been supplied to user units. The unit conducted the ini-
tial trial and development of tank-mounted mine
plough for mine-lifting operations. User trials of 25-ton
Semi Trailer M-172A1, overhauled by MVRDE, were
also conducted by the unit. The workshop converted
M-109 Shop Van into GOC Command Vehicle. The
unit has also developed an infra-red based security sys-
tem. For ensuring quality service to the user units, a
diesel filtration plant has been developed by the battal-
ion to purify diesel fuel. In 1998 the Battalion fabricat-
ed dummies of Tank T80-UD and Self-propelled Gun
M109 with the assistance from College of EME. The
dummies were inspected and appreciated by the Chief Back to Main Menu
of General Staff and were awarded cash prizes. In 1999,
the Battalion designed coupling between American and
Chinese ribbon bridges to increase their length.
The unit takes active part in sports competitions
and has participated in basketball, volleyball, kabaddi,
badminton, football and tennis championships. In July
1994 the Battalion won the DGEME’s Efficiency
Trophy.
104
Field Units
20 EME Battalion
The Battalion was raised with Headquarters
Back to Main Menu

Frontier Works Organization (FWO) consisting of
Battalion HQ, 803 Base Workshop and 801 and 802
Field Workshop Companies. Battalion HQ with Base
Workshop was located at Gilgit. 801 Field Workshop
was located at Hunza in support of 491 Engineer Group
and 802 Field Workshop was located at Pattan in sup-
port of 492 Engineer Group. FWO equipment was
mostly of Chinese origin and was stretched over a large
area from Thakot to Khunjrab. EME detachments ex
field workshops were deployed in support of FWO
troops for on-site repair.
40 EME Battalion
The battalion was formed on 5th October 1969
from 2 EME Battalion at Mailsi (Multan). It moved to its
present location on 17th August 1970. The unit had the
honour to participate in Pakistan Day parade in 1964.
Lance Naik VM AFV Abdul Sattar of the unit was
awarded Tamgha-e-Jurat for valour, courage and devo- Back to Main Menu
tion to duty in 1965 war. The unit remained deployed
in operational area for almost a year during 1971 war.
During escalation in 2001-02, the unit remained
deployed in operational area for more than a year, pro-
viding crucial and timely support.
In 1999, the unit participated in WAPDA duties.
Captain Nauman Wasif Ali was awarded COAS com-
mendation card for excellent performance in recovery
operations during the WAPDA duties. The unit won 1st
position in Qirat/Hifz Competition organized by 4
105
Corps. The cultural stall of this unit stood 1st in Fauji

Mela held at Fortress Stadium in 1997.
Back to Main Menu

41 EME Battalion
The unit was raised as 8 EME at Attock on 9th
January 1964. 8 EME Battalion was redesignated as 41
EME Battalion on 17th November 1969. The unit
moved to its present location in March 1969.
The unit has completed a number of projects dis-
playing professional expertise. In the cantonment, a
large overhead steel structure has been fabricated and
installed over the swimming pool to give protection to
swimmers from sun rays. The unit manufactured curbs
for training set of AM-50 Bridge which will be used for
training of tank crew. The battalion manufactured 330x
signs for CCO stores. It was a task simple enough, ren-
dered difficult due to its magnitude. The unit designed
and installed a remote-controlled map system in Corps
HQ. In the year 2002, the unit designed and fabricated
2x cabins to be installed in the rear body of Isuzu JCS-
360 trucks. The cabins were tailored to the require- Back to Main Menu
ments of Signal Battalion for use of PATCOM equip-
ment. The unit has the proud distinction of being com-
manded by Major General Muhammad Asaad from
1990-92.
46 EME Battalion
The battalion was raised on 30 September 1971 at
Multan. The unit proudly carries a motto: “Swift &
Timely”. 63 Special Workshop Company of the unit
served for more than five years with FWO at Kohlu
106
Field Units
(Balochistan).
The unit has successfully completed a number of
Back to Main Menu

technical projects. Kawasaki 550CC motorcycles were
in danger of being obsolete due to non-availability of
spare parts. The unit did an extremely useful project in
this regard. The project involved using equivalent spare
parts from various motorcycles/vehicles and fitting
them in the said motorcycles, along with relevant mod-
ifications. In another project, the unit carried out con-
version of M-62 recovery vehicles from petrol to diesel
engine. The unit designed and fabricated mounts for fit-
ting machine gun MG1A3 on Toyota Hilux. Also man-
ufactured by the unit is the mobile stretcher carrier for
Field Ambulance, greatly enhancing the mobility of
medical services.
The Battalion was presented DEME’s Efficiency
Trophy for the year 1987 by the Colonel Commandant,
Lieutenant General Ahmed Kamal during DEME’s
annul conference 1988 held at Quetta on 13th-14th
September 1988.
Back to Main Menu
47 EME Battalion
The Battalion was raised on 23rd July 1980 at
Quetta with only one Workshop Company i.e. 162
Corps Troops Workshop Company. Later, on 1st
September, the other two companies were raised as 163
Special Workshop Company and 164 Special Workshop
Company. The Battalion is providing EME support to
12 Corps Troops units. The Battalion has helped the
civil administration in Baluchistan by overhauling 21
civilian government vehicles and overhauling 36 diesel
107
generators at various stations in the Province to resusci-

tate the WAPDA electric supply system.
Back to Main Menu

48 EME Battalion
The unit was raised on 14 February 1990 at
Gujranwala. It consists of 15 and 16 Special Workshop
Companies, 187 Corps Troops Workshop Company,
169 and 185 Independent Infantry Workshop
Companies, and 81 Independent Armoured Workshop
Company.
In addition to the traditional responsibilities, the
unit has performed duties in aid of civil authorities in
elections at Hafizabad. Despite being a relatively young
unit, it has, nevertheless, performed admirably well.
The battalion has been regularly organizing training
cadres on preventive maintenance of vehicles, small
arms, fire control instruments (FCIs), night-vision
devices (NVDs) and signal equipment.
In the year 2002, the unit conducted a recovery
demo at which Corps Commander 30 Corps awarded
a cash prize of Rs. 10,000 as a token of appreciation. Back to Main Menu
Naik VM Muhammad Latif and Subedar AAR Fazal-ur-
Rehman of the unit were awarded COAS commenda-
tion card on their excellent performance in technical
jobs. In the year 1998, computer cell was established in
the unit. Unit mosque, Telecommunication
Technicians’ Shop, Armament Shop, Tailor Shop, Boot
Maker Shop and sheds for vehicles were constructed by
the unit on self-help basis. The unit has also established
a fish farm and installed a tube-well and solar tiles. Two
officers of the battalion won prizes in 30 Corps
108
Field Units
Officers Jogging Competition. The unit has the proud

distinction of being commanded by Lieutenant Colonel
Back to Main Menu

(later Major General) Syed Shahid Mukhtar Shah from
1992-94.
49 EME Battalion
The unit was raised on 25 February 1990 at
Bahawalpur Cantt, by merging 17 and 18 Special
Workshop Companies. 140 Infantry Workshop
Company ex 59 EME Battalion joined in 1990 and was
redesignated as 140 Corps Troops Workshop Company.
In a short period after its raising, the unit has done
quite a number of projects displaying technical mettle.
Computerized wheel alignment and balancing shop was
established and training was imparted not only to own
troops but also to the personnel of 80 EME Battalion,
601 Combined Workshop and 544 Heavy EME
Battalion. Petrol-to-diesel conversion of M-715 Toyota
Dodge was successfully carried out and details of the
conversion sent to GHQ. Modification of air filters of
Praga trucks was carried out, rendering a large number Back to Main Menu
of vehicles fit for duty. Auxiliary power unit has been
designed to enable vehicles to be started from an exter-
nal power source, thus saving the self-starter from burn-
ing out in the common case of weak batteries. A service
station has been established to provide quick and effi-
cient service to vehicles, thus keeping a high standard of
quality. A water purification plant has been designed
and installed by the unit for large-volume output of
clean water. The plant has been made at approximately
one-tenth the cost of commercial rates.
109
50 EME Battalion
The unit was raised at Quetta on 6th March 1966
Back to Main Menu

in support of 16 Division by the merger of 171, 172 and
173 Infantry Workshop Companies. It moved to East
Pakistan in April 1971 in support of 14 Division (For
details in East Pakistan please see the Chapter titled
“War in the East”). The unit personnel were made pris-
oners of war till repatriation. On 21st March 1975, the
unit was raised again at Quetta, comprising 167, 178
and 191 Infantry Workshop Companies. In 1988, the
unit moved to Pano Aqil as its new permanent location.
166 Infantry Workshop Company was raised and made
part of the Battalion on 11th August 1989 at Pano Aqil.
Finally, the unit moved from Pano Aqil to its present
location in Jul-Aug 1989 to take over from 55 EME
Battalion. The battalion boasts of the proud motto “Her
Waqt Ber Waqt”.
In addition to its traditional role, the unit has per-
formed duties in aid of civil power on several occasions
at Quetta and Sukkur. The unit also participated active-
ly in counter-insurgency operation in Balochistan from Back to Main Menu
1975 to 1977. The Battalion was deployed in Sukker
for internal security duties from November 1984 to
December 1985.
The unit has completed a number of projects dis-
playing its technical excellence. The battalion carried
out an unusual task of installing play-land gadgets
(swings, slides etc) at various places. Another project
entailed manufacturing 13 metal gates to be installed at
different establishments. The battalion also manufac-
tured a stun gun and a reflector glass for use by
110
Field Units
anti-terrorist forces. In another project, the unit manu-

factured various furniture items for OR quarters. The
Back to Main Menu

battalion also installed remote-controlled maps in
Division Headquarters. An interesting detail to note
about the project was that more than sixteen thousand
rupees were refunded to the Division as the project was
completed in less than the stipulated amount. In the
year 2000, the unit organized a recovery demonstration
on which GOC awarded a cash prize of Rs. 3,000 as a
token of appreciation. Captain Salman Tanveer of this
unit secured top position in YO(E)-31 held at College of
EME in the year 2002.
In keeping with its technical performance, the unit
has not lagged behind in sports. The sportsmen of the
unit have grabbed a number of prizes in various sports
competitions. Performance in Football has been espe-
cially good; the unit has secured one of top three posi-
tions in Division Football Championship for five years.
In addition to its team performance, the unit has also
proudly contributed four players in Division Football
Team. Back to Main Menu
51 EME Battalion
The battalion was designated from 96 EME
Battalion in 1967. In July 1975, 127 Infantry Workshop
Company moved to 9 Division with 157 Infantry
Workshop Company joining as the replacement. 192
Infantry Workshop Company was raised on 20 May
1989 at Peshawar. Since 15 Jun 1989, the unit bears the
gallant motto “Al-Hadid”.
The unit has been active in its technical as well as
111
military pursuits. A significant milestone in this regard

was a route march of 25 miles from Peshawar to Kohat
Back to Main Menu

in 16 hours. The battalion has completed a number of
projects displaying its professional expertise. A diesel
filtration plant has been established for purification of
diesel fuel. The unit has also designed an array of
mobile facilities to be used in the field. These facilities
include mobile water bowzer, mobile bathroom and
mobile kitchen. In the spirit of providing useful service
in the field, a multi-purpose shelter has been designed.
The unit has modified and fabricated the rapid infantry
bridge equipment. Another important project is the
design and fabrication of a trolley to be towed by an
armoured fighting vehicle (AFV).
The unit has been active in sports activities. It has
won Divisional Troops Hockey Championship for two
consecutive years (1963-64). In the year 1963, players
of football team were awarded Army Colour for their
exceptional performance.
52 EME Battalion Back to Main Menu

The battalion was raised in 1965 at Rawalpindi
with 142, 144 and 146 Infantry Workshop Companies.
These companies were raised on 5th May,
8th September, and 13th September respectively in the
same year 1965. Initially, the unit was raised to support
1 Corps but was subsequently attached with 30 Corps
and moved to Sialkot. During the 1971 war, the unit
shot down an enemy aircraft, thus achieving the honour
of being known as the “Shaheen Battalion”. In June
1989, 193 Infantry Workshop Company was raised and
112
Field Units
formed a part of the unit.

In 1977-78, the CEME was entrusted with the
Back to Main Menu

responsibility of SMLA of District Jhang. The responsi-
bility was aptly fulfilled, bringing the situation under
control.
In the period of escalation during 2001-2, the bat-
talion proved its technical mettle in a variety of activi-
ties. Despite very limited resources and short time, the
unit cleared the back log of vehicles that were lying off-
road, being inactive for a long time. The repair work
was done at such an astonishing rate that in less than
fifty days, twenty-six engines were overhauled and a
large number of vehicles were repaired. Nearly the
entire fleet of obsolete CD-200 motorcycles was
repaired despite non-availability of spare parts from the
depots and local market. The skillful tradesmen of the
unit successfully developed the power connector used
for powering the Sophie night sight from vehicle batter-
ies. This achievement effectively prevented the sights
from being unusable due to perished original batteries.
The crucial night sights are performing successfully Back to Main Menu
after the ingenious development. The unit also under-
took the repair of a 155mm Howitzer Gun of 64
Medium Artillery Regiment that was damaged during
movement to operational area. The repair was accom-
plished successfully despite the fact that the extent of
damage was beyond the capability of a field workshop.
Throughout the period of escalation, the C vehicles
were employed in the indispensable job of preparing
defence structures. The unit did an amazing job of keep-
ing these vehicles fit by undertaking minor repair as
113
well as complete overhauls.

The battalion regularly organizes preventive main-
Back to Main Menu

tenance cadres to educate the personnel of user units
regarding routine maintenance. The unit has shown
excellent performance that is evident from the quality
of technical projects. An electronic target system pro-
viding hit-counting capability has successfully been
developed and demonstrated on the firing range. GOC
8 Division awarded a cash prize of Rs. 5,000 as a token
of appreciation for the project. The battalion estab-
lished a Direct Exchange Pool (DXP) for undertaking
repair of minor assemblies like self-starters, clutch
plates etc. The facility performed an excellent task, thus
saving precious funds and speeding up the process of
repair. In July 2002, the unit established a Computer
Repair Shop from its own resources and assistance from
formation. The computer infrastructure was further
enhanced by establishing a Local Area Network (LAN)
of the computers in the unit. The technical excellence of
the unit was officially recognized on the occasion of
DGEME’s conference at EME Centre, where the CLS Back to Main Menu
declared the battalion as the best EME battalion due to
display of dedication, devotion and hard work by offi-
cers and all ranks.
The battalion has also been active in sports and
has produced sportsmen of high caliber. Lance Naik
Vehicle Mechanic Shahbaz of this unit is a member of
national athletics team and has won several prizes in
national-level competitions (for details, please see the
chapter titled “Sports”).
114
Field Units
53 EME Battalion
The unit was raised on 1st March 1966 at
Back to Main Menu

Hyderabad with 141 and 147 Infantry Workshop
Companies. These companies were raised in December
1962 at Malir and in October 1965 at Panchila respec-
tively. Shortly after its raising, the battalion moved to
Malir. It moved to its present location on 1 October
1992. During the stay at Malir, 148 and 194 Infantry
Workshop Companies were raised in Jan 1969 and
December 1988 respectively and formed part of the bat-
talion.
The battalion operates in the difficult operational
area of Thar desert. During the escalation period in
2001-02, the unit was deployed for more than a year in
the harsh desert operational area covering half the por-
tion of Sind Province.
The battalion has been active in performing duties
in aid of civil power. It has performed commendably in
flood relief duty in the years 1976, 1978 and 1999. The
unit also displayed satisfactory performance in election
duties in 1977 and 2001. In 1997, the unit provided Back to Main Menu
EME support during construction of Mirpur Khaas-
Chhor Link Canal. In 1998, the battalion helped the
civil authorities in the National Census. In addition to
these services, the unit also provided monitoring facili-
ty for irrigation department, WAPDA and health
department. During its tenure with SAZDA, the battal-
ion carried out maintenance of tube-wells operated by
the Authority. The unit also carried out repair and main-
tenance of three water supply lines in the trying and dif-
ficult areas of Thar region.
115
The battalion has proved to be equally adept at

technical jobs. The skillful tradesmen have successfully
Back to Main Menu

carried out retrofitting of M-38A1 jeeps and petrol-to-
diesel engine conversion of M-34 cargo vehicles under
Kekra project. Development, manufacture and installa-
tion of pop-up target system and moving-trolley target
system at field firing range have proved to be of
immense value in the training of firers. Further in the
way of training has been the installation of rotary-target
system. The unit has pioneered the Baktar Shikan
weapon system Mobile Van for verification and testing
of the weapon system and allied equipment. For carry-
ing out transport of supplies between Chhor and KKP,
the battalion has successfully been operating a train
using Unimog vehicle. In the year 2001, the unit did an
excellent job at maintaining the water bowzers used for
the crucial supply of water in the operational area in
desert terrain.
54 EME Battalion
The Battalion was redesignated from 138 EME Back to Main Menu
Battalion on 11th June 1967 with 138 and 145 Infantry
Workshop Companies. 138 Wksp Coy EME was com-
manded by Major (later Lieutenant General) Saeed
Qadir. 145 Infantry Workshop Company moved to East
Pakistan on 5th April 1971 under command 59 EME
Battalion in support of 14 Division. 150 Infantry
Workshop Company joined the battalion in 1972. 196
Infantry Workshop Company was raised from own
resources of the battalion. The unit has the proud dis-
tinction of being commanded by Lieutenant Colonel
116
Field Units
(later Lieutenant General) Sabih Qamar-uz-Zaman. Unit

was also commanded by Lieutenant Colonel Dil Nawaz
Back to Main Menu

Dil, a National poet who later wrote Unit Tarana in
recognition of its unique performance during visit of
President General Pervez Musharraf in 2001.
The battalion has performed duties in aid of civil
authorities at various occasions. The contribution of the
unit in flood relief operations is especially commend-
able. The unit has performed exceptionally well on the
technical side, completing a number of projects. Unit
has produced a number of new training aids in the form
of equipment, weaponary, and software to assist Army.
Mass production of its inventions for Army on instruc-
tions of President of Pakistan has been proof of dedi-
cated work produced by unit. Many officers of the unit
have been awarded COAS commendation cards and
other awards in recognition of their skill and services.
President General Pervez Musharraf visited the
Battalion in January 2001 for witnessing the perform-
ance of these crucial training aids. The level of satisfac-
tion of the distinguished guest is a milestone in the his- Back to Main Menu
tory of the Corps in general and the Battalion in partic-
ular.
Traditionally, 54 EME Battalion has participated
in National Celebrations every year at Fortress Stadium
and won special prizes especially on 6th September and
23rd March parades. The unit has also been active in
sports. Captain Faisal Rahim represented the division in
Army Squash Championship 2003 and won silver
medal. Major Muhammad Akram Khan Durrani won
the Lahore Zonal Tennis Championship in 2003.
117
55 EME Battalion
The Battalion was redesignated from 65 EME
Back to Main Menu

Battalion in June 1967 at Quetta by merging 65, 126
and 139 Infantry Workshop Companies. The Battalion
has the distinction to be the first unit to move to a new
location under regimentation system; it replaced 50
EME Battalion ex 16 Division at Pano Aqil Cantt. In
January 1989, 197 Infantry Workshop Company was
raised and formed part of the unit. The battalion proud-
ly bears the motto “Rescuers”.
During 1971 war, the battalion took part in the
operations at Sialkot sector. In the period of escalation
during 2001-02, the battalion was a part of border
defence duties in the difficult terrain of desert region.
The unit has rendered its services several times for
internal security operations and elections. In the year
1999, the battalion performed WAPDA duties in its area
of responsibility. During the year 1999 and 2000, the
unit lent a helping hand in de-silting operation to aid
irrigation.
The unit has been quite active in organizing train- Back to Main Menu
ing cadres both for its technicians and for the user units.
From the year 2000 to 2003, there have been more than
fifty such cadres for various types of equipment. The
battalion has also carried out various modifications in
vehicles to improve the quality of service delivered to
the units. Many diesel filtration plants have been fabri-
cated and issued to the units to assist in the filtration of
fuel, thereby avoiding engine problems requiring
expensive repair.
The battalion has produced excellent sportsmen in
118
Field Units
various sports, especially tennis. Three officers have

participated in various tennis competitions at Corps,
Back to Main Menu

Army and Inter-Services level. The battalion won EME
Corps Athletics Championship held on the occasion of
EME Corps Reunion in March 1969. Captain Haris
Raees has won the Qirat and Declamation competition
at Division level and has also participated in
Declamation contest at Corps and Army level, getting
second position in the former. The unit has also per-
formed commendably in firing competitions, grabbing
first position in G-3 and Sub-Machine Gun fire.
56 EME Battalion
The battalion was raised from 68 EME Battalion
on 1st July 1967 at Sialkot. Initially, the unit consisted
of 68, 86 and 155 Infantry Workshop Companies. In
April 1989, 198 Infantry Workshop Company was
raised and formed part of the battalion. 68 Company of
the unit, raised in 1911, has the unique distinction of
participating in both World War I and II (for details see
the section titled “Workshop Companies” earlier in this Back to Main Menu
chapter). The unit swapped its location with 52 EME
Battalion within the cantonment in 1994. The battalion
is the proud carrier of the meaningful motto: “Harbi
Tayyari Hamaari Badolat”.
The unit has rendered illustrious services in the
border defence duties in Ravi-Chenab Corridor, the
area being famous for the tank-battle of Chawinda dur-
ing 1965 war. The battalion has also provided EME
cover to units deployed in Bajwat sector. Access to this
sector is particularly difficult during the rainy season
119
due to flooding of River Tawi. The problem is further

compounded by the fact that the river lacks any perma-
Back to Main Menu

nent bridge. The unit has always ensured timely provi-
sion of critical recovery services in the area. During the
escalation in 2001-02, many C vehicles and defence
plants were deployed for the construction and mainte-
nance of ditch-cum-bunds (DCBs) and other defence
structures along the border. The unit did an excellent
job of providing on-site repair to these plants, keeping
them fit for duty throughout the period. The battalion
provided a number of detachments to the units
deployed in the operational area. These detachments
provided the crucial repair and recovery services on-
site, thus avoiding the expensive transportation of vehi-
cles and equipment back and forth. The timely installa-
tion of weapon and ammunition carrier kits on jeeps
contributed positively in the operational readiness of
the formation. Working day and night, the dedicated
tradesmen repaired an overwhelming quantity of equip-
ment lying out-of-action due to lack of use since a long
time. The untiring efforts of officers and all ranks were Back to Main Menu
appreciated at all levels.
The battalion has rendered valuable service in aid
of civil authorities. During Dir-Bajaur Operation in
1992, detachments were deployed with the troops from
15 Division. The unit also provided EME cover to
troops participating in election duties in 1997. In the
year 2000, effective repair and recovery cover was pro-
vided to the units carrying out de-silting of canals.
The unit organizes several training cadres for its
tradesmen and troops from user units. These cadres
120
Field Units
ensure the education of all concerned regarding the pre-

ventive maintenance of equipment. Training pro-
Back to Main Menu

grammes in connection with battle-damage assessment
and repair (BDAR) are also conducted to impart the
skills required for repair using field expedients in con-
dition of war. Every year, a demonstration of recovery
operations in the field is conducted by the unit at for-
mation level. In the year 2003, the unit conducted a
special training cadre for Defender jeeps.
The battalion has proved its technical mettle
through a number of technical projects. In 1980, bulk
charger for nickel-cadmium batteries and electronic tar-
get hit counter/recorder system was designed and devel-
oped in the unit. Lieutenant Colonel Muhammad Amin
Khan and Subedar Major AAT Abdul Azizi were award-
ed COAS commendation card for their ingenious work
in this project. More than a thousand units were manu-
factured and delivered by the battalion. In 1974, two 8”
Howitzer guns of an Artillery Heavy Regiment of the
Division developed fault with worn-out teeth in the
middle third of their traversing racks. The skillful Back to Main Menu
welders of the battalion repaired the razor-sharp teeth
by welding with electrodes of matching hardness. A
small gadget was devised to re-profile the worn-out
teeth and bring them back to the original shape. In the
same year, the battalion helped in repairing the worn-
out planetary gears and pinions of the elevating and tra-
versing mechanisms of 106 mm Recoilless Rifles of
Infantry Battalions of the Division, in conjunction with
the local industry.
The unit has fabricated and installed a moving-
121
trolley target system at Malianwala field firing range.

The system is currently being used for field firing com-
Back to Main Menu

petitions and training of infantry units. In 2003, the
unit did a technically daunting job of repairing the
entire fleet of M-38, CJ-5 and CJ-7 jeeps of the forma-
tion by means of exhaustive cannibalization. The proj-
ect resulted in a large number of vehicles put on-road.
The unit has manufactured the Caravan for GOC and
helped in the construction of Divisional Command Post.
The battalion has also constructed and installed a large
digital clock in the Cantonment.
In addition to the services rendered to the depend-
ent units, the battalion has completed a number of in-
house projects. The unit mosque is the most prominent
of these efforts. A large portion of the accommodation
blocks for the troops have been erected on self-help
basis. The most recent addition to the facilities for
troops has been the spacious guestroom for the visitors
in unit lines. In the workshop area, 64 sheds have been
constructed to house a large portion of mechanical
transport fleet of the unit. Two of the four workshop Back to Main Menu
offices and allied facilities have been built on self-help
basis. Other projects include the renovation of
Conference Room and the construction of underground
POL stores. Recently, a DXP section and a Fan Repair
Shop have been established utilizing the own resources
of the unit. An Engine Overhaul Shop has been estab-
lished to standardize and improve the overhaul of
engines.
The battalion has been active in various competi-
tions. Apart from winning laurels in the regular firing
122
Field Units
practices, the unit has won second prize in 15 Division

PARA matches twice in the years 1969 and 1970. In the
Back to Main Menu

year 2003, unit khateeb won first prize in Hifz compe-
tition held in the division.
58 EME Battalion
The battalion was raised in 1965 at Kharian to
support 9 Division. After re-raising of 9 Division in
1975, the unit moved to its present location. 171 and
199 Infantry Workshop Companies are located with the
battalion headquarters while 127 and 159 Infantry
Workshop Companies are located in other areas. The
battalion took part in 1971 war in East Pakistan with 9
Division. The unit carries the proud distinction of being
commanded by Lieutenant Colonel (later Lieutenant
General) Saeed Qadir from 1968-69.
The unit has displayed its technical excellence in
several projects. A Dummy Gunners moving-trolley tar-
get system was fabricated and installed by the unit for
training of firers. The unit has also designed the
Caravan for the GOC. The efforts of the skillful trades- Back to Main Menu
men of the battalion have been appreciated at all levels
and the unit has received cash prizes from the GOC and
Corps Commander at various occasions.
The unit has also completed a number of projects
for welfare of troops and improvement of repair facili-
ties. Unit mosque and recreation room have been con-
structed utilizing own resources. An engine overhaul
section has been established which has proved to be of
immense value in the overhaul of engine assemblies of a
variety of vehicles.
123
The unit has performed exceedingly well in a vari-

ety of competitions at Division level. In 1975, the bat-
Back to Main Menu

talion won Division Troops Efficiency Trophy. In 1993,
the unit was declared as the best service unit and won
the trophies for small-arms firing, physical efficiency,
administration, training and overall best unit. In 1994
and 1996, the unit repeated its performance and won
the top position in Divisional Troops. In 1997, the bat-
talion won second position in small-arms firing compe-
tition.
59 EME Battalion
Battalion on 1st June 1967 with the merger of 135, 140
and 149 Infantry Workshop Companies. 140 and 149
Companies were placed under command newly formed
9 Division. 145 Company ex 54 EME Battalion moved
from Lahore to Dacca and joined 59 EME Battalion in
May 1971. The Battalion was re-raised on 31st May
1975 at Okara Cantt with 135 and 140 Infantry
Workshop Companies. 154 Infantry Workshop Back to Main Menu
Company ex 92 EME Battalion was placed under its
command in May 1976. 140 Company joined the bat-
talion again in February 1990. 200 and 215 Infantry
Workshop Companies were raised in June 1989 and
March 1991 respectively and formed part of the battal-
ion.
Major Sajjad Haider of this battalion embraced
shahadat during 1971 war. In peacetime, the unit is con-
stantly contributing to the battle efficiency of the for-
mation by organizing a number of training cadres in
124
Field Units
various areas. The unit has also constructed a number of

workshop facilities and troops accommodation on self-
Back to Main Menu

help basis. The technical expertise of the battalion has
been demonstrated in various projects completed to the
users’ specifications. The unit has the distinction of
being commanded by Lieutenant Colonel (later Major
General) Zaheer Ahmed Khan from 1988-92. Earlier, in
1969, the unit was commanded by Lieutenant Colonel
(later Major General) Afzal Samad.
60 EME Battalion
The battalion was raised on 30th June 1969 at
Jhelum. The battalion setup was re-designated as CEME
of the Division in 1977 but was restored to its original
designation on 18th June 1997. The constituent compa-
nies have had a series of re-designations and moves
since their inception. 635 Infantry Workshop Company
was converted from 5 Light Infantry Workshop
Company which was raised on 26th August 1979. 637
Infantry Workshop Company was converted from 11
Light Workshop Company. Currently, five companies Back to Main Menu
form part of the battalion: 69, 635, 637, 639 and 640
Infantry Workshop Companies. Except 640 Company
located with the battalion headquarter, the four compa-
nies are permanently deployed in the operational area.
Due to the unusual deployment of the battalion,
almost all the activities are carried out at company level.
The companies regularly conduct training cadres to
educate the troops of user units regarding preventive
maintenance of various types of equipment. The battal-
ion has also manufactured dummy equipment to be
125
used in the deception plan of the formation. In addition

to admirably fulfilling its traditional responsibilities, the
Back to Main Menu

unit has also carried out modifications in various types
of equipment to enhance their efficiency and usability.
65 EME Battalion
Quetta to support 8 Division. The unit was constituted
from 65, 126 and 139 Infantry Workshop Companies.
After the raising of the unit, these companies came to be
known as Headquarter Company, Field Workshop
Company and Light Workshop Company respectively.
Shortly after being raised, the unit had the proud dis-
tinction of being commanded by Major General
Muhammad Islam Ullah Khan till 1964. During 1965
war, the Light Company remained with the elements of
8 Division in Rann of Kutch while the rest of the battal-
ion moved to Kasur/Raiwind area as part of the X-Ray
Force and the newly formed 11 Division. After the war,
the Light Company re-united with the unit on 31st Oct
1965. In June 1967, the unit was re-designated as 55 Back to Main Menu
EME Battalion.
68 EME Battalion
The unit was raised on 1st July 1962 at Sialkot. It
was composed of 68, 86 and 155 Infantry Workshop
Companies which were re-designated as Headquarter
Company, Field Workshop Company and Light
Workshop Company respectively. Lieutenant Colonel
(later Brigadier) Akhtar Hafeez was the first Battalion
Commander. The unit was re-designated as 56 EME
126
Field Units
Battalion on 1st July 1967.
Back to Main Menu

70 EME Battalion
Battalion on 15th June 1967. It consists of 72, 74 and
78 Armoured Workshop Companies, and 4 Recovery
Company. Since 1980, the unit bears the proud motto
of “Burq”.
The battalion participated in 1971 war with
Lieutenant Colonel Naeem Ahmed Khawaja as the
Commanding Officer. The unit moved to its concentra-
tion area in Chichawatni/Vehari and displayed outstand-
ing standards of professional excellence throughout the
war. The battalion finally moved back to its peace loca-
tion on 7th January 1973.
On 4th January 1990, Captain Mansoor Fazil
Qazi, Technical Adjutant of Burq, laid down his life dur-
ing the concluding days of Exercise Zarb-e-Momin. He
died in an accident in which the jeep he was travelling
in overturned. May Allah bestow his choicest blessings
upon the shaheed of the battalion. Back to Main Menu
The unit has performed memorably at many occa-
sions in aid of civil authorities. A terrible train accident
took place near Multan in August 1991, causing heavy
casualties. Elements of the Burq Battalion rushed to the
site and rescued many entangled passengers. The timely
rescue operation by the unit saved many precious lives.
In 1992, the city was hit by one of the most devastating
floods in the history of the country. The flood played
havoc with the life and property of common man. 70
EME Battalion was at the forefront of rescue operation
127
alongside other units of the formation.

The most popular spot in Multan for recreation is
Back to Main Menu

Chaman Zar-e-Askari, which derives its spectacular
beauty from the imaginative electrification works
undertaken and completed by this battalion. The unit
also boasts many technical projects that have con-
tributed towards improving repair efficiency and
enhancing the battle worthiness of the formation.
Besides setting standards in the technical field, the
battalion proved its mettle in training, administration,
and allied fields as well. The re-furnished JCOs/OR din-
ing halls and the well-kept barracks and living area has
been praised at all levels. Over the past years, the unit
has added a number of living accommodation and
repair buildings to its arsenal.
On the playground, the Burqs have lived up to
their reputation by winning the divisional Kabaddi
Championship eight times over the past ten years. They
retained the trophy twice, winning the championship
for three consecutive years. In volleyball, the unit has
shown its prowess by winning the event six times con- Back to Main Menu
secutively. The performance in handball, football and
athletics has also been quite significant, figuring out in
the top four positions in the formation.
72 EME Battalion
The battalion was raised on 1 January 1963 at
Kharian. It derived its name from the parent company
(72 Armoured Workshop Company), whose roots can
be traced back to 1947. Within six months of raising,
the Commander-in-Chief General Muhammad Musa
128
Field Units
Khan visited the unit. He was so impressed with the

standard of the battalion that he directed GOC First
Back to Main Menu

Armoured Division to send a letter of appreciation and
expressed the desire to spend one full working day
with the unit. True to his word, he honoured the bat-
talion by spending the 3rd day of December 1963 in
the unit.
The unit participated in 1965 war with Lieutenant
Colonel M.I. Mughal as the Commanding Officer. The
men, working hard under adverse conditions, earned
laurels by carrying out repair of equipment and fulfilled
their mission, the pinnacle being the recovery of seven
enemy tanks. Subedar Ghulam Hussain and Naik Fazal
Hussain laid down their lives in the line of duty, setting
an example of extreme dedication and devotion to duty.
After the war, the unit moved from Kharian to Multan
in April 1966. On 15th June 1967, it was redesignated
as 70 EME Battalion.
80 EME Battalion
The battalion was redesignated from 87 EME Back to Main Menu
Battalion on 6th June 1967. It consisted of 87, 88 and
89 Armoured Workshop Companies, and 6 Recovery
Company. In October 1971, 88 Company was detached
and assumed the status of independent company to sup-
port an Independent Armoured Brigade Group. In place
of 88 Company, 85 Armoured Workshop Company was
raised in Decmeber 1977 and formed part of the unit.
The battalion is the proud bearer of the motto
“Aahan”. Major (later Lieutenant General) Talat
Masood served as a Company Commander in this unit
129
from 1968-70.
During 1971 war, the battalion moved to Pasrur
Back to Main Menu

sector to support 6 Armoured Division. The unit recov-
ered quite a number of enemy tanks to Sialkot. After the
war, the battalion came back to its peace location in
1973.
The unit has proved its technical abilities by man-
ifesting them into a number of projects. Armoured
Fighting Vehicle range at Tilla was upgraded to assist in
better training of armoured units. A number of projects
concerning Armoured Fighting Vehicles were success-
fully completed, resulting in better repair efficiency and
enhanced battle worthiness. In recognition of the excel-
lent job done by the unit, 80 EME Battalion was
declared as the best battalion of the Corps of EME in
1997.
In 1994, the unit participated in DGEME Rifle
Challenge Cup and got the top position. In 1998, the
battalion won the divisional volleyball championship
for the third consecutive year. The unit also won the
volleyball championship trophy during the seventh Back to Main Menu
EME Corps Reunion at EME Centre in 2000. Havildar
Muhammad Ikhlaq got second position in Army Qirat
Competition at Pakistan Day in 2002.
87 EME Battalion
It was raised on 6th March 1963 at Nowshera by
augmenting the strength of 87 Armoured Workshop
Company. Major Shah Nawaz Khan was the first
Commanding Officer (officiating). In 1965 war, the bat-
talion provided EME support to 6 Armoured Division
130
Field Units
in Ravi-Chenab Corridor and repaired a total of 85

tanks at Pasrur, Daska and Chawinda. After the war, the
Back to Main Menu

battalion moved to Kharian in April 1966. It was redes-
ignated as 80 EME Battalion in June 1967.
90 EME Battalion
The unit was raised on 31st March 1971 at
Kharian. It consisted of 97, 175, 178 Infantry Workshop
Companies. In April 1989, 181 Infantry Workshop
Company was raised and formed part of the Battalion.
The unit has been active in rendering its services
in aid of civil authorities. From 1974 to 1977, the bat-
talion participated in internal security operation in
Balochistan. In the year 1976, a composite detachment
from each company participated in similar duties at
Dera Ismail Khan, Sargodha and Mianwali. The unit
also conducted elections in 1993 and 1997 at Mianwali.
In 1998, the battalion carried out the census and survey
of schools at Lalian, Jhang. In 2000, the unit participat-
ed in the de-silting operation at Sargodha.
The battalion organizes training cadres and Back to Main Menu
demonstrations regularly. In 2001, the battalion con-
ducted a demonstration on the workshop company in
field area and working in nuclear, biological and chem-
ical environment. The occasion was graced by the Vice
Chief of Army Staff. The unit has produced a laser aim-
ing device that speaks volumes about the technical com-
petence of its craftsmen.
91 EME Battalion
The battalion was raised on 15th April 1971 at
131
Quetta. It comprised 172, 177 and 184 Infantry

Workshop Companies. On 5th April 1989, 98 Infantry
Back to Main Menu

Workshop Company was raised and formed part of the
battalion. The unit moved from Quetta to its present
location on 16th June 1987.
During 1971 war, the unit was deployed in
Tharparkar area. During escalation in 2001-02, the bat-
talion provided effective repair and recovery cover to
the dependent units. The efforts of the officers and all
ranks of the unit were highly appreciated by the GOC
and Corps Commander.
In 1977, the battalion performed duties in aid of
civil power in Balochistan due to WAPDA strike. The
unit took effective part in restoring electricity and water
supply. President General Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq,
Corps Commander and Chairman WAPDA acknowl-
edged the outstanding performance of the unit in their
letters of appreciation. In the year 1998 and 2000, the
battalion contributed in survey and registration process
conducted by civil authorities. The unit was also
involved in monitoring duties at various establishments. Back to Main Menu
In 2001, the battalion lent a helping hand in the de-silt-
ing operation for the Department of Irrigation.
The unit regularly conducts cadres on preventive
maintenance of equipment, ensuring familiarization of
user units with correct maintenance techniques. Special
cadres are also organized basing upon the trend of faults
observed in the equipment brought to the workshop for
repair. The unit has also completed a number of techni-
cal projects. During the year 1992, the unit carried out
modification of braking system of trailer M-104 to
132
Field Units
make it compatible with Hino truck. The modification

proved very useful due to the fact that the spare parts of
Back to Main Menu

the trailer were not available due to sanctions, whereas
the Hino truck had no such problem. The modification
has been approved.
The battalion was also declared as the best unit of
the Division in 1977. In 1981, the unit won the
Efficiency Shield at Division level. The battalion has
performed especially well in football, winning
Divisional Troops Football Championship consecutively
for four years that is 1983 to 1986.
92 EME Battalion
The battalion was raised on 20th March 1972 at
Bahawalnagar. It comprised 134, 154 and 179 Infantry
Workshop Companies. 134 Company was stationed at
Bahawalpur as part of 105 Brigade. The company was
raised in 1947 at Quetta. In 1952, the company moved
to Hyderabad and finally in 1956 to its present loca-
tion. 154 Company was raised at Okara in April 1974.
It later became part of 59 EME Battalion. 149 and 99 Back to Main Menu
Infantry Workshop Companies were raised in 1974
and 1989 respectively and formed part of the
Battalion.
134 Infantry Workshop Company participated in
1965 and 1971 wars in Sulemanki sector with 105
Infantry Brigade. During escalation in 2001-2, the
entire unit was deployed in operational area for more
than a year, providing vital repair and recovery services
on the spot. The unit is also providing maintenance
services to the fleet of C vehicles operating in semi-
133
desert terrain.
The unit participated in election duty during 1993
Back to Main Menu

in Sadiq Abad (District Rahim Yar Khan) and received
praise from formation headquarters. In 1999, the unit
displayed a similar level of performance in WAPDA
duties at Bahawalpur, Bahawalnagar and Rahim Yar
Khan. For the welfare of the formation, the unit is effi-
ciently running two ice factories.
The performance of officers and all ranks has been
commendable. In view of the commendable perform-
ance, four JCOs, two Havildars and one Craftsman
have been awarded GOC’s Commendation Card. Major
Nadeem Ahmed Khan and Captain Muhammad Asif
Javaid have obtained top positions in their respective
courses, Electrmoedical Equipment Specialist Course
(EESC-2) and Basic Course (YO(M)-16).
93 EME Battalion
Kharian. The constituent companies at the time of rais-
ing were 173, 176 and 180 Infantry Workshop Back to Main Menu
Companies. The unit moved to Gujranwala under 37
Division in 1973. The final move to the present location
was carried out on 13 June 1987. In 1988, 176 Infantry
Workshop Company was detached and 100 Infantry
Workshop Company was raised. Due to its swift and
timely performance, the unit bears a proud motto: “Tez
Tiranwe”.
The battalion rendered commendable services in
the Kargil operation in 1999. During escalation in
2001-2, the unit was involved in the longest operational
134
Field Units
movement by road without involvement of rolling

stock. The move was completed in a record time of six
Back to Main Menu

days and can be regarded as the longest move of an
EME battalion. The present stay of the battalion in the
operational area can also be regarded as the longest
time of stay of an entire EME battalion in field.
The unit has contributed its valuable services in
the aid of civil authorities at various occasions. These
duties range from election and census to flood relief,
housing survey and WAPDA duties. Most of these
responsibilities were aptly fulfilled while operating in
the difficult and far-flung areas of Turbat, Pasni and
Gwader. The unit also overhauled fifteen vehicles of
Balochistan Government.
The skillful technicians and officers have dis-
played their technical caliber in the quality of various
projects that have been completed. Being true to its role
in the field, the unit established an engine overhaul sec-
tion in operational area. The timely installation of
weapon and ammunition carrier kits on jeeps con-
tributed positively in the operational readiness of the Back to Main Menu
formation. The unit also carried out a unique project
involving modification of motorcycle CG-125 as
ammunition carrier.
The unit has also been active in sports at forma-
tion level and beyond. Football, tennis, volleyball, crick-
et and kabaddi are to name but a few of the sports par-
ticipated in.
The exceptional performance of the unit can be
attributed to the ideal conditions provided by the unit
culture. It is due to this fact that the unit proudly car-
135
ries the unique distinction of producing several senior

officers, four of them rising to the rank of Major
Back to Main Menu

General, heading the Corps as Director Generals at var-
ious times.
94 EME Battalion
The unit was raised on 1st October 1987 at
Okara. It comprises 165, 182 and 191 Infantry
Workshop Companies. 133 Infantry Workshop
Company was raised under the battalion during 1989
and was converted into Mechanized Workshop
Company on 13th October 1996. 191 Company was
raised under 50 EME Battalion in 1975 and formed
part of this battalion in September 1989. The unit car-
ries the gallant motto: “Raised to Win”.
The unit has proved equal to the task in its opera-
tional duties. During escalation in 2001-2, the battalion
ensured the provision of efficient repair and recovery
cover to all the deployed units in its operational area.
In addition to the traditional responsibilities, the
unit has also been involved in various duties to aid civil Back to Main Menu
authorities. The battalion took part in election duties in
1990, 1993 and 1997. The unit lent a helping hand in
the housing survey, survey of schools and preparation of
National Database in District Layyah. During the re-
organization of local government in 2002, the unit took
part in district support team duties.
The battalion regularly conducts training cadres to
ensure the training of technicians as well as the troops
from user units. The unit has also completed a number
of technical projects. The preparation of ramps for
136
Field Units
Armoured Personnel Carrier (APC) vehicles greatly

enhanced the operational readiness of mechanized
Back to Main Menu

units. The unit modified the pedestals for machine gun
fitted over APCs and trucks to improve their perform-
ance. To ensure optimum utilization of technical man-
power, a centralized engine overhaul section has been
established.
The unit also takes active part in sports activities.
In 2003, Captain Sheraz Shafiq won second position in
Inter Services Squash Championship.
The unit can justly be proud of the fine officers it
has produced. Major General Fazl-i-Ilahi (DGEME)
commanded the unit from 1994-96.
95 EME Battalion
The unit was raised on 12th October 1988 at
Quetta. 633 Infantry Workshop Company was moved
from Jalalpur Jattan and 176 Infantry Workshop
Company was pooled up from 93 EME Battalion to
constitute this battalion. In 1995, 223 Infantry
Workshop Company was raised and formed a part of Back to Main Menu
the unit.
During 1990-91, the unit performed useful servic-
es in aid of civil authorities at various tasks. Despite
being a relatively young unit, the battalion rose success-
fully in the face of operational requirements. The unit
remained deployed in the field area for more than a
year during escalation in 2001-2, providing commend-
able services to the dependent units.
The battalion regularly conducts training cadres to
maintain a high level of relevant competence in the
137
troops from user units. The unit has also completed a

number of technical projects. To improve the firing of
Back to Main Menu

Baktar Shikan weapon system while wearing NBC pro-
tective suit, modified eye-shield was developed con-
forming to military specifications. The equipment has
been officially approved for induction in Army. Another
project regarding protection kits for trucks and jeeps
has been completed. These kits are meant to protect the
troops against small arms fire during internal security
duties, such as during the month of Muharram. During
the year 2001, the battalion manufactured the caravan
for GOC on the chassis of M36A2 truck.
96 EME Battalion
It was formed in January 1962 at Peshawar by
combining 96, 125 and 127 Infantry Workshop
Companies. Lieutenant Colonel (later Brigadier)
M. Akhtar Ali was the first Battalion Commander. It
was redesignated as 51 EME Battalion in August 1989.
118 EME Battalion Back to Main Menu

The battalion was raised on 27 November 1994 at
Mangla. It consists of 641, 643 and 646 Infantry
Workshop Companies.
The battalion boasts heroic performance during
Kargil operation. Efficient repair and recovery cover
was provided to units taking part in the operation in the
hard-to-reach northern areas. During escalation in
2002, the unit moved to the operational area with the
formation and rendered relentless services throughout
the period. Mobile repair teams (MRTs) were sent as far
138
Field Units
forward as tactically feasible to provide repair and

recovery cover to unit deployed on line of control.
Back to Main Menu

Regular visits on fortnightly basis helped and encour-
aged the unit to maintain their vehicles and other equip-
ment. A dramatic reduction in the off-road vehicles was
observed during the escalation period. The battalion
provided EME cover in a semi-mountainous terrain that
is especially difficult in case of recovery operations. In
addition to repair of C vehicles on maintenance load,
the battalion also repaired the vehicles on loan from
government departments. Due to non-availability of
spare parts in the market, certain parts were manufac-
tured with the help of automotive market in Lahore. A
team from the battalion headed by an officer visited 603
Combined Workshop to help expedite the repair activi-
ties. As a result of these efforts, more than 150 engine
assemblies were overhauled from 2000 to 2002. The
major achievement in this regard has been the quality of
repair which was to entire satisfaction of user units. In
addition to providing standard repair services, the unit
has also successfully undertaken the repair of accident- Back to Main Menu
ed vehicles, with the approval of formation headquar-
ters, utilizing Repair Through Local Trade (RTLT) fund.
In addition to the operational responsibilities, the
unit has also shared the burden of civil administration at
various occasions. These duties include census, WAPDA
duties, internal security operations, monitoring duties
(in Islamabad, Attock and Rawalpindi) and elections.
The battalion has conducted several demonstra-
tions at formation level to apprise the user units of the
capabilities of an EME battalion in field. A demo on
139
field expedients and self-recovery was conducted in

2001 and was attended by more than a hundred repre-
Back to Main Menu

sentatives of dependent units. Another demo on taking
faulty vehicle across the river using steel rope was
arranged in 2002 and was graced by the GOC. The unit
has also made valuable additions to its arsenal of tools
and test equipment. During 2001-2, many such pur-
chases were made utilizing local purchase fund and own
resources. To further support the repair facilities, test
benches were developed for various assemblies, for
example electrical, engine, alternator etc. The diesel
pump test bench was enhanced to test rotary pumps
installed in latest vehicles.
Since the unit has recently shifted to its new loca-
tion, there has been a flurry of construction activities,
both on self-help basis and through MES. Since 2001, a
number of offices, ordnance stores, ration stores, cook
houses and workshop facilities have been constructed.
Despite the busy schedule, the unit has been active
in sports and various competitions. An officer from the
battalion won the top position in declamation contest at Back to Main Menu
Corps level and participated in the Army competition.
In squash, a team comprising two officers stood first at
Division level. Unit officers also won second position in
singles and top position in zonal championship of ten-
nis. At formation level, another officer grabbed first
prize in his age group in jogging competition. In decla-
mation contest of khateebs from all the units in the
Division, unit khateeb won second position.
140
Field Units
135 EME Battalion

It was raised on 25th March 1963 at Dacca by
Back to Main Menu

augmenting the strength of 135 Infantry Workshop
Company. After being made into an EME battalion, the
HQ Company was located at Dacca. The Field
Company and Light Company were located at Jessore
and Comilla, respectively. It was redesignated as 59
EME Battalion in June 1967.
138 EME Battalion

It was formed on 1st July 1961 at Lahore by join-
ing 138, 145 and 150 Infantry Workshop Companies. It
acted as a trial battalion for the field trials of the new
organization. Lieutenant Colonel Anwar-ud-Din Sheikh
was the first Battalion Commander. The unit actively
took part in 1965 war, with two shaheeds laying down
their lives in the line of duty. It was re-designated as 54
EME battalion in June 1967.
544 Heavy EME Battalion

The battalion was raised on 1 February 1997 at Back to Main Menu
Malir. The unit carries the distinction of being the only
heavy EME battalion in the Corps of EME. The con-
stituent companies of the unit are: 72, 77 and 186
Armoured Workshop Companies and 82 Infantry
Workshop Company.
The unit remained deployed in operational area
for more than a year in the escalation of 2001-2. Apart
from traditional repair activities, the unit regularly con-
ducts courses on preventive maintenance and demon-
strations on recovery activities in the field. The latest of
141
the demonstrations on recovery was conducted in 2002

at Corps level.
Back to Main Menu

546 EME Battalion
The Battalion was raised on 28th April 1997 at
Bahawalpur. In a short time, the unit has completed a
number of projects displaying the technical abilities of
the craftsmen. The unit has installed moving-trolley tar-
get system (MTTS) at three field-firing ranges. These
systems are vital for the conduct of training of infantry
in simulated battle conditions. The unit has also partic-
ipated in physical activities at formation level and
above. Captain Asheer Mehmood Khan was part of the
Army team that participated in Inter Services Squash
Championship at Karachi. He played exceptionally well
and ensured the success of Army team in the competi-
tion by winning Gold Medal.
Composite EME Battalions
Towards the end of the twentieth century, the Back to Main Menu
modern pattern of defence required a departure from
the traditional concept. In place of large standing
armies that incurred prohibitive expenses to be kept in
a state fit for operational duties, the new concept
involved a smaller force aided by the unconventional
weapons serving as effective deterrent. As Pakistan
joined the nuclear club in 1998, the requirement of
introducing necessary elements conforming to the new
philosophy in Pakistan Army was all-too-apparent. The
indigenous development of strategic missiles served to
142
Field Units
reinforce this requirement. In response to the clear and

present need, Army Strategic Forces Command (ASFC)
Back to Main Menu

was constituted to carry the newly developed line of
sophisticated strategic missiles. The maintenance of
equipment held by the missile regiments of ASFC posed
peculiar problems. In addition to providing standard
EME services, the EME elements attached with ASFC
needed to provide a host of specific high-tech services
to the arsenal of strategic units. Little was available in
the way of training setup and base-level facilities. The
problem was further compounded by the lack of tradi-
tional operational area for these forces. To cope with
these unique requirements, composite EME battalions
were raised with the necessary organization and equip-
ment to support the missile units. In the absence of rel-
evant training facilities and base-level services, these
battalions also serve as the training institution and pro-
vide an impressive array of base-level facilities.
Notwithstanding the relatively young age, these units
carry the onerous responsibility of supporting some of
the most advanced weapon systems that the nation has Back to Main Menu
ever known.
565 Composite EME Battalion

The battalion was raised on 9th February 2000 at
Chaklala, Rawalpindi. The unit comprises 654 FTS
Company and 657 Field Workshop Company. The unit
has the honour of being part of the team that fired the
first indigenous Hatf-V missile system on 25th May
2002. The battalion was also a part of the prestigious
ceremony of taking over guided weapon systems for
143
Pakistan Army. The ceremony was held on 8th January

2003, with President of Pakistan as the chief guest.
Back to Main Menu

The battalion regularly conducts courses for train-
ing of officers and all ranks regarding strategic missile
equipment. Two such courses were conducted in 2002
and 2003. Besides aptly fulfilling its traditional role, the
unit has made a mark in sports and other activities as
well. In the two years following its raising, the unit has
won prizes in small arms firing, volleyball, softball, ori-
entation, and declamation competitions. The battalion
has also commenced the construction of various facili-
ties. In 2002, construction of unit accommodation was
completed on self-help basis.

The unit was raised on 9th February 2000 at
Kirana, Sargodha. The constituent companies are 658
FTS Company, 659 and 660 MTS Companies, and 661
Field Workshop Company. The unit has conducted a
training cadre for preventive maintenance of 5-ton
Hino truck. Recently, a demonstration on laying of Back to Main Menu
MTS was also arranged. The battalion has the distinc-
tion of participating in two international military hard-
ware exhibitions, IDEAS-2000 and IDEAS-2002.

The battalion was raised on 2nd August 2002 at
Sargodha. Being the youngest EME battalion, it never-
theless carries the promise of meeting and exceeding the
standards set by those that have come before, and to be
a guiding light for those that are still to come.
144
Back to Main Menu
Back to Main Menu
Different Views of a Typical EME Battalion
145
146
Recovery in Progress
Back to Main Menu
EME in Mountains
Back to Main Menu
Repair in Field
147
Back to Main Menu
Back to Main Menu
Visit of Gen Zia-ul-Haq to EME Unit
148
Back to Main Menu
Back to Main Menu
President of Pakistan Gen Pervez Musharaf Visiting 54 EME Bn
149
150
Back to Main Menu
CHAPTER 5
STATIC INSTALLATIONS
“They will maintain the state of world and all their

desire is in the work of their craft”
The 3rd and 4th echelon repair is provided by

static EME units. These facilities may be in the form of
a station workshop, combined workshop, medium
workshop or central workshop. The location of the stat-
ic units is on geographical basis, as well as on the con-
sideration of repair load and the locations of unfit parks Back to Main Menu
of Ordnance Depots.
Central Workshops
501 Central Workshop EME, Chaklala

The Workshop owes its origin to Heavy Repair
Shop (HRS) Class-I RIASC in 1921. Spread over 46
acres adjacent to Central Mechanical Transport Stores
Depot (CMTSD), the Workshop was basically designed
to provide base repair and maintenance cover to vehi-
151
cles of Northern Command. In April 1939, due to reor-

ganization and redistribution of responsibilities, HRS
Back to Main Menu

was transferred from RIASC to IAOC and was designat-
ed as Ordnance Base Workshop Chaklala. On the for-
mation of the Corps of IEME in May 1943, the desig-
nation Ordnance Base Workshop IAOC was changed to
501 Command Workshop IEME Chaklala. The scope of
repair was enlarged to include all equipment, in addi-
tion to vehicles.
The Workshop was reputed to be the biggest
Workshop on this side of the Suez Canal. The employ-
ees were mainly civilians, with only a few army person-
nel. The officers were from the Corps of EME. At
Partition, the first Commandant of the Workshop was
Lieutenant Colonel N.A.H. Rose, IEME. The first
PEME officer as Commandant was Lieutenant Colonel
(later Major General, DEME) K.M. Masud in October
1955.
The capability of the Workshop includes base
repair of hundreds of vehicles and engines per month,
manufacture of certain spare parts, rebuild of batteries Back to Main Menu
and crankshafts, re-treading of tires, and modification
of vehicles, such as fitting of anti-tank recoilless rifle on
a jeep.
At the time of Partition there was a critical short-
age of spare parts. The departing Indians had deliber-
ately damaged most of the equipment and vehicles. The
Workshop worked day and night to repair the damaged
and unserviceable equipment by cannibalization and
exchange of parts, to make them battleworthy especial-
ly for operations in Kashmir.
152
Immediately after Partition, steps were taken to

enhance the productivity of the Workshop. Repair sheds
Back to Main Menu

were redone, their layout was improved and sound
engineering practices were invoked to improve the tech-
nical efficiency. A number of sheds like Vehicle
Assembly Line, Sheet Metal Works and Jerrican Repair
Section were commissioned.
At the time of Partition, IEME School was respon-
sible for the training of apprentices and armament arti-
ficers. This facility was later incorporated in PEME
Centre, Quetta. However, to improve the skills of
newly inducted craftsmen of semi-skilled grades, a sys-
tem of ‘Ustad-Shagird’ (Teacher-Pupil) relationship was
introduced in the Workshop. The aim of this system was
to inculcate and instill mutual professional pride, taking
advantage of the national psyche of imparting and
learning skills.
501 Command Workshop had two wings,
Mechanical Transport Wing and Armament Wing. In
August 1948, these two Wings were separated and
renamed as 501 Central Workshop PEME and 502 Back to Main Menu
Central Workshop PEME respectively. 501 Central
Workshop was reorganized into Administration,
Planning and Control, Workshop Stores and Supplies
plus Ordnance Stores, and Production sections.
Apprentice Training and DEME’s Machinery Provision
Cell were placed directly under the control of
Workshop HQ.
In January 1954, the new steam line to Tyre
Repair Group was commissioned to improve the
retreading facilities for tires and to increase the produc-
153
tivity. Hartridge diesel fuel test and calibration equip-

ment was installed to improve the quality of repair for
Back to Main Menu

diesel engines. Crankshaft rebuild equipment was
installed to reclaim unserviceable crankshafts worn
below permissible limits, by rebuilding crank pins and
grinding them to original diameter.
To improve production and to standardize repair
schedule, planning and control procedures were intro-
duced. The procedures were applied from dismantling
of a vehicle to its final assembly, together with study of
time and methods. Assembly-line techniques were
incorporated in Vehicle Assembly Line and Standard
Engine Line. To improve the quality of repair, Engine
Test Bench Section was re-equipped and augmented. To
expedite repair to the repairable Ordnance stock of
vehicles, more coordination was implemented between
Workshop Stores and Supplies and Ordnance Stores
Section, taking into account the types of repairable
vehicles and the availability of requisite spare parts.
The excellent performance of the Workshop, par-
ticularly for the Rann of Kutch and 1965 War opera- Back to Main Menu
tions, was fully recognized and the Commandant of the
Workshop, Colonel M. Karim Ullah was awarded
Tamgha-e-Pakistan.
With the passage of time many welfare schemes
for the workers were introduced which included electric
water coolers, air-conditioning for heat stroke centre,
waterborne sanitation, education stipends for the chil-
dren of workers for post-matriculation studies, and con-
struction of workers’ canteen on self-help basis.
List of visitors to the Workshop is large and
154
impressive. The following may be mentioned:
Back to Main Menu

a. Mr. Liaquat Ali Khan, Prime Minister of Pakistan,
in January 1950.
b. General Muhammad Ayub Khan, C-in-C, on 30th
January 1952 and 17th June 1953.
c. M.A.H. Jehanzeb Sahib, Wali of Sawat, on 7th
April 1953.
d. General Sir Ouvry L. Roberts, QMG War Office,
on 15th October 1953.
e. King Faisal II of Iraq on 18th March 1954.
f. Major W.E. Grant, US Army Assistant Attaché, on
13th July 1953.
g. Lieutenant Colonel A.F. Abdul Ghany, Egyptian
Army, on 21st October 1953.
h. Lieutenant Colonel Salam Hussain, Egyptian
Army.
j. Major General F.M. Hext, Inspector REME War
Office, on 23rd March 1954.
k. Major General WA Lord, DME War Office, on
7th March 1955. Back to Main Menu
After 1965 War, 6th September was declared as

Armed Forces Day. To commemorate the Day, Station
Headquarters Rawalpindi organizes exhibition at the
Race Course Ground for which units in Rawalpindi set
up their respective stalls. The Workshop was awarded
C-in-C’s Trophy for many years for the best stall in the
exhibition.
155
502 Central Workshop EME

The Workshop dates back to World War I when it
Back to Main Menu

existed as the Small Arms Repair Workshop in the
Arsenal Depot, Rawalpindi. In 1926, the first independ-
ent Workshop building was erected. The Workshop
commenced functioning as a separate unit, though it
was still a part of the Arsenal Depot and was known as
the Arsenal Workshop. The majority of the employees
were civilian and the officers belonged to Royal Army
Ordnance Corps (RAOC) sent out from the UK. The
Workshop was under the administrative control of the
Chief Ordnance Officer of the Arsenal Depot.
In 1944, the Workshop was brought under a
Commandant and was named 501 Command
Workshop (Armament Wing). In August 1948, it was
separated from 501 Command Workshop and was des-
ignated as 502 Central Workshop PEME. Lieutenant
Colonel G.G. Walsh was the first Commandant from
16th November 1947 to 19th April 1949. He was suc-
ceeded by Lieutenant Colonel H. Waring from 20th
April 1949 to 31st March 1953. The first PEME officer Back to Main Menu
as Commandant was Lieutenant Colonel (later Major
General) N.K. Ahmed with effect from 27th June 1955.
The mission of the Workshop is to carry out base
repair of armament, armoured fighting vehicles, small
arms, instruments and electronic equipment. It also car-
ries out base repair of certain specialist equipment on
deposit-repair basis. In addition, it carries out manufac-
ture of certain spare parts including pistons and rings.
Presently, the Workshop is divided into seven groups as
follows: Administration, General Workshop, Armoured
156
Fighting Vehicles, Armament, Small Arms, Instruments,

and Electronics Equipment.
Back to Main Menu

There was a considerable fleet of B vehicles in
Ordnance unfit parks, which was not being repaired
due to shortage of fast moving spare parts. Captain
(later Major General) M. Islam Ullah Khan recalls:
“In 1954 I was posted along with Major S. R. Khan at

Karachi. We were given the responsibility to dismantle
the machinery of Pakistan Aviation Limited Workshop
at Karachi and shift it to 502 Central Workshop to
augment the basic capability of manufacturing spare
parts including pistons and rings. This machinery was
brought from Germany at the end of World War II to
support Orient Airways and Pakistan Aviation Limited.
With the help of this machinery, Base Manufacture
Workshop was created for manufacturing spare parts
for vehicles and other equipment whose supplies had
dried up in the country of their origin. It took us about
a year to complete the whole project. In this way, capa-
bility for indigenous manufacture was created.” Back to Main Menu
Many improvements were carried out to enhance

production including an air-conditioned building for
the repair of instruments and electronic equipment. A
new building complete with facilities for repair of
armoured fighting vehicles was also completed and
commissioned in November 1956.
In 1961 Major AA Hashmi, who had been special-
ly trained, organized Hard Ancillary and Manufacture
Group. A cupola of the latest design for the control of
157
metallurgy for pistons and piston rings was installed.

Services of a metallurgist, Mr. Jaseem Khalid Jaffari were
Back to Main Menu

obtained for three years. Material testing laboratories
were upgraded to test the quality of raw materials as well
as finished products. Dies were manufactured for gravi-
ty castings of all aluminum pistons of B vehicle as well as
for Sherman M4A1 tank radial engines. Along with the
metallurgical and material testing facilities, machine
shop facilities were organized to give finished products
according to the specifications. All these manufacturing
activities enabled the overhaul of unfit vehicles.
For reclamation of radial 9 cylinder barrels of
Sherman tank engine, hard chrome plating facility was
installed which enabled 10 cylinder barrels to be
chrome plated per day. Jigs and fixtures were manufac-
tured for grinding the chrome-plated barrels.
Lieutenant Colonel (later Major General) Afzal
Samad recalls:
“We wanted to upgrade Sherman tanks from 75 mm to

76 mm gun. These guns were lying in depot but not yet Back to Main Menu
installed. During 1965 War, 502 Central Workshop
was tasked to install the guns. After installation of
these guns, it was realized that they could not be used
for firing because of the sights, which were not gradu-
ated for the new ammunition. Raticle is a glass piece
on which graduation is etched. I suggested that we
could make a set of negatives of these graduations and
that could be placed between a set of thin glass plates
and fixed in the telescope. This was promptly done
and tanks were sent to the war front in a couple of
158
days”.
Back to Main Menu

Salient projects undertaken by the Workshop are
as follows:
a. There is a section in the Workshop, which special-
izes in the manufacture of shields and crests for
the Army. When General Ayub Khan was promot-
ed to Field Marshal, it was required that a field
marshal’s baton be manufactured. A request was
made to borrow Field Marshal Claude
Auckinleck’s baton to help in the design of the
baton. Field Marshal Auckinleck’s baton was cov-
ered with scarlet material whereas Field Marshal
Ayub Khan’s baton was required to be covered in
Pakistan green with Pakistan Government insignia
instead of British lion and crown. It may be men-
tioned that Field Marshal Auckinleck had visited
the Workshop on two occasions on 2nd February
1959 and 6th March 1963 and that the two Field
Marshals belonged to the Punjab Regiment.
b. The Trophy for the World Cup of Hockey was Back to Main Menu
manufactured by the Workshop on the request of
Pakistan Hockey Federation. On the introduction
of new badges of rank for the Army after Pakistan
became a Republic in March 1956, 502 Workshop
manufactured the new badges. They were then
mass-produced by the industry. The Top Device,
which is fixed on the flagpole of the National
Standard and is carried by the Regiment to whom
it is awarded, was manufactured in the Workshop.
c. As width of M47 tank was greater than the plat-
159
form of the tank transporter in service with ASC

Tank Transporter Company, it had to be widened
Back to Main Menu

for the carriage of the tank. Therefore the plat-
form width was extended by 1.5 feet by welding
9-inch plates on each side along the length of the
platform, suitably strengthened by ribs under-
neath. The modified tank transporter was subject-
ed to trials by 72 Armoured Workshop Company
EME. The modification having proved successful,
all tank transporters of tank transporter ASC were
modified and put into service.
d. In 1962, metallic links for .30 Browning gun were
manufactured in accordance with the specifica-
tions of Inspectorate of Armament.
e. In 1967, manufacture of fast moving spare parts
for Chinese T-59 tank was organized in accor-
dance with the drawings and specifications, with
the help of a team of Chinese engineers headed by
Mr. Lee. This capability was later transferred to
Heavy Rebuild Factory (HRF) Taxila.
f. By 1979, the entire fleet of tank transporter Back to Main Menu
TATRA vehicles was becoming unserviceable
because of lack of spare parts. After detailed stud-
ies, a TATRA base overhaul shop was established.
The entire fleet of TATRA vehicles was over-
hauled with the help of pistons and rings and
other spares manufactured in Base Manufacture
Workshop. These TATRA vehicles were phased
out after the receipt of Mercedes Benz tank trans-
porters.
g. Bulk manufacture of fittings and modifications to
160
communication vans of Corps Signal Regiments

was undertaken in accordance with the design and
Back to Main Menu

drawings of Inspectorate of Electronics and
Instruments.
Like 501 Central Workshop, the list of visitors to

502 Central Workshop is large and impressive. The fol-
lowing may be mentioned:
a. General Muhammad Ayub Khan C-in-C, on 31st

January 1952, 21st April 1954, 19th May 1955
and 1st March 1956.
b. Major General F.M. Hext, Inspector REME War
Office, on 23rd March 1954.
c. Major General W.A. Lord, DEME War Office, on
7th March 1955.
d. Lieutenant General T.B. Larkan, US Army, on
18th February 1955.
e. Mr. Ismail Al Azhari, Prime Minister of Sudan, on
13th May 1955.
f. General Surendar Bhadar Shah, C-in-C Nepalese Back to Main Menu
Army, on 24th May 1966.
g. General Zia-ul-Haq, President of Pakistan, on
29th July 1980. He sanctioned Rs.500,000 for
Skill Development Cell and Rs.1,000,000 for the
housing scheme for the low-pay employees. He
wrote in a letter to the Commandant:
“I visited the Workshop on 29th July 1980 and was

pleased with its performance. I found that its standard
of work in every department is of a very high order.”
161
Aviation Base Workshops
Back to Main Menu

For the sake of consistency with other headings,
the title of this section refers to aviation base workshops
in plural. In fact, there is only one such workshop. The
raising and development of the lone aviation base work-
shop, i.e. 503 Aviation Base Workshop, is presented
below.
503 Aviation Base Workshop EME

With the induction of O-1 aircraft for Army
Aviation in 1958, an aircraft maintenance and repair
setup was created in 501 Central Workshop EME
Chaklala, with intake of about 120 persons. Initially the
operations were undertaken from Chaklala Air Field.
506 Aviation Workshop Company was raised in 1959,
which was merged with 199 Aviation EME Battalion in
1964. To provide major repair and overhaul to aviation
aircraft and related equipment, 503 Aviation Base
Workshop EME was raised.
The Workshop was raised on 29th July 1969. The Back to Main Menu
repair company of 199 Aviation EME Battalion was the
nucleus around which it was raised. Lieutenant Colonel
(later Lieutenant General) Saeed Qadir was its first
Commandant. Initially its task encompassed major
repair to O-1 aircraft since that was the only aircraft
available with the Army at that time. With the passage
of time the aviation fleet grew rapidly. Due to induction
of aircraft/helicopters of various makes and types, ambit
of activities of 503 Aviation Base Workshop EME
increased manifold.
162
The first major project of assembling Alouette-III

helicopter initially from Semi Knocked Down (SKD)
Back to Main Menu

kits and later from Completely Knocked Down (CKD)
kits was undertaken in 1970. The first such helicopter
was handed over to PAF the same year. The facilities for
overhaul of Alouette airframe and Lycoming Engine
(OH-13S Helicopter) were established in 1974. The
first helicopter tail number 1976 overhauled belonged
to PAF.
Further expansion was brought about by the cre-
ation of MI-8 Overhaul Group in 1982. First batch of
six helicopters was overhauled with Russian assistance.
After discontinuation of Russian support due to the
Afghan War, the overhaul of MI-8 helicopter was under-
taken with Chinese assistance in 1986. Refurbishment
of AB-205 helicopter was started in 1983. Puma
Airframe Overhaul Group was established in February
1984 and in the same year the facility for overhauling
Artouste-III turbine engine was also set up. Puma
Dynamic Components Overhaul Group was created in
1990. Turbine Engine Test Facility was upgraded to Back to Main Menu
accommodate testing of engines installed on Bell heli-
copters.
With the addition of new capabilities, allied uni-
versal facilities for Non-Destructive Inspection (NDI),
Spectrometric Oil Analysis (SOAP), Electroplating, and
manufacture of Glass Reinforced Plastic parts were also
established. Precision Measuring Equipment Laboratory
is the latest addition, which has the capability to cali-
brate thousands of electronic gadgets, tools and equip-
ment.
163
The role of the Workshop has not been limited

only to aviation activities. It has played active role in
Back to Main Menu

response to the operational requirements of the country
by undertaking various projects like manufacture of
igloos, anti mine shoes, firing targets, helmets and
hoods/shields for vehicles. Year 2001 has been the hall-
mark of major achievements in 503 Aviation Base
Workshop EME when most of the facilities were
upgraded. Modernization of entire workshop facilities
was undertaken which included uplifting of workshop
area, epoxy treatment of aircraft hangar and shop
floors, procurement of the latest aviation tools and
gadgets, improvements in environmental control and
establishment of new shops.
Keeping in view the large and complex fleet main-
tained by the Workshop, a lot of effort for certification
in international quality standards has been made. As an
initial step, Piston Engine And Accessories Overhaul
Group was certified against ISO-9002 in 2000. In the
year 2002, entire workshop has been certified against
ISO-9002 standard. The Workshop has also been certi- Back to Main Menu
fied against Aerospace standard 9000 by AFAQ Ascert
International, France. AS-9000 is more stringent than
ISO-9002, keeping in view the fitness safety require-
ments of aerospace equipment.
Since its foundations were laid, the Workshop has
transformed itself into a strong and potent organization
which is not only looking after the entire fleet of Army
Aviation but is also providing technical assistance to sis-
ter services (Pakistan Air Force and Pakistan Navy), civil
armed forces and other civilian organizations. Today,
164
the Workshop stands out in the region as a state-of-the-

art aviation repair and overhaul centre, certified on
Back to Main Menu

international quality standards.
Electronics Base Workshops
505 Electronics Base Workshop EME

The Workshop was raised on 10th June 1990 at
Rawalpindi on the premises of 502 Central Workshop.
It comprises Thermal Imager, Imager Intensifier,
Ancillary, Administration and Laser Groups. The
Workshop provides base level maintenance / repair to
electro-optics and the allied equipment. The capability
includes base level repair of all Image Intensifier-based
equipment (Binoculars, Goggles, Recoilless Rifle &
Machine Gun Sight), Thermal Imaging-based equip-
ment (AN/UAS-11 & AN/UAS-12A), all types of Laser
Range Finders (786P/Q and AR-3), Ground Vehicular
Laser Locator / Designator (GVLLD) and Distomat. The
Workshop has earned 5 COAS commendation cards in
the past few years. Various projects have been complet- Back to Main Menu
ed that have resulted in huge savings of foreign
exchange and improved battle worthiness of the equip-
ment, not to mention the scope of indigenous develop-
ment for self-reliance.
509 Electronics Base Workshop EME,

Gujranwala
It was raised on 1st Dec 1981 at Gujranwala. The
workshop is responsible for inspection, verification and
repair of well over a thousand anti-tank missile systems.
165
These systems include the Chinese Baktar-Shikan

Weapon System (BSWS) and the American Tube-
Back to Main Menu

Launched Optically-Tracked Wire-Guided (TOW)
Missile System held with the Light Anti-Tank (LAT) and
Heavy Anti-Tank (HAT) battalions of field formations.
The workshop is also responsible for base-level repair of
Laser-Guided Surface-to-Air RBS-70 Missile System
held with the units of Army Air Defence. In addition,
the workshop provides base-level repair facilities for
electro-medical equipment like x-ray machines, electro-
cardiogram (ECG) machines, spectrometers, infant
incubators etc. Base-level repair of communication and
signal equipment of Gujranwala, Sialkot and Sargodha
zones also fall under the workshop load. Since June
2002, the workshop is also providing the services of
Computer Repair Cell (CRC) for the units deployed in
Ravi-Chenab corridor area.
As the workshop is exclusively responsible for
repair of state-of-the-art anti-tank and laser-guided mis-
sile systems, it is a premier source for the training of
technicians in these areas. In 1989, the repair facilities Back to Main Menu
were upgraded for the latest TOW Anti-tank Missile
System. Since then, numerous courses have been con-
ducted for calibration of TOW Weapon System and its
Telescopic Sight Unit (TSU). The workshop has pre-
pared maintenance and storage manuals for BSWS,
TOW and RBS-70 Systems, including a manual for
maintenance of specialized batteries used in these sys-
tems. The workshop has not only trained the techni-
cians for Pakistan Army, but has also conducted a num-
ber of courses for Armed Forces of friendly countries
166
like Iran and Jordan.

In addition to the regular repair activities, the
Back to Main Menu

workshop has been involved in a number of projects
concerning cutting-edge technology. The successful
completion of these projects has resulted in a huge
amount of savings in foreign exchange.
As appreciation for the projects completed by the
workshop, seventeen Officers, JCOs and OR have been
awarded with Chief of Army Staff ’s Commendation
Cards, four of these recipients winning the coveted card
twice. Fourteen JCOs/OR have also been awarded
Tamgha-e-Khidmat (Military) in recognition of their
exceptional performance. In addition to these honours,
cash prizes have also been awarded for individual
achievements. Brigadier Tafazzul Mehdi Rizvi has been
awarded Rs. 5,000 for modification of TOW Maxi
Battery Charger. Naib Subedar Arshad Mehmood and
Naib Subedar Liaqat Ali have been awarded Rs. 50,000
each on manufacturing Digital Missile Guidance Set
(DMGS) Test Bench.
During Kargil operation, the workshop inspected Back to Main Menu
and verified 67x TOW-II Systems that were to be used
by troops participating in the operation. 7x TSUs were
repaired and calibrated during the same operation.
During escalation in 2001-2, mobile repair teams visit-
ed and gave technical support and training lectures to
troops deployed in Sialkot, Kharian, Jhelum, Okara and
Kohat.
Apart from the technical achievements, the work-
shop has not lagged behind in the sports and cultural
activities. In 2003, Lieutenant Colonel Hammad Raza
167
got second position in Army Squash Championship.

The workshop has frequently won prizes in Annual
Back to Main Menu

Garden Competition since 1997.
510 Electronics Base Workshop EME

It was raised in January 1991. Temporarily locat-
ed in the College of EME, it moved to 501 Central
Workshop EME in November 1991. The Workshop
moved to its present permanent location i.e. EME
Complex Peshawar Road Rawalpindi in December
1994. Mission of the Workshop is to carry out base
repair / overhaul of all radar systems and related equip-
ment. It is capable of disassembling, inspecting,
reassembling and testing all radar systems, meteorolog-
ical, survey, locating equipment, and simulators held by
the Army. Besides its assigned mission, the Workshop
has upgraded / modified GR-8 / SR-1 Sets held by mete-
orological and survey troops of Corps Locating
Regiments Artillery. During the recent escalation peri-
od, the Workshop remained heavily committed in repair
of radars / assemblies not only in Workshop but outside Back to Main Menu
as well. It sent over 50 SRTs to more than twenty loca-
tions to undertake repair of operationally deployed
equipment on site.
Combined Workshops
601 Combined Workshop EME, Quetta

The Workshop was established on 7th January
1880 under the name of Mechanical Transport
Workshop at Miri Fort Quetta as part of the Miri
168
Arsenal, which was later named as Quetta Arsenal. In

1935 the Workshop was segregated and placed under an
Back to Main Menu

independent command. In 1938 the Workshop was des-
ignated as 503 Heavy Workshop and the spectrum of
maintenance / repair was broadened from wheeled vehi-
cles to guns and small arms. In 1943, the name Quetta
Arsenal was changed to Ordnance Depot and the
Workshop was redesignated as 503 Heavy Workshop
IEME. Lieutenant Colonel M.T. Red was the
Commanding Officer of the Workshop in January 1947,
followed by Lieutenant Colonel W.E. Cunnington in
May 1948. In 1948, 503 Heavy Workshop was re-des-
ignated 601 Combined Workshop PEME.
The Workshop provided repair and maintenance
cover to PAF units located at Quetta, until PAF made
their own arrangements for repair of their equipment.
During drought period in 1999 in Baluchistan the
Workshop ran a special project for putting on road a
fleet of 70 National Logistic Cell (NLC) vehicles. The
Workshop carried out a special programme for M38A1
Jeeps by retrofitting diesel engines to 24 Recoilless Rifle Back to Main Menu
Jeeps. In the recent escalation in 2001-2, the Workshop
established a Forward Base Workshop at Rahim Yar
Khan. It worked independently for its primary role and
assisted, in addition, field units in the operational area.
602 Combined Workshop EME, Karachi

It was raised in 1938 at Karachi to provide repair
cover to Baloch Regimental Centre. At the time of rais-
ing, it had the coveted honour designation of Queen
Mary’s Own Workshop. Later, the workshop was con-
169
verted to station workshop in 1940. Due to the require-

ments of World War II, the workshop was reorganized
Back to Main Menu

as Field Combined Workshop in 1943. During the war,
the workshop provided technical support to all units
going to North Africa. The port of Karachi was little
more than a small dock facility of Royal Indian Navy,
and was also supported by the workshop.
In April 1948, after the partition, the workshop
was redesignated as 503 Central Workshop. However,
in August 1948, the name was changed to the present
designation.
In keeping with the traditions of World War II, the
workshop provides technical support to all the units
going abroad for participating in various UN Missions.
Among other foreign missions, the workshop has sup-
ported UN Missions in Haiti (1995), Angola (1995),
Slovenia (1996), Sahara (1998), Kosovo (1999), East
Timor (1999), Congo (2000) and Sierra Leone (2001).
A battery rebuild shop was established in 1997 to
provide the rebuild facility to Army. Till 2003, 6250
batteries have been produced with approximate saving Back to Main Menu
of 10 Million Rupees to the nation. The workshop
boasts a unique Jerrican Repair Section. The section is
overhauling Jerricans at the rate of 60,000 per year.
Approximately 3500 fans are repaired by the Fan
Repair Shop every year. The workshop conducts pre-
release training of NCOs and ORs of entire Army. Two
denting/painting courses were conducted in 2001 as
part of the many courses run by the workshop. The
workshop is also responsible for repair/maintenance of
Fiat Recovery Vehicles. In addition to this onerous load,
170
the Radar Repair Section is responsible for the radar

equipment installed in areas from Bahawalpur to
Back to Main Menu

Karachi, constituting half the country. It may be men-
tioned here that the radar equipment installed in areas
towards north of Bahawalpur is under the responsibili-
ty of 510 Electronics Base Workshop situated in
Rawalpindi.
The workshop has completed a number of proj-
ects since its inception. In 1981, design, manufacture
and mounting of super structure for Suzuki Pickup were
carried out and approximately 500 were completed. In
1983-84, fitting of TOW missile launcher kit on APC
113 was carried out. In the same year (1983), rebuild of
approximately a hundred 2½-Ton M34 Trucks was car-
ried out.
The workshop sent out detachments to establish a
temporary station workshop at Hyderabad during esca-
lation in 2002. Detachments were also sent during the
same period to Panu Aqil for providing base repair facil-
ities to units ex 5 Corps. The workshop has participat-
ed in aid of civil power at many occasions, e.g. election Back to Main Menu
duties, census duties and emergency duties as and when
required. The workshop actively participates in various
sports competitions, especially cricket.
603 Combined Workshop EME, Lahore

603 Combined Workshop was raised as RES B
PARK by Corps of Engineers, Engineer-in-Chief Branch
in 1939 with an integral Ordnance Depot. In 1947 the
setup was redesignated as MES Equipment Workshop
under E-in-C Branch with the Ordnance Depot still
171
remaining as an integral component. This Workshop

became part of Corps of EME in 1963 when it was for-
Back to Main Menu

mally christened as 603 Combined Workshop EME.
However, prior to 1963 this Workshop was command-
ed by EME Officers.
The mission of the Workshop is carry to out base
repair of all types of earth moving equipment, cranes,
lighting sets, air compressors, out-board motors, air
conditioners and refrigerators. The Workshop also
repairs 20 B vehicles and 40 diesel engines per month.
The Workshop also carried out a number of modifica-
tions and improvisations. Some examples are as fol-
lows:
a. In a number of cases 5-Ton M62 Wrecker Truck

boom platform was fractured at its base jointing to
the body of the vehicle. The welding had fractured
due to jacks being improperly used or not used
when lifting heavy loads. The leaf springs on the
side of the load would flatten out if jacks were not
properly employed. The enforced tilt of the body Back to Main Menu
of the vehicle fractured the welding. After the
boom was dismantled the welding was put right.
Over a dozen M62 Wrecker Trucks were repaired.
b. Solid rubber tires of carriage of 120 mm mortar
were replaced with pneumatic tires in accordance
with the modification drawings provided by
Inspectorate of Armament.
c. Modification of boom of crane of Ordnance
Depot was carried out, as the crane would not fit
on the base of the vehicle.
172
d. Welding of rewound compressor cans in an atmos-

phere of nitrogen was perfected so that the coat-
Back to Main Menu

ing of paint on the wire would not be oxidized
and the flow of nitrogen gas would cool the coils
thereby reducing the possibility of a short circuit.
e. Repair of leaking steel overhead tank, 150 feet
high, in Ordnance Clothing Depot was carried out
as a special case.
f. Cutting of threads on 8’ diameter 20’ long pipe of
MES, quantity 1000 was successfully carried out.
In view of the length and the weight of the pipe,
two steadies were placed on the bed of the lathe
and one on the ground to support the pipe and
prevent vibrations.
604 Combined Workshop EME, Dacca

The Workshop was raised in 1949 from the
Station Workshop PEME, Tejgaon with a view to pro-
viding facilities for base repair of vehicles / equipment
held in East Pakistan. Major Zia-ur-Rehman assumed
the command of the Workshop on 14th June 1950. Back to Main Menu
Lieutenant Colonel Muhammad Din assumed the com-
mand from Lieutenant Colonel Zia-ur-Rehman on 26th
June 1952. Base repair of vehicles was taken in hand on
1st April 1953. Lieutenant Colonel Syed Shafi Zaman
assumed the command on 21st April 1954.
Following officers visited the Workshop:
a. Brigadier W.P.B. Ashton, DEME, in March 1951.

b. General Muhammad Ayub Khan, C-in-C, on 2nd
April 1952 and 28th January 1956.
173
c. Major General Adam Khan, GOC 14 Division, on

25th October 1952.
Back to Main Menu

d. Colonel Jelf, Inspector PEME, on 22nd January
1953.
e. Director Ordinance Services, on 24th April 1953.
f. QMG, on 22nd January 1954.
g. Lieutenant Kil Duf, American Assistant Naval
Attaché‚ on 17th April 1954.
h. Captain Vaschalde, French Army with Captain
Yaldis, Turkish Army, on 23rd June 1954.
j. Major General Umrao Khan, GOC 14 Division,
on 28th October 1954.
k. CGS, on 11th October 1955.
l. Colonel Miliard G. Brown, US Army, on 30th
November 1955.
m. Colonel H. Cliff, Inspector PEME, on 7th
December 1955.
n. Brigadier General Brown, Chief of USMAAG, on
10th December 1955.
o. Major General Shahid Hamid, MGO, on 18th
January 1956. Back to Main Menu
604 Air-Conditioning (AC) Combined Workshop

EME, Mangla
The workshop was raised on 7 August 1971 at
Mangla. It is a unique workshop responsible for provid-
ing repair cover to the air-conditioning and refrigera-
tion equipment held with the entire Army. In addition
to regular repair activities, the workshop carries out
specialist jobs relating to air-conditioning and refrigera-
tion. The workshop has successfully modified the AC
174
system of Low-Altitude Aircraft Detection System

(LAADS) Radar. Repair of AC system of AN/TPQ-36
Back to Main Menu

Fire Finder Radar is also carried out. Repair of Red-Cell
Storage Freezer held with Armed Forces Institute of
Transfusion (AFIT) is another technical achievement of
the workshop. Apart from these in-house jobs, the
workshop also provides regular on-site repair facilities
for AC-fitted ambulances and other vehicles held with
field formations.
The workshop has steadily upgraded its method-
ology and technology. Currently, the workshop uses
computer software for designing the AC ducts and for
carrying out calculations regarding heat transfer and
electricity requirements. The establishment of Skill
Development School (SDS) in 1998 was a prudent step
towards extending the wealth of knowledge and experi-
ence held with the workshop. The entire school was
established utilizing the available resources. Since its
inception, the school has trained well over two hundred
military and civilian technicians. Most of the courses
taught in the school have been formulated by the Back to Main Menu
instructional staff. The purpose of training the techni-
cians is to create a pool of qualified manpower to pro-
vide field-level repair to the equipment held with field
formations. The workshop has also prepared mainte-
nance instructions to help field technicians in repair and
maintenance of AC equipment.
The workshop has acquired and evolved the skills
and facilities to build and repair quite a number of air-
conditioning and refrigeration products. These prod-
ucts are available at prices much lower than comparable
175
products in the market.

The workshop actively participates in sports activ-
Back to Main Menu

ities. In the year 2001, the workshop won 2nd position
in Station Cricket Tournament. In addition to the
sports, the workshop has won 1st position in Annual
Garrison Garden and Flower Show in the year 2000,
securing 2nd position in the year 2001.
803 Combined Workshop EME, Rawalpindi

The Workshop was raised on 5th March 1969 at
Rawalpindi for base repair of C vehicles and engineers’
equipment in the area.
Station Workshops
Station Workshop PEME, Nowshera

The Workshop dates back to 1940 and was desig-
nated as Station Workshop IEME on the formation of
the Corps of IEME in 1943. After Partition, the
Workshop was redesignated as Station Workshop (Type
E) PEME with Captain A. Tannant as the first Officer Back to Main Menu
Commanding. The workshop consisted of 16 non-tech-
nical and 45 technical personnel.
Station Workshop PEME, Risalpur

The Workshop was a part of Station Workshop
Sialkot before Partition. In September 1952, the Sialkot
Workshop was bifurcated into Station Workshop Sialkot
and Station Workshop Risalpur. The latter moved to
Risalpur to give repair / maintenance cover to the
Engineers’ Training Centre Risalpur. The first Officer
176
Commanding was Captain Agha Khan Niazi, PEME,

from 15th October 1952 to 21st November 1953. The
Back to Main Menu

Workshop consisted of 5 non-technical and 19 technical
personnel.
Station Workshop (Type B) PEME, Campbellpur

(now Attock)
The Workshop was raised in September 1948 to
give repair/maintenance cover to Artillery Centre
Campbellpur (now Attock). Lieutenant A.D. Khan,
PEME, was the first Officer Commanding. The
Workshop consisted of 7 non-technical and 21 technical
personnel. On 2nd January 1950, the Workshop was
converted to Type C with the addition of the following
components: Armament (Type B), Armourer (Type A),
and Telecomm equipment (Type A).
Station Workshop PEME, Jhelum

The Workshop was raised on 1st October 1948.
Captain Khan Bhadar, PEME, was the first Officer
Commanding. During the GHQ training exercise Back to Main Menu
‘November Handicap’ in November 1954, a large num-
ber of vehicles and equipment were repaired by the
Workshop. The Workshop had the privilege of provid-
ing accommodation and other facilities to PEME Teams
form PEME Regimental Centre Quetta, 501 and 502
Central Workshops participating in PARA competitions
at Jhelum.
Station Workshop (Type G) PEME, Lahore

The Workshop was raised on 1st January 1952 on
177
reorganization of 603 Combined Workshop PEME

Lahore in 1952. Major F.W. Harding, PEME, was the
Back to Main Menu

first Officer Commanding. Major Abdul Hammed
Siddiqi assumed command in January 1960. In addition
to the duties of OC, he was responsible for looking after
EME civilian scholars studying for their Degree course
at the College of Engineering Lahore. The Workshop
was disbanded and was merged with ESD Workshop
EME in April 1963.
Station Workshop PEME, Kakul

The Workshop was established during World War
II, nearly at the same time as the formation of IEME in
1943. The Workshop was established in the present
location to look after the RIASC GT company located
in the area. At Partition, the first Officer Commanding
was Captain S. Hyndman assisted by a British warrant
officer. The first PEME officer was Captain M.A.
Zaman who took over the command in April 1948. The
Workshop had 14 non-technical and 47 technical per-
sonnel. Back to Main Menu
Inspector PEME Colonel S.H.J. Jelf carried out
the technical inspection of the Workshop on 2nd June
1952. GHQ technical inspection team carried out annu-
al inspection of the Workshop on 28th June 1954.
Brigadier W.P.B. Ashton inspected the Workshop on 9th
May 1955.
Station Workshop PEME, Multan

During 1944 the Workshop was disbanded and
became a detachment of 601 Combined Workshop
178
Karachi. On 1st May 1946 it was reorganized to Type

A. During 1948, it was again reorganized to Type D. It
Back to Main Menu

had 5 non-technical and 23 technical personnel.
Station Workshop PEME, Bannu

The Workshop was redesignated as 138 Infantry
Workshop Company in 1949.
Station Workshop (Type F) PEME, Rawalpindi

The Workshop was established during World War
II. At Partition, the Workshop was upgraded to Type G
with Major H. Hicks as the first Officer Commanding.
The Workshop was expected to undertake field repair
for an overall work load of 1,000 vehicle units. It had
27 non-technical and 111 technical personnel.
After bifurcation of responsibility in 1960, MES
Workshop of Corps of Engineers was taken over by
EME. One such MES Equipment Workshop Rawalpindi
was taken over by Station Workshop Rawalpindi. The
equipment included air conditioners, refrigerators and
C vehicles. During 1965 war, Corps units located in Back to Main Menu
Rawalpindi were also covered by the Station
Workshops.
Station Workshop PEME, Sialkot

The Workshop came under command CEME 15
Division in 1951. In September 1952, it was divided
into two parts viz. Station Workshop Sialkot and Station
Workshop Risalpur. The division was done due to the
fact that the Engineers’ Centre moved from Sialkot to
Risalpur. In January 1955, all fitters and telecomm tech-
179
nicians of the Workshop were attached with 57 and 86

Infantry Workshop Companies respectively and all
Back to Main Menu

instrument mechanics of these Companies were
attached with the Station Workshop. As a result of these
attachments, repair of instruments was centralized in
the Workshop.
In June 1955, 15 Lancers was placed on the
Workshop’s maintenance load due to shortage of tools
and equipment in the LAD of the newly raised
Armoured Regiment. In September 1955, two recovery
posts were established by the Workshop on Sialkot-
Pasrur Road to assist 14 Para Brigade units operating in
aid of civil power for flood relief operations.
On 25th January 1956, GOC 15 Division carried
out annual inspection of the Workshop. After inspection
he said:
“I am glad to see the Unit administration and function

of the various branches of the Workshop”.
Medium Workshops Back to Main Menu
701 Medium Workshop EME, Okara

The Workshop was raised at Multan on 8th
December 1966 and moved to Lahore. The necessity of
establishing a medium workshop in the area between
Lahore-Sukker was felt, as there was no backup engi-
neering support in the area. It was decided to construct
Workshop accommodation at Okara Cantonment. The
Workshop moved from Lahore to Okara in October
1971.
180
702 Medium Workshop EME, Gujranwala

It was raised in December 1971 at Gujranwala. It
Back to Main Menu

had two main sections, viz. Heavy Section to undertake
base repair and Light Section to deal with field repair.
Heavy Section was located in Machinery Pool
Organization Faisalabad. The Workshop was disbanded
4 months after its raising, at the end of the emergency.
703 Area Workshop EME, Gujranwala

The Workshop was raised on 31st December 1977
at Gujranwala to provide base repair for B vehicles and
equipment in Gujranwala Logistic Area.
Other Static Installations
HQ CEME FCNA
It was raised in November 1972 to exercise com-
mand and control over EME elements within the for-
mation. In January 1977, DADEME was upgraded to
CEME. In January 1993, EME elements were reorgan-
ized as follows: Back to Main Menu
a. 632 Mountain Workshop Company. It was raised

as 66 Light Infantry Workshop Company, a sub
unit of 60 EME Batalion, in March 1969 at
Jhelum.
b. 638 Mountain Workshop Company. It was raised
as EME Reninforcement Wing No. 6 at Chaklala,
in July 1972. It moved to Gilgit in November
1972. The designation was changed to 187 Light
Infantry Workshop Company in January 1973 and
181
finally to 638 Mountain Workshop Company in

February 1977.
Back to Main Menu

c. 645 Mountain Workshop Company. It was raised
at Gilgit in 1994.
d. 410 S&T Company Workshop Section. It was
raised at Quetta in July 1973 and was placed
under command FCNA in April 1974, attached
with 638 Mountain Workshop Company EME for
six months. The Section became self-accounting
independent unit with effect from 24 February
1976.
e. 1490 S&T Company Workshop Section. It was
raised at Jhelum in April 1970.
f. 288 Mountain Regiment LAD. It was raised in
March 1969 at Jhelum to provide EME cover to
the Mountain Regiment Artillery.
g. 295 Field Regiment LAD. It was raised at Sialkot
in 1988 to provide EME cover to Field Regiment
Artillery.
h. 310 Engineer Battalion LAD. It was raised at
Gilgit in September 1995 to provide EME cover Back to Main Menu
to the Engineer Battalion.
j. 348 Signal Battalion LAD. It was raised at Lahore
in April 1970. It moved to Gilgit in May 1998.
182
Back to Main Menu
Prime Minister Liaqat Ali Khan Visiting 501 Wksp on 7 Feb 1950
Back to Main Menu
Fd Marshal Ayub Khan, President of Pakistan Visiting 501 Wksp

on 14 Jan 1958
183
Back to Main Menu
C-in-C Gen Muhammad Musa Khan Visiting 501 Wksp on May
12 , 1959.
Back to Main Menu
EME Corps Silver Jubilee Parade at 501 Wksp Stadium on Oct

12, 1968
184
Back to Main Menu
CHAPTER 6
TRAINING ESTABLISHMENTS
“The life so short, the craft so long to learn”
EME Centre
The reader will recall (Chapter II) that IEME
Training Centre was located at Katni (India) and IEME
School at Kirki (India). In accordance with the recom-
mendations of Armed Forces Reconstitution Committee
under the Partition Council, orders were issued in
September 1947 for the transfer of Pakistan’s share Back to Main Menu
(36%) of these two training institutions. Accordingly,
training aids and equipment were moved from Katni
and Kirki to Bombay by two special trains. The equip-
ment included tanks, vehicles, armament, instruments,
telecomm equipment, lecture précis and skeleton cur-
riculum. These trains were escorted by British officers
who had volunteered for service with PEME, and
Muslim instructors and students who were on courses
there at that time. From Bombay the consignment was
sent to Karachi by sea and from Karachi by special train
185
to Quetta, the home of EME Centre.

The Centre was established in October 1947, and
Back to Main Menu

embodied, in addition to the training wings, PEME
Records, the latter having been received from Jubblepur
(India) in respect of PEME optees. On establishment, the
Centre, named PEME Centre, had four sub units, viz.
Boys Battalion, Training Battalion, Depot Battalion, and
PEME Records. Colonel A.L. Ellison was the first com-
mandant from 1st October 1947. Colonel S.V. Parsons
succeeded him from 14th December 1950 to 7th August
1954. Colonel Parson trained EME Centre team to par-
ticipate in Pakistan Army Rifle Association (PARA) com-
petition in Jhelum in 1951 and won the PARA
Championship Trophy and many other prizes. While
giving away the Trophy and prizes, the C-In-C General
Ayub Khan said to Colonel Parson in jovial manner, “Are
you going to leave something for others too?”
In April 1951, Lieutenant Colonel K.M. Masud,
PEME (Later Major General, DGEME) was the first
PEME officer, posted as Chief Instructor. In April 1955
Colonel N.K. Ahmad was the first PEME officer as Back to Main Menu
Commandant EME Centre. In April 1948, Headquarter
Company of Training Battalion was formed to include
the Driving, Recovery and Telecommunication Training
wings and was allotted the accommodation vacated by
the Station Workshop Quetta on its disbandment.
In early 1948, it was decided by GHQ to make
available the training facilities to Armoured Corps per-
sonnel including officers. Accordingly the first such
course commenced in August 1948 with the assistance
of Armoured Corps Centre Nowshera.
186
Training Establishments
In early 1949, D Company of Training Battalion

for basic and ancillary trades was formed and
Back to Main Menu

Connaught Lines, which were originally built for an AT
company, were allotted to the Company. After consider-
able alteration in the construction of buildings, basic
and ancillary trades training were shifted from 601
Combined Workshop (Old 503 Heavy Workshop) to
their new location.
To get a flavour of that early period of EME
Centre, it is of interest to refer to what Brigadier
Manazir-ul-Haq, at that time Lieutenant, recalls:
“After commissioning from PMA Kakul in November

1948, I was attached to EME Centre Quetta and did
my Infantry Weapons course at the Infantry School
from December 1948 to February 1949. I was posted
to B Company of the Training Battalion. Being fresh
from Infantry Weapons Course, my company com-
mander made me responsible for training the recruits.
The company commander had seen World War II in
Burma and was delighted to see a young PEME officer. Back to Main Menu
I enjoyed training the recruits on the morning parade
and on arms training. The JCOs, most of whom were
also war veterans, would watch me on the drill square
as well as on weapons training. May be this was the
first occasion that our soldiers saw for themselves an
officer with them, for in the past the highest ranking
trainer was havildar. There were four companies A, B,
C and D and I moved from one company to another
for military training purposes. Technical training facil-
ities had not been developed by then but officers,
187
mainly British, were working on preparation of techni-

cal syllabi and practical training of various technical
Back to Main Menu

trades. I came back to EME Centre in April 1952 after
attending courses at Loughborough College and
REME Training Centre in UK. Then there were four
technical training wings, viz. Basic Trades Wing,
Instrument Wing, Vehicle Wing, and Driver Training
Wing. I was attached first to Basic Trades Wing; wing
commander was Major Hunt, a British officer. He had
a lot of experience and was very good. He had organ-
ized the trades viz. carpentry, tinsmith, welding (gas
and arc), machine shop, and press shop. Major Hunt,
with the assistance of a British warrant officer, had
worked hard in preparing précis for all the trades.
They were, however, in English and our soldiers were
not educated enough to make use of them to the
desired extent. It was necessary to get them translated
into Urdu, which I did. Major Hunt took personal
interest in the training and his effort was concentrated
upon on-the-job training, which was very effective. I
started spending most of the time with the craftsmen Back to Main Menu
who gave me the opportunity to get to know them and
their trades, and this helped me in doing things with
my own hands. Practical training at Loughborough was
of great help.
Instrument Training Wing was located in the same area
and was commanded by Major Long who, as he was
short, was known as Shorty Long. He had a British
warrant officer, Mr. Black, (though being British was
white). He also had PEME JCOs who were well edu-
cated and well trained to help train our boys who had
188
educational qualification at least up to matric. Major

Long was a good instructor and used to take personal
Back to Main Menu

interest in training our boys. The test equipment of
British origin was rather ancient.
Vehicle Training Wing was situated in the building next
to HQ EME Centre and was commanded by Major
Shanton. I was attached to that wing also. There we
had well trained JCOs and NCOs. It was a very well
organized Wing and exhaustive theoretical and practi-
cal training was being imparted. I used to sit with my
soldiers. Précis were in English and it was for me to
translate them into Urdu. Armoured Corps had organ-
ized a very exhaustive course for Armoured Corps offi-
cers. It was for duration of three months. Captain
Aurakazai, Armoured Corps was the instructor, with
PEME JCOs and NCOs. I left PEME Centre in April
1954 on my posting to 134 Infantry Workshop
Company at Hyderabad”.
On 6th December 1952 the C-in-C presented his

Flag to the Boys Battalion. A Company of three pla- Back to Main Menu
toons of the Battalion, with a Flag Party, was on parade,
commanded by Boy Zille Subhan. The C-in-C took the
General Salute and after inspecting the parade, wit-
nessed a display of rifle exercise. The Flag was then pre-
sented, and the parade marched past in slow time. The
parade again formed up in line and the C-in-C present-
ed MBE medal to Major Muhammad Hussain Khan,
Officer Commanding of the Battalion and BEM medal
to Subedar Munir Khan. The C-in-C then addressed the
boys exhorting them to be good soldiers and craftsmen.
189
He also praised them for their smartness, soldierly bear-

ing and the excellent manner in which they had per-
Back to Main Menu

formed the rifle exercise and the march past. Brigadier
W.P.B. Ashton, DEME was present. After the parade, the
C-in-C called for the Boy Zille Subhan and congratulat-
ed him on the excellent manner in which he command-
ed the parade.
Boys Battalion was disbanded on 31st May 1956,
in implementation of GHQ Planning Board Directive of
February 1956 for the reorganization of training in the
training centres. PEME Centre was renamed EME
Centre in 1956. Also in implementation of the
Directive, Depot Battalion and Training Battalion were
reorganized on 18th June 1956 as follows:
No.1 Basic Training Battalion in Old Kandhar
Lines to provide basic military training and education to
the recruits. It was shifted to its present location in April
1998. A magnificent drill square, a small-arms firing
range and an assault course of with twelve obstacles
have been developed.
No.2 Technical Training Battalion to provide Back to Main Menu
training for gun fitters, armourers, ancillary trades and
drivers. Training area of the Battalion, which was once
part of the Quetta Vehicle Sub Depot, covers an area of
170 acres. Shingle roads within the training area have
been constructed.
No.3 Technical Training Battalion to provide
training to vehicle mechanics and electricians who form
the backbone of EME support to the Army. In addition,
the Battalion provides remustering courses for VM AFV,
VM C Vehicles, and Electrician AFV.
190
The National Standard was presented to the

Corps of EME in September 1961 by Major General
Back to Main Menu

A.M. Yahya Khan, Colonel Commandant of the Corps
at a colorful ceremonial parade held at EME Centre
Quetta. The parade was commanded by Lieutenant
Colonel L.K. Niazi, Commanding Officer No.1
Training Battalion, and was witnessed, among others, by
senior officers of Quetta station.
Training aids and equipment were continually
upgraded. In April 1955, three new BECO 7” centre
lathes were received and installed plus a BECO pillar
drill in the machine shop. Hartridge test bench equip-
ment for diesel engine was installed in the Vehicle Wing.
Training standards were also continually upgraded. In
70s minimum qualification for all grades other than GD
was made matriculation. The duration of training was
increased to one year. To make training more realistic a
local infantry workshop company was attached to the
Centre for on-the-job training. Following trade training
was imparted at EME Centre:
Artificer Control Equipment, Armourer, Back to Main Menu
Bandsman, Black Smith, Carpenter, Clerk, Cook Mess,
Driver MT, Draughtsman Mechanic, Driver Recovery,
Equipment and Boot Repairer, Electrician Armoured
Fighting Vehicle, Electrician Vehicle, Electro Medical
Technician, Fitter Gun, General Duty, Instrument
Mechanic, Line Technician, Machinist, Painter, Store
Man Technical, Tailor Unit, Tin & Copper Smith,
Telecomm Technician, Vehicle Mechanic, Vehicle
Mechanic Armoured Fighting Vehicle, Vehicle
Mechanic C Vehicle, Welder.
191
For training of telecomm and radar technicians,

the trainees were sent to Barian near Murree at the
Back to Main Menu

Army School of Technicians (what used to be the Army
Apprentices School in Rawalpindi) for EME and Signal
Corps.
Improvements in training concepts, systems and
techniques were continually made and training syllabi
were revised and updated. Concept of Master of Subject
(MOS) was introduced in all tiers of training. Each
instructor would know and teach one system as a spe-
cialist in that system. Volume of curriculum for the
instructor was reduced to enable him to quickly pick up
the requisite knowledge for teaching. Huge volume of
syllabus and weak educational background of the
instructor were basic reasons of inefficient imparting of
instruction to the trainees. By compartmentalization of
the syllabi, the instructor became more effective and the
motto “a little but effective” prevailed.
Concept of “Dedicated Instruction Station” was
introduced. The equipment was divided into systems,
each system being a separate module with its own work- Back to Main Menu
station where all training aids, tools and test equipment
were consolidated. An easy access to the instructor and
the trainee was thus ensured besides economy in time
and space.
To emphasize practical training, 60% of the marks
were earmarked for stripping and assembling skills for
class IV and class III categories. For class I category
weightage was given to fault diagnosis. To enhance the
practical knowledge of trainees, training aids were
increased which included functional models of cooling
192
system, steering system, diesel fuel system, hydraulic

clutch, air brake system, lubrication system, and layout
Back to Main Menu

of oil pump.
Précis, handouts, and lesson plans were prepared
with Urdu graphics by desktop publishing facility. The
concept of introduction of sub system specialty in VM
trade was presented in the EME Service Development
Board convened in GHQ in July 1998 and approved by
MGO for adoption. For modalities of implementation,
VM trade was sub divided into the following sub sys-
tems: Fuel, Power Plant, Brake and Steering Control,
Transmission, Suspension, and Chassis. Salient features
of the implementation were as under:
a. Class IV is common for all specialties, with 20

weeks training duration.
b. Class III is for two of the four specialties, with 22
weeks training duration.
c. In Class II, the two specialties are interchanged
with the other two specialties, with 18 weeks
training duration. Back to Main Menu
d. In class I, VMs are imparted training in all the four
sub system specialties.
Computer Literacy Cell was established and com-

puters were integrated in the training, keeping in view
the fact that most of the modern equipment was com-
puterized. Ten computers were installed in late 90s.
Figures for re-mustering of VM and Electrician trades
for the years 1995-2001 show 912 VMs to VMAFV,
273 VMs to VM C Vehicle and 426 Electrician Vehicle
193
to Electrician AFV. In the Armament Artificer courses,

each of 53 weeks training duration, in the years 1982 to
Back to Main Menu

2001, a total of 4,044 qualified for promotion to JCO
rank. Over the years, facilities and projects at EME
Centre were improved and added, which include the
following:
a. Al-Hadid Army Public School up to 8th class, reg-

istered with Army Education Directorate since
September 1977, with 189 children.
b. Masjid Abu Bakar for 2000 namazis, was inaugu-
rated by General Tikka Khan on 13th November
1975.
c. Akhtar Ali Sports Stadium named after Brigadier
Muhammad Akhtar Ali, Commandant EME
Centre June 1972-November 1974.
d. Bab-e-Haider, designed by Brigadier Muhammad
Akhtar Ali at the entrance to EME Centre “Home
of EME” completed in May 1975.
e. Latif Auditorium, named after Brigadier Abdul
Latif, Commandant EME Centre April 1984- Back to Main Menu
November 1986, who died in C-130 crash in
August 1988. The Auditorium with a sitting capac-
ity for 200 was inaugurated by Lieutenant General
Ahmed Kamal Khan, Colonel Commandant Corps
of EME on 4th September 1999.
f. Murtaza Library, named after Captain Ghulam
Murtaza Cheema (Shaheed in 1965 War) inaugu-
rated by Major General Javed Anwar Hashmi,
DGEME, on 15th May 1991.
g. Majid Hall, named after Brigadier Abdul Majid,
194
DGEME, who died in CI30 crash in August 1988.

h. Sajjad Block, named after Major Sajjad (Shaheed
Back to Main Menu

in 1971 War), with 12 rooms, as Education School
for EME Centre.
j. Yadgar-e-Shuhada, in the memory of all ranks who
laid down their lives in the defence of the
Motherland, constructed in 1998.
A number of welfare schemes/projects by EME

Centre are maintained/run for serving personnel as well
as exservicemen and their families which include Al-
Falah Civilian Welfare Scheme since 1995 for giving
loans to deserving cases.
It may be recalled from earlier chapters that the
records of EME personnel who opted for Pakistan were
received from IEME Records Jubblepur. PEME Records
was established as a part of EME Centre at Quetta in
November 1947 in Kutch Lines, which were 4 km away
from the Centre. Major S.F. Tomlinson of British Army
was the first Senior Record Officer (SRO) of EME
Records for two years; thereafter Pakistani officers were Back to Main Menu
posted as SRO. EME Records was shifted to its present
location within the premises of EME Centre in 1998.
At present, EME Records is looking after more
than 50,000 serving personnel with 35 different trades
spread over 1,650 units. A data processing cell with 29
computers on Local Area Network (LAN) has been
installed for the basic data of JCOs and OR. EME
Records has developed a formula for the calculation of
pension for JCOs and OR, which has been adopted for
the whole Army.
195
EME School
Back to Main Menu

Education and training have to be alternated to
provide meaningful effectiveness to accomplish the mis-
sion of the Corps of EME within the EME motto of
“Sakhara Lakum” and in the context of the Army. A
flash back to the situation at the time of independence
and the birth of the Corps of EME reveals that we
received inadequate resources in manpower and materi-
al. It is the manpower that was needed to match the
requirements, qualitatively and quantitatively.
Since 1947, technology in defence equipment has
improved exponentially. In contrast to the present state
of defence technology, the start was simplistic. Our
training institution for officers had a humble start and
over the period it has achieved a high degree of excel-
lence in educating and training EME officers. The
Corps of EME has a number of PhDs and MScs in var-
ious disciplines in Electrical, Mechanical, Electronics,
Production, and Aeronautical engineering.
On 1st April 1957, EME School came into exis- Back to Main Menu
tence. Lieutenant Colonel T.M Connell, REME, was the
first Commandant of the School, with eight instructors.
Lieutenant Colonel Ghazanfar Muhammad Khan was
the first Pakistani officer as Commandant of the School
on 30th June 1960. Buildings for the School, in proxim-
ity to the EME Centre, needed a great effort to make
them suitable for the School.
To start with, an Armament Artificer course for
non-commissioned officers was started to enable the
(then) warrant officers (now junior commissioned offi-
196
cers) to command and control EME units like Light Aid

Detachments (LADs). Short courses for commissioned
Back to Main Menu

officers were conducted enabling them to command
various units of the Corps both administratively and
technically.
The School was formally inaugurated by General
Muhammad Musa, C-in-C, on 15th August 1961. The
following senior officers, among others, attended the
inauguration ceremony: His Excellency Mr. W.K.
Flanagan, the Australian High Commissioner. Major
General Robert H. Wienecke, (Chief USMAAG). Major
General Sayad Ghawas, SQA, MGO.
On 7th October 1961, Major General A.M. Yahya
Khan visited the School and discussed its future expan-
sion. In February 1962, revision of TO&E resulted in
upgrading the rank of Commandant to Colonel and
increase of officer strength to 30 with an addition of
Workshop Practice Wing. Colonel N.K. Ahmed was the
first Commandant of the upgraded school. The revised
mission of the School included Long Electrical
Engineering (LEE) course of 80 weeks duration and Back to Main Menu
Long Engineering (LE) course of 58 weeks duration.
These courses were started in the School in 1962 and
1963 respectively. The introduction of LE course
replaced the two-year practical training course at
Loughborough College UK, since 1948 and subsequent
attachment of six months with REME Training Centre
at Arborfield UK. Lieutenant (later Major General)
Islam Ullah Khan and Lieutenant S.J.H. Zaidi (later
Brigadier) made their mark as members of REME
Centre hockey team. LEE Course replaced Long
197
Electronics Engineering course at Arborfield / EMI

Institute London since 1949. This enabled the Corps to
Back to Main Menu

shed dependence on foreign courses for the training of
its officers. In December 1962, the School conducted
four-week Science Term for Staff College students prior
to their attending the one-year staff course at Staff
College, the aim being to familiarize the potential staff
officers with science and technology aspects applicable
to the Army’s requirements. The Science Term was
repeated for future staff courses. In 1963 onwards one-
week Science Term was also conducted for Army War
Course students of Staff College.
Between 1954 and 1965 as many as 50 EME offi-
cers were sent on training courses in USA in their
schools of instruction, under arrangements of Mutual
Aid Pact. Their performance at the schools was highly
commended.
EME College
By 1969, the school had sufficiently grown in Back to Main Menu

stature and expertise to be elevated to the status of
College of Electrical and Mechanical Engineering. In the
same year, the Table of Organization & Equipment
(TO&E) was again revised. The main feature in this
revision was addition of Technical Staff Officer Wing.
GHQ tasked EME College to run Technical Staff Course
for the Army. Lieutenant Colonel Afzal Samad, a gradu-
ate of Technical Staff Course of Royal Military College
of Science Shrivenham UK, was called back from East
Pakistan (where he was Battalion Commander 59 EME
198
Battalion) to lead a team of directing staff to conduct the

course. All preparations were completed in a short span
Back to Main Menu

of six months and the first Technical Staff Course con-
sisted of twelve officers from all arms - three from
Artillery, five from Engineers, two from Infantry and
one each from Signals and EME. The course com-
menced from 20th July 1970 and ended after nine
months on 15th May 1971. The Course was considered
a prestigious achievement of the College of EME.
War experiences of 1965 and 1971 and analysis of
training pattern being followed till 1973 brought a big
change in the training philosophy of the Corps of EME.
Basic portions of Young Officers Course, Electronics
Course, Mechanical Equipment and Workshop Practice
Course were combined into one course of 54 weeks
duration (26 for Mechanical Equipment, 12 for
Electronics, 12 for Workshops Practice, 4 for Young
Officers) for all officers inducted in the Corps.
In May 1977, the College started conducting
Officer Mechanical Engineering Vehicle (OMEV) cours-
es of 12 week duration, which terminated in May 1982. Back to Main Menu
Officers Advance Management & Engineering
Technology (OAMET) courses began in December 1978
with the duration of 8 to 12 weeks and terminated in
December 1987. OWT courses of 12 weeks duration
were conducted from June 1979 to July 1982.
In 1980, Inspector General Training at GHQ
formed a committee to include the Commandants of
College of EME, Military College of Signals and Army
College of Engineers and assigned to it the task of writ-
ing a paper on integrating and strengthening the com-
199
mon facilities of the three Colleges. After lot of delib-

eration and discussion, a structure of higher education
Back to Main Menu

in the technical arms and services was formulated.
Running of degree engineering courses was also part of
the study.
Starting the engineering degree course at Quetta
was challenging because there was no infrastructure
available and all the existing facilities were already over-
stretched. The other aspect of starting the degree course
was the high standard of teaching. The staff selected
was the pick of the EME Corps. The degree course was
to be affiliated with the University of Engineering and
Technology Lahore which meant a close monitoring of
the degree by the University. The laboratories were
required to be well equipped and the faculty to be high-
ly qualified. The Engineering University finally
approved the teaching of engineering degree course at
the College of EME at Quetta and the College
Commandant was made a permanent member of the
University Senate. In the first year, two disciplines -
Electrical Engineering and Mechanical Engineering - Back to Main Menu
were taken in hand; Electronics was added in the sec-
ond year.
After two years, the number of students increased
to well over one hundred, and all the resources were
over stretched. Another problem faced at Quetta was
the nonavailability of visiting faculty and guest spaekers,
as the city had no other engineering college.
The Commandant made a proposal to shift the
College to Rawalpindi. Once GHQ agreed in principle
to the shifting of the College from Quetta to
200
Rawalpindi, Lieutenant General Saeed Qadir, a senior

officer of the Corps of EME, arranged with the Naval
Back to Main Menu

Headquarters the teaching of under graduate engineer-
ing students of EME College at Naval Engineering
College Karachi for a period of three years. This was an
excellent example of inter-services cooperation. In the
meantime, Lieutenant General Saeed Qadir as
Quartermaster General and Major General Qazi Abid
Hussain as Director General EME helped in the selec-
tion of the site for the College at Rawalpindi. The
College was shifted from Quetta to Rawalpindi by
Brigadier Abdul Qayyum, Commandant of the College,
in a short time frame of 6 months by December 1983
without disrupting normal training courses.
In 1988, MSc Engineering classes were started in
electronics and production engineering. In 1989 this
programme was extended to Pakistan Navy, Air Force
and Civil Organizations. In 1990 the entry to BSc
Engineering Degree was changed to technical cadets
and paying cadets instead of newly commissioned offi-
cers/civilian students. In the year 1992, the National Back to Main Menu
University of Sciences and Technology (NUST) came
into being and the College became one of its con-
stituents. The conduct of BSc and MSc Engineering pro-
grammes was accordingly also placed under the aegis of
NUST. In the same year Research & Development Cell
was formally established in the College. Its activities
include academic research conducted by the student
officers as part of their training and specific projects
allocated to the College by General Headquarters and
other organizations. These activities are in the form of
201
project work, research papers and post-graduate /

degree course thesis.
Back to Main Menu

In 1994, the TO&E of the College was again
revised keeping in view the enhanced mission and
responsibilities of the College. The teaching staff
includes 38 from military and 22 civilians. Laboratories
in the Academic Studies Group include electrical
machines, electrical systems, microwaves, electronics,
computer centre, robotics and control.
In the year 1996, the College achieved another
major landmark when it was declared “The Best
Engineering College in the Country” by the Pakistan
Engineering Council during its accreditation evaluation
of all Engineering Institutions in Pakistan. Discipline of
Computer Engineering was introduced in the College in
the same year. The latest under-graduate discipline of
Mechatronics was added in January 1998.
PhD programme was started in the College in
January 1998 with a modest intake of five students
under split programme in collaboration of foreign uni-
versities. The evening PhD classes also started in 2001 Back to Main Menu
along with the regular PhD classes.
The College earned certification of ISO 9001
standards from AOQC Moody International in the year
1999. The scope of the certification covers the engi-
neering education and other service courses conducted
at the College.
The College has been organizing convocations
regularly for its successful graduates since 1989. The
mission of the College to date includes:
202
a. BSc, MSc and PhD classes in the disciplines of

Electrical, Mechanical, Computer and
Back to Main Menu

Mechatronics Engineering.
b. Basic / advanced / specialist courses, both techni-
cal and administrative in nature, for all EME offi-
cers.
c. Technical Staff Officers Course for engineering
and non-engineering graduate officers of Pakistan
Army.
Beyond the basic degree in engineering, EME offi-

cers have been undergoing postgraduate training includ-
ing PhD courses. Some statistics of such training are
given below:
a. 19 officers, Major to Brigadier rank, have received

PhDs in various disciplines such as Aeronautics,
Mechanical, Metallurgy, Avionics and Electrical
from universities in USA (9), UK (6), China (2),
Australia (1) and Lahore, Pakistan (1).
b. 17 EME officers, Major to Brigadier rank, have Back to Main Menu
qualified in MSc Aeronautics Engineering in
France.
c. A total of 54 officers, Major to Major General
rank, have qualified abroad in MSc Mechanical
Engineering (33) and MSc Electrical Engineering
(21), between 1986 and 1998; from universities in
USA (22), UK (17), China (12), Germany (1),
Thailand (1), and Asian Institute.
d. A total of 63 officers, Major to Brigadier rank,
have qualified in MSc Mechanical Engineering
203
(33), in MSc Electrical (30) from College of EME.

e. A total of 20 officers, Major to Lieutenant
Back to Main Menu

Colonel rank have qualified in MSc Computer
Science and Computer Engineering from College
of EME.
f. A total of 26 officers, Major to Brigadier rank,
have qualified in MSc Mechanical Engineering
(16) and Electrical Engineering (10) from the
University of Engineering and Technology Lahore.
g. Two EME officers qualified in MSc Engineering in
Space Sciences from Punjab University Lahore in
1999.
Army Aviation Engineering School
The need for training of aircraft technicians was

highlighted right from the day when aircrafts were
inducted in Army Aviation. With the first maintenance
unit, i.e. 199 Aviation EME Battalion, a training compa-
ny was also raised to meet the training requirements of
aircraft technicians. The total strength of the training Back to Main Menu
company at that time was 46, including two officers.
The company was housed in makeshift accommodation
with 199 Aviation EME Battalion. In 1969, the training
company was upgraded and Army Aviation Engineering
School was formally established in a separate location
with Major Majid Ullah as the first Commandant.
Qualified from the UK and the USA, and having rich
experience of handling training affairs, Major Majid
Ullah spared no efforts to organize and administer the
nascent institute. Captain (later Colonel) Burhan Shah,
204
also a member of the raising team of the school, was one

of the four Army officers in first batch of aeronautical
Back to Main Menu

engineers graduated from College of Aeronautical
Engineering Korangi.
Besides trade/type training of technicians already
inducted as aircraft technicians, the school also under-
took initial military training of recruits. The first batch
of aircraft technicians was attested in 1969. As the
school had little resources of its own, instructors for
military training were attached from 111 Brigade.
The school was located alongside 503 Aviation
Base Workshop in first floor of Hanger 1. With books
and manuals donated by officers and technicians trained
abroad, a small library was established. Major Majid
Ullah, the commandant of the school, visited PAF
Training School and PIA Training Centre in Karachi,
and syllabi and précis for training were prepared. Major
Majid Ullah was followed by Major Daud Shah as com-
mandant. He made a valuable contribution by introduc-
ing dedicated trade training and Crew Chief courses for
L-19, Alouette and MI-8 Helicopters. Back to Main Menu
To cater for maintenance requirement for ever
increasing fleet of Army Aviation, the school was reor-
ganized in 1974 and was given the status of a self-
accounting and self-sustaining installation. The manage-
ment organization was restructured with a Lieutenant
Colonel as the Commandant. Lieutenant Colonel Jamil
Ahmad replaced Major Daud Shah as commandant in
June 1975. His ten-year long tenure brought a number
of improvements in the institution. Besides provision of
a separate campus, living accommodation, a well-
205
equipped library, and a large range of training aids and

models were added to the school in this period.
Back to Main Menu

In 1980, the Table of Organization and
Equipment (TO&E) of the school was again revised and
the strength was increased to a total of 108 personnel
including eight officers. In December 1985, administra-
tion and training block were constructed and the school
moved to its present location. To shoulder the increas-
ing responsibility of mission assigned to this prestigious
institution, the post of Commandant has been upgraded
to Brigadier/Colonel since 1995.
As Army Aviation evolved from an Air OP Flight
to the present status of an independent formation,
responsibilities of the school kept multiplying. With the
addition of each new type of aircraft and helicopter to
the inventory of Army Aviation, a complete training
package was added to the training load of the school.
The school has also been undertaking different career
enhancement courses of Aviation Engineering officers
and technicians. It was in 1974 that first Aviation
Officers Equipment Course, previously conducted in Back to Main Menu
USA, was undertaken in the school. Since then, 214
officers have qualified the course from the school.
Armament Artificer Course, a critical stage in the career
progression of technicians, is also being conducted in
the school.
Flight Engineer training on cargo helicopters, i.e.
MI-8, Puma and MI-17, has been one of the most
important areas of obligation of the school. The cours-
es for MI-8 and Puma helicopter started in 1973 and
1978 respectively. After induction of MI-17 fleet in
206
1996, first Flight Engineer Course for the helicopter

graduated in January 1997. To respond to the require-
Back to Main Menu

ments of quality control measures emerging from the
complexities of a growing fleet, Quality Control
Inspector Course was started in 1986.
Over the years, the school has also played an
important role in strengthening the ties with some of
the sister Islamic countries by imparting training to their
aviation maintenance personnel. First course run solely
for foreign students was conducted in 1976 in which
the technicians from United Arab Emirates were trained
on UH-1H helicopter. Since then, as many as 65 foreign
students have been trained in different disciplines of
aviation engineering.
While the school has come a long way since its
inception in 1969, it has maintained a prestigious posi-
tion by responding promptly and befittingly to the
requirements of the growing aviation fleet as well as the
technological advancements. Presently the school is
pursuing the prestigious certifications of ISO
9001/9002 and Civil Aviation Authority. This will mark Back to Main Menu
an important milestone in the history of the institution.
Army Apprentices School
The Engineers, Signals and EME Corps required

trained technicians. These were not available from
schools and technical institutions of the country. In
1956 the GHQ Planning Board recommended that an
Army Apprentices School be established to provide edu-
cational and technical training to selected boys who had
207
passed their middle standard examination. On comple-

tion of training the boys were to become craftsmen in
Back to Main Menu

Engineers, or Signals or EME Corps. After detailed
deliberations by the representatives of the three Corps
and Military Training Directorate GHQ, trades, prereq-
uisites and method of selection of apprentices, duration
and programmes for training were finalized. In the light
of the recommendations drawn by Military Training
Directorate and the user Corps, Army Apprentices
School was established at Rawalpindi on 18th July
1956, with an annual intake of 250 and a capacity for
1000 apprentices.
Apprentices were selected from age group of thir-
teen and half to fifteen years with at least middle stan-
dard education. An intelligence test was prescribed to
select suitable candidates. Besides free living, uniforms
and education, the apprentices were to receive Rs.14.00
per month as stipend. Highly specialized trades were of
4 years training duration. First two years were to be
devoted to general education training and basic hand
skills for the semi-specialized trades. Students were pre- Back to Main Menu
pared to pass the matriculation examination in special-
ized trades and intermediate for those in highly special-
ized category. The remaining period was spent on tech-
nical training. After completion of training, the appren-
tices were mustered in their respective Corps and were
sent to the Centres for military training and familiariza-
tion with equipment in use.
The Table of Organization and Equipment was
issued on 13th September 1956. The Commandant was
to be a full Colonel from either Corps of Signals or
208
Corps of EME and the Chief Inspector to alternate

between Corps of Signals and Corps of EME. The
Back to Main Menu

School was to have a total of 75 officers, 40 JCOs, 56
NCOs, 50 Clerks and 87 civilians. Lieutenant Colonel
Felix George Pinto, Signals, arrived as the first
Commandant. Lieutenant Colonel AG Craduck, EME,
was posted as Chief Instructor. Recruitment com-
menced on 15th May 1957. Over 100 boys arrived
from far-flung places of Pakistan with their chaperons.
On 1st July 1957, General Muhammad Ayub Khan, C-
in-C, performed the opening ceremony of the School
and declared it as a milestone in the history of the Army.
In the written charter given to the Commandant, the C-
in-C directed:
“Whereas I, as the C-in-C of the Army and the authority

vested in me by the President of the Islamic Republic of
Pakistan, charge the Commandant Army apprentices School,
Rawalpindi and his subordinates to select, educate and train
such apprentices as from time to time will be entrusted to
their care as highly specialized and semi-specialized trades- Back to Main Menu
men for the Corps of Engineers, Corps of Signals and Corps
of EME. I direct the Commandant to ensure that our Army
receives from the technicians trained at this School the req-
uisite support to make us independent and self sufficient in
the care of our arms and technical equipment”.
GHQ Planning Board directed on 29th July 1957

that Line, Radio, Telegraph and Telecommunication
Mechanics for Signals and Engineer Artificers and
Radar, Instrument Mechanics and Electrical Control
209
Equipment for EME would be used for training at the

School. A Board of Governors comprising Director
Back to Main Menu

General Military Training as President and Director
Military Training Director Engineers, Director Signals,
Director EME and Director Army Education as mem-
bers were appointed to provide guidance and control
the affairs of the School.
Till 1964, Army Apprentices School produced
many boys who got selected for commission in the
Army besides fulfilling its primary function of produc-
ing technicians. The responsibility for training for the
above trades was then transferred to the Army School of
Technicians at Barian near Murree what used to be
Army Apprentices School Rawalpindi.
Back to Main Menu
210
Back to Main Menu
Lt Gen (Retd) Sabih Qamar-uz-Zaman Visiting College Library
Maj Gen (Retd) Raza Hussain Visiting Robotics Laboratoy at

EME College
Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen Syed Shahid Mukhtar Shah Being Received by Comdt

EME College
211
Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen Akbar Saeed Awan Visiting Depts of Academic Studies
Group at EME College
DGEME Visiting EME College Library

Back to Main Menu
Planting a Sapling in the Lawns of Computer Engineering Dept
212
Back to Main Menu
Fd Marshal Ayub Khan Visiting EME Centre
Back to Main Menu
Gen Muhammad Musa Khan Visiting EME Centre
213
214
Back to Main Menu
CHAPTER 7
INSPECTION AND TECHNICAL

DEVELOPMENT ORGANIZATION
“To seek the flame from a spark”
Inspection and Technical Development

Organization is responsible for evaluation and develop-
ment of all weapons, equipment and stores for the
Army and came into being on 15th August 1947. Its
mission is to keep under constant review all General
Staff Requirements (GSRs) of weapons, vehicles, equip- Back to Main Menu
ment and stores, proof test and accept stores, coordi-
nate R&D activities at Army level by undertaking limit-
ed indigenous development and maintain an up-to-date
system of cataloguing of ordnance stores. At the begin-
ning of World War II, following inspection and develop-
ment organization existed in British India: Directorate
of Armament, and Directorate of Mechanization.
During WWII an appointment of Controller General of
Inspection was created under Master General of
Ordnance and made responsible for the inspection of
215
general stores and clothing.

After WWII, and before Partition, the above
Back to Main Menu

Directorates were integrated and Directorate of
Technical Development was formed. This Directorate
controlled all functions relating to research, develop-
ment, and inspection of armament, vehicles, clothing,
general stores, general engineer stores and certain items
of Royal Indian Army Services Corps. An advisory body,
Inter Services Stores Preservation Organization, func-
tioning under the Directorate of Technical
Development was responsible for preservation of stores.
Approximately 300 members of Directorate of
Technical Development including 15 civilian and mili-
tary officers opted for Pakistan. The following were the
units:
a. General Stores, Northern India Area,

Harbanspura, Lahore
b. General Stores Inspection Depot, Lahore
c. Medical Stores Inspection Depot, Lahore
d. General Stores Inspection Depot, Rawalpindi Back to Main Menu
e. Fuel Testing Laboratory, Karachi
The staff which opted for Pakistan was used for

setting up the office of Controller of Technical
Development (CTD) at Army Headquarters Pakistan in
October 1947.
At the time of independence, Pakistan inherited its
entire defence arsenal from Britain and, therefore, was
dependent on that country for replenishment of its
arms, ammunition and stores. To maintain appropriate
216
Inspection and Technical Development Organization
liaison, Pakistan Army Technical Liaison Office

(PATLO) was established in London in 1947.
Back to Main Menu

Major reorganization of CTD establishment was
carried out in December 1948 when CTD was re-desig-
nated as Controller of Inspection and Technical
Development (CITD). The following establishments
were raised / re-designated:
a. Inspection and Technical Development (ITD)

Directorate, GHQ Rawalpindi
b. Chief Inspector of Stores and Clothing (CISC),
Lahore
c. Chief Inspector of Armament (CIA), Rawalpindi
d. Medical Stores Inspection Depot (MSID), Lahore
e. Army Stores Inspection Depot (ASID), Lahore
f. Army Stores Inspection Depot (ASID) Rawalpindi
g. Army Stores Inspection Depot (ASID), Karachi
h. General Stores Laboratory (GSL), Karachi
Later in 1949, Inspectorate of Vehicles and

Electronics at Rawalpindi and Inspection Depot Back to Main Menu
Vehicles and Electronics at Karachi were also raised.
Besides, an Army Clothing Inspection Depot was raised
at Sialkot on 14th November 1949 for the Ordnance
Clothing Factory.
The decade of fifties was an era of industrial
growth in Pakistan, thus the task of Pakistan Army
Technical Liaison Office (PATLO) at London gained
momentum. Intensive activity was witnessed in the field
of training, publications, acquisition of specifications
and standards and expansion of existing establishments.
217
Chronology of events is as follows:

a. On 20th July 1950, Inspectorate of Vehicles and
Back to Main Menu

Electronics was bifurcated into Inspectorate of
Vehicles and Engineering Equipment, and
Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments, both
located at Rawalpindi.
b. Price Preference Scheme was introduced for the
encouragement of indigenous development of
Army stores in 1951.
c. In 1952, inspection responsibility of Medical
Stores was transferred to Director General
Medical Services.
d. Army Stores Inspection Depot was raised at
Dhaka in September 1952. The same year wit-
nessed the shifting of CISC from Lahore to
Karachi.
e. A nucleus for a laboratory was established on
adhoc basis in 1953 at Rawalpindi. This laborato-
ry was later named GHQ Science Laboratory in
1955.
f. In 1955 Pakistan Ordnance Factories (POFs) Back to Main Menu
planned the production of artillery ammunition,
thus a requirement of proof ranges was generated
and Sonmiani was selected as the site for an inter-
services proof range.
g. Due to increased workload, General Stores
Laboratory at Karachi was merged with
Inspectorate of Stores and Clothing in 1955.
h. PEME Special Technical Officers cadre was sanc-
tioned in 1955. Considering the nature of job of
ITD, officers of various arms and services holding
218
technical qualification like BSc Engineering or

Master of Science degree were inducted. This
Back to Main Menu

scheme failed because the officers inducted in this
cadre found that their promotion was limited and
started opting out from ITD. The cadre was later
disbanded. From mid sixties onward mostly offi-
cers of EME Corps were posted at ITD.
The following units were raised to support the

task of Inspectorate of Armament with regard to accept-
ance inspection of products of Pakistan Ordnance
Factories:
a. Inspection Depot Armament (IDA), Wah, in

March 1963.
b. Inspection Depot Armament (IDA), Gadwal, in
February 1975.
c. Inspection Depot Armament (IDA), Sanjwal, in
February 1975.
d. Inspection Depot Armament (IDA), Havelian, in
November 1978. Back to Main Menu
e. Army Proof Ranges (APR), Nowshera, in August
1978.
f. Planning Team for Army Proof Ranges, Mangla, in
July 1974.
GHQ Science Laboratory was re-designated as

Central ITD Laboratory (CIL) on 19th February 1983.
In view of increased procurement activities from the
United States and China, Pakistan Army Technical
Liaison Offices (PATLOs) were raised in Washington
219
and Beijing in December 1983 and January 1993

respectively. The Post of DITD was upgraded to
Back to Main Menu

Director General ITD in April 1992. ITD was trans-
ferred from MGO Branch to GS Branch on 1st Mar
1999.
An exhaustive training policy was envisioned
which resulted in the raising of ITD School in
Inspectorate of Armament in January 2000. Army
Research and Development Committee (ARDEC) was
established in 2000 with CGS as its Patron, VCGS as
Chairman and DGITD as the Chief Coordinator. An
R&D Cell has been created in ITD Directorate to act as
Secretariat for the ARDEC.
ITD has rendered useful services to the Army not
only in the inspection of the equipment but also in pur-
suing design and development work. This R&D effort
is used for setting up in-country manufacture of stores
and components which could not be imported from
abroad due to ban imposed by the foreign countries
after 1965 and 1971 Wars. This gave impetus to indige-
nous manufacture. Back to Main Menu
Some of the more important development projects
successfully handled by the Inspectorates are:
Inspectorate of Armament
In early sixties, the Inspectorate of Armament
designed the anti-personnel and anti tank mines, and set
up the production of components in the nascent plastic
industry. The filling of these mines with explosives was
undertaken at POF. These mines were used in 1965 and
1971 Wars and based on their performance new design
220
of mines introduced. The various types of mines were

mass produced and Army became self-sufficient. This
Back to Main Menu

design and development effort of the Inspectorate saved
millions of dollars worth of foreign exchange. From
national point of view both defence and civil industries
benefited as large defence orders gave a boost to local
plastic industry, which expanded manifold and got
acquainted with the latest materials and highest degree
of quality control.
It was realized after 1965 War that we must build
up strong anti-tank defence. It thus became imperative
that anti-tank weapons and their ammunition must be
manufactured indigenously. The Inspectorate of
Armament took up this challenge and concentrated on
production of 106 mm Recoilless Rifle and RPG-7
Grenade Launcher in civil industry.
The technical know-how of these weapons was
not available and reverse engineering methods were
adopted to produce complete set of component draw-
ings and inspection gauges. The production of 106 mm
Recoilless Rifle was assigned to Pakistan Machine Tools Back to Main Menu
Factory (PMTF) Landhi, Karachi. In a short period,
mass production commenced which not only met the
entire requirement of the Army but also catered for
demand of this weapon for export purposes.
The production of Launcher Grenade RPG-7 was
assigned to an engineering firm in Lahore which, after
due guidance from the Inspectorate of Armament, set
up mass production of this weapon. To meet the grow-
ing demands of the Army, the Launcher was also put
into production at PMTF.
221
After 1965 War, large quantities of both 81 mm

and 120 mm mortar ammunition were purchased, and
Back to Main Menu

the deal was linked to the transfer of the technology of
both the ammunition and the weapons. POF was tasked
to manufacture two types of bombs and the
Inspectorate of Armament was assigned to undertake
the manufacture of the two mortars and bomb fuses in
the civil industry. It was decided that the two mortars be
manufactured in PMTF. The mortars were mass-pro-
duced and significant quantities were exported.
The fuses for mortar bomb required precision
machinery and a firm dealing with the manufacture of
watches was encouraged and financially supported to
undertake the manufacture of fuses. The empty fuses
were sent to POF for filling, which were later proof
tested at Army Proof Ranges.
The 60 mm mortar of Chinese origin was mass
produced initially with the drawings produced in the
Inspectorate by an engineering firm in Karachi, but on
availability of technical know-how from China, the pro-
duction was established at Heavy Mechanical Complex Back to Main Menu
Taxila.
Armour Piercing Sabot Tank Ammunition was
reverse engineered in 1966, from captured 20-pounder
British ammunition used by the Indian Army, and suit-
ably modified for use with 100 mm Chinese tank guns.
After extensive tests and trials the ammunition was
approved for induction in the Army. Limited produc-
tion was established in POF but soon this was discontin-
ued in favour of a superior Finn Stabilized Discarding
Sabot Ammunition designed and developed by
222
Armament Research and Development Establishment

which was created in 1973 by Ministry of Defence.
Back to Main Menu

Large quantities of this ammunition were produced by
POF, which thus enhanced the firepower of first gener-
ation T-59 tanks manifold.
Inspectorate of Vehicles & Engineers Equipment

The Inspectorate was established in 1949 with
four officers and staff of 42 assistants. Its role was lim-
ited to inspection and investigation of defects of service
equipment. In 1959, Engineers equipment and stores
were added in inspection responsibility. The
Inspectorate grew in stature till 1976 when it was for-
malized through issuance of TO&E.
In 1970, Nishan Jeep Project was assigned to the
Inspectorate which included 100% indigenous manufac-
ture of the Jeep with the help of civil industry and ven-
dors. By 1973, development work had progressed to the
extent of the production of 50 Nishan Jeeps. The proj-
ect was transferred to Mechanized Vehicles Research
and Development Establishment (MVRDE) in 1976. Back to Main Menu
Due to the induction of TOW-II and Baktar
Shikan Weapon System in the Army, a need was felt to
develop additional mounting kits. It was decided to
develop new mounting kits for TOW-II and modify the
Baktar Shikan Mounting Kits for TOW-I to be mount-
ed on Armoured Personnel Carriers (APCs) and jeeps.
The project was assigned to IV&EE and prototype kits
were developed which were approved as a result of suc-
cessful user trials. A large quantity of kits has already
been manufactured which results in saving of Foreign
223
Exchange.
Back to Main Menu

Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments
This Inspectorate took birth from Inspectorate of
Vehicles and Electronics (IV&E) on its bifurcation.
IE&I was raised on 20th July 1950. The Inspectorate
was initially performing the tasks relating to inspection
and cataloguing with limited development work.
Project ‘SAHIL’ was raised in November 1971 by the
Ministry of Defence for the indigenous development /
production of complete electronics equipment. Later on
this cell was absorbed in TO&E as Development Cell
during 1977. The spectrum of basic inspection agency
for instruments was later broadened to include electron-
ic equipment and R&D work to improve upon the mil-
itary performance of the equipment and provide a base
for indigenous development of all electronics base
equipment.
IE&I is intimately involved in all activities taking
place in the Army pertaining to electrical and electron-
ics equipment, optoelectronic and fire control instru- Back to Main Menu
ments right from its trial / indenting stage to the com-
pletion of contract. With the rapid advancement in the
field of electronics, the mission of the Inspectorate kept
on changing. It now encompasses every thing including
Radars, Computers, Guided missiles, Night Vision
Devices (NVDs), Laser-based equipment and Electro-
medical equipment etc. IE&I has also contributed sig-
nificantly in developing and improving electronic
equipment and fire control instruments for Pak Army.
224
Back to Main Menu
PART-III
CORPS OF EME IN WAR
· Chapter 8: 1965 War

· Chapter 9: 1971 War in East Pakistan
· Chapter 10: 1971 War in West Pakistan
Back to Main Menu
225
226
Back to Main Menu
CHAPTER 8
1965 WAR
“Their finest hour”
Rann of Kutch
The Rann is a flat lake of salt to the southeast of
Kutch, which turns into a veritable sea during monsoon
season. Bhuj, the capital of the State, is situated towards
west. Prior to the British, the Muslim rulers of Sind had
been receiving tributes from the rulers of Bhuj. Even
after the conquest of Sind by the British, the landlords Back to Main Menu
and cattle owners of Sind were using the entire Rann as
a pasture. Inhabitants of Kutch Bhuj could only utilize
the Rann for grazing purposes if permitted by Sindhi
‘waderas’, as there was no water for human beings or
their cattle on Bhuj side. The British made no effort to
demarcate the boundary between Kutch Bhuj and the
province of Sind, and thus the Rann remained under
traditional jurisdiction of the province of Sind, which
became part of Pakistan on 14th August 1947.
Historically, the Rann belonged to Pakistan. However,
227
India laid claim to Rann as well. In 1960 it was agreed

between the two countries that the dispute would be
Back to Main Menu

settled amicably.
India had different intentions. She had started
developing a major naval base at Khandala in the Gulf
of Kutch and connected it with rail and road with
Rajisthan and other neighboring provinces. She also
developed Naval Nagar into a sizeable air base within
striking distance of Karachi. India turned Bhuj Island
into an Army garrison and brought her troops forward
to Chvanda. Whatever other reason India had for inch-
ing forward in the Rann, the strategic advantage of the
area stood out. It was here that the combined strength
of the three Armed Services of India could be used joint-
ly to achieve quick victory.
Pakistan’s initial reaction was slow, as it was not
appreciated that India was serious about hostilities in
the Rann. Pakistan took serious notice when India con-
centrated almost a division strength of troops in the
area with deployment of its Air Force and Navy in the
vicinity of Kutch. Indian troops attacked certain posts Back to Main Menu
on the Pakistan side of the control line. Initially 51
Brigade of 8 Division was ordered to take counter meas-
ures and eject Indian forces from areas that belonged to
Pakistan. Subsequently, Major General Tikka Khan,
Commander 8 Division, moved his tactical HQ in the
area with 6 Brigade. 8 Division was ordered to maintain
status quo in the area under Pakistan’s control. If Indian
forces did not abstain from aggression, the Formation
was directed to capture and secure maximum possible
disputed area. As the Indians continued their aggres-
228
1965 War
sion, 8 Division was left with no choice except to exe-

cute the mission given to it by the GHQ.
Back to Main Menu

The plan was put into operation on 24 April
1965. Indians were chased out of the territory and 6
Brigade under the able and dashing leadership of
Commander 6 Brigade, Brigadier Iftikhar Khan Janjua,
captured Biabet deep in the disputed territory, Pakistan
had thus inflicted a defeat on the Indian forces. India,
unnerved with this outcome from the clash of arms and,
to avoid another humiliation, requested the British
Government to play an intermediary’s role. The Prime
Minister of UK, Harold Wilson, played this role and the
two Governments agreed on a line of demarcation in
the Rann. The Rann of Kutch had previously been a bat-
tleground when the Rao of Bhuj invaded Sind through
the Rann in 1762. After nearly two hundred years,
Pakistan chased the invading Indians from the same
area. Severely hurt by the defeat inflicted by Pakistan,
the Indian Prime Minister, Laal Bahadur Shastri,
declared that in the next round India will decide the
time and place of its own choosing. It was a very clear Back to Main Menu
warning to Pakistan that if ever an opportunity arose,
India was going to attack the vital areas of Pakistan.
141 Infantry Workshop Company EME ex 53

EME Battalion
During March 1965, 141 Infantry Workshop
Company ex 53 EME Battalion moved to Badin and
took part in the Rann of Kutch operations. The
Company provided EME cover to 51 Brigade Group
and elements of 8 Division in the area of operations.
229
Most of the recovery carried out during these opera-

tions was in enemy territory. The following soldiers of
Back to Main Menu

the Company were awarded C-in-C’s commendation
cards for their performance beyond the call of duty:
a. Naib Subedar AA Vehicle Muhammad Saddique.

b. Havildar Driver Recovery Jamil Khan.
c. Nike Driver Zamurad Khan.
d. Nike Vehicle Mechanic Abdul Razzaq.
On 6th September 1965, the Company moved

from Malir Cantt providing recovery and running
repair to the units of 51 Brigade on the way to Chhor.
The Company reached its destination on 7th
September. An independent detachment, which was sta-
tioned at Hyderabad, joined the main Company on 7th
September at Chhor, making sure that all the vehicles of
the Brigade were recovered during its move. This
detachment, which was commanded by an officer, was
later moved to forward area at Khokhrapar on 8th
September morning. It was made responsible for the Back to Main Menu
recovery and repair in this area for a few days. Later on,
as the Brigade was scattered in different far-flung sec-
tors, the Company was shifted from Chhor to
Khokhrapar and two small sections with repair and
recovery resources were sent to these sectors.
Throughout the operations and after ceasefire, the
Company remained distributed for economical and
speedy recovery and repair cover.
Average speed of the recovery vehicle in this area
after crossing Chhor was no more than 7 to 8 miles per
230
1965 War
hour. Driving a recovery vehicle in this area required

great skill and recovering a vehicle was a job for an
Back to Main Menu

accomplished recovery team. The disposition and loca-
tion of EME elements in the area were as under:
a. One section with one recovery vehicle and a

Contact and Emergency Team commanded by a
JCO, at Sundra. Sundra was located at a distance
of about 35 miles from Khokhrapar. It was this
section which provided repair and recovery cover
to 8 FF Battalion during its capture of Sundra.
b. One section with one recovery vehicle and a
Contact and Emergency Team, commanded by a
JCO, provided repair and recovery to all the ele-
ments at Dali and when these elements moved
toward Kilnor. Dali is about 32 miles from
Khokhrapar and Kilnor is about 40 miles from
Dali.
c. A detachment of 30 technicians of various trades,
commanded by a JCO, was set up at Chhor to give
repair and recovery cover to the rear elements. It Back to Main Menu
was also made responsible for changing the engine
assemblies, as Khokhrapar was too dusty and not
suitable for initial running of the vehicles as the
road was too sandy. Chhor is at a distance of 30
miles from Khokhrapar and 100 miles from
Hyderabad.
d. A detachment provided EME cover to elements of
8 Division at Hyderabad.
As is apparent from the above-mentioned dispo-
231
sitions, the Company was stretched over an area of

nearly 150 miles in adverse terrain and climate. Major
Back to Main Menu

(later Brigadier) Luqman Mahmood of 8 FF Battalion
narrates the following:
“Sundra is an Indian village in District Barmer,

approximately 32 miles north of Khokhrapar. It
was captured by Pak forces during the War and was
held by a mixed force of Irregulars and Mujahids.
On 28th September 1965, in blatant violation of
the ceasefire, 4 Marhattas Battalion less two compa-
nies attacked Sundra. The Mujahids put up stiff
resistance but were forced to withdraw under heavy
pressure. At 1700 hours on 28th September, 8 FF
was ordered to send a Company Group to evict the
enemy from Sundra. D Company less one platoon,
with one troop of Stewart tanks and a section of 3”
mortars, was detailed for the task and left
Khokhrapar at 1930 hours. After an eleven-hour
night drive the Company, with the troop of tanks,
reached the enemy position opposite Sundra at Back to Main Menu
0600 hours 29th September, and a firefight started.
By 1500 hours, 11 Platoon from Khumbe Ka Par
had arrived along with one Stewart tank and joined
the Company Group. At 1630 hours the enemy
position was attacked. The fight was fierce, bloody
and in the end man for man and boot for boot. It
lasted over two hours, at the end of which Sundra
and important features in the area were in D
Company’s possession. 16 enemy dead were count-
ed on the ground, many more were wounded and
232
1965 War
five officers (CO, Adjutant, two Company

Commanders and TO), 2 JCOs (including SM) and
Back to Main Menu

20 OR of 4 Marhattas were captured. Large quan-
tities of arms, ammunition, equipment and 5 vehi-
cles were also captured. Prisoners of war revealed
that the whole of 4 Marhattas was in the area, the
remaining two companies being in Boha about six
miles from Sundra. A small clash with these enemy
elements occurred next morning after which Boha
village remained clear of the enemy troops.”
Major Luqman Mahmood goes on to say:
“The 11 hours move to Sundra in MT at night
entailed a rigorous travel through difficult desert
terrain. Our move was successful only because of
the strenuous efforts of the EME detachment,
which had been provided to us by 141 Infantry
Workshop Company.”
Operation Grand Slam
On 1st September 1965 at first light, Operation Back to Main Menu

Grand Slam commenced with an attack by Pakistani
forces from the area of Bhimber. The attacking forces
comprised seven infantry battalions, two armoured reg-
iments and a component of heavy artillery. The attack
was a success; within a few hours the Pakistani forces
had advanced up to Chhamb. The Indians became des-
perate and used their Air Force, which was attacked by
PAF, and a number of Indian planes were shot down.
On the next day, Pakistani forces crossed the Tawi River
after driving back the Indian forces. After a lull of a few
233
days, success was reinforced by an attack on Akhnur

and Jaurian, which fell to Pakistani forces on the morn-
Back to Main Menu

ing of 5th September. The Indians, realizing the gravity
of the situation, launched a full-fledged attack on 6th
September on Lahore and shortly later on Sialkot to
release the pressure on the Chhamb Sector. With this
Indian attack the war began. Perhaps the best summary
of Grand Slam is in a foreign intelligence appreciation
of 1966:
“Had the Pakistani attacks been pressed home with

a greater determination and sense of urgency it is
difficult to see how they could have failed to cap-
ture Akhnur. Whether they would have held it after
the Indians took the inevitable step of further esca-
lation is very doubtful. The problem did not have to
be put to the test as later events unfolded”.
8 EME Battalion
The Battalion actively participated in the war. The
Battalion was deployed in Chhamb Jaurian, Pasrur, and Back to Main Menu
Sialkot sectors. Light Workshop Company No. 1 of the
Battalion, under the command of Major Muhammad
Shafi, had moved from the Battalion location in
Campbellpur (now Attock). The company was deployed
on 1st September with 4 Corps Artillery in Chhamb
Jaurian and Pasrur and remained with them throughout
the operations. Recovery Company of the Battalion,
under the command of Major Syed Safdar Hussain, had
also moved from the Battalion location in Campbellpur
(now Attock) and was deployed on 1st September near
234
1965 War
River Tawi. The rest of the Battalion, with the Battalion

Commander, Lieutenant Colonel Abdul Wadood Khan
Back to Main Menu

moved and deployed on 6th September at Kharian.
One Light Platoon from Light Workshop
Company No. 2, under the command of Captain
Muhammad Ameen Akhtar, was detached and moved to
Sialkot Sector. Light Workshop Company No. 1 accom-
plished its task of providing EME cover to 4 Corps
Artillery in a praiseworthy manner. The Company
Commander, JCOs and OR worked day and night with
great national pride. They were found available when-
ever they were required, whether on Gun post or by
roadside, repairing faulty equipment. They carried out
the repair under heavy enemy shelling. The Company
won the admiration of Artillery units and its work was
appreciated by the Commanders at all levels.
Recovery Company of the Battalion carried out
the recovery operations in Chhamb Jaurian Sector. The
Company accomplished the recovery tasks in a remark-
able manner. Some of the gallantry deeds done by the
soldiers of the Company recovery crew are appended Back to Main Menu
below:
a. On 6th September, Lance Nike Driver Recovery

Shah Alam, while carrying out recovery duty
across River Tawi, was attacked by an enemy air-
craft. He stopped his vehicle and lay down in the
water. The enemy aircraft attacked his recovery
vehicle using rockets. He received burst injury and
the vehicle radiator and two tires were damaged.
Immediately after the attack was over, he started
235
his breakdown and recovered the vehicles, which

were bogged down in the River. Having done the
Back to Main Menu

job he brought his breakdown safely to the post.
b. On 17th September, Driver Recovery Muhammad
Zaman was carrying, on suspended tow, a cap-
tured Indian 3-ton lorry to Back Loading Point
(BLP) Gujrat. Two 10 cwt trailers had also been
loaded in the captured vehicle. Enemy aircraft
attacked the vehicles with rockets. He stopped the
vehicle and took cover. In the meantime, the cap-
tured vehicle had been hit and had caught fire. He
immediately got up, started the recovery vehicle,
detached the vehicle on fire and drove the recov-
ery vehicle away. The aircraft again attacked the
recovery vehicle. However, he took the recovery
vehicle to the nearest clump of trees where the air-
craft could not observe it. Once the recovery vehi-
cle was safe, he pulled out the two trailers manu-
ally with the help of Craftsman Electrician Yousaf
Beg from the burning vehicle, thus saving them.
c. On 23rd September, while carrying out recovery Back to Main Menu
of an enemy tank in the forward area, a soldier
belonging to Engineers told Major Syed Safdar
Hussain, Company Commander, that three enemy
tanks were lying in FDLs opposite 8 Baluch
Regiment position. Major Safdar found out the
exact location of those tanks with the help of a
guide provided by 8 Baluch Regiment. Two of the
tanks were located in front of own FDLs whereas
the third tank was located deep in no man’s land.
The route to this tank passed through anti-tank
236
1965 War
and anti-personnel mines and was also within

effective range of the enemy’s small arms fire.
Back to Main Menu

Further, the tank was in an awkward position and
initial recovery had to be carried out in the direc-
tion of the enemy. As it was impossible to recover
the tank during daylight, the recovery was
planned to be carried out at night. Recovery oper-
ation was liable to create a lot of noise and would
have given the impression of movement of troops,
rendering the process impossible in normal course
of action. Major Safdar was determined to recov-
er the tank from right under the nose of the
enemy; he made arrangements through Engineers
to have a lane cleared from mines. Major
Muhammad Usman Khan, B Company
Commander of 8 Baluch Regiment, covering the
portion of the FDLs, provided small arms cover to
the recovery team. Having taken these precaution-
ary measures, the recovery team was led to the site
by Major Safdar on the night of 23rd September.
Recovery operation started under the personal Back to Main Menu
guidance of Major Safdar and tackles were laid
out. While the tank was being recovered and
pulled in the direction of the enemy it could be
heard that the enemy had become aware of their
presence and was taking countermeasures. In spite
of grave threat, the enemy tank AMX No. AX-325
was recovered to the position of B Company in
that night and brought into Pakistani territory the
following day.
237
Field Workshop Company of the Battalion looked

after the Corps Signal Battalion and all the newly raised
Back to Main Menu

units that passed through Kharian. These newly raised
units meant a lot of work for the Company. The equip-
ment issued by Ordnance depots to these newly raised
units needed a lot of repair and maintenance and these
units took a sigh of relief when they found that their
equipment was made battleworthy. The Company also
attended to the electro-medical equipment of
Combined Military Hospital (CMH) Kharian.
Special Workshop Company moved under the
command of Major M.I. Mirza on 1st November to
Lahore Sector to give EME cover to Corps Engineers
and 474 Engineers Group. It remained with them till
28th April 1966 and helped in the construction of a
runway in PAF Sargodha Base.
40 EME Battalion
The Battalion played a key role in 1965 war by
providing EME support to the troops of 1 Corps in
areas Kharian, Gujranwala, Lahore and Kasur. On 1st Back to Main Menu
September the Battalion less Light Workshop Company
B and Specialist Workshop Company, moved to Kharian
to provide EME cover to 1 Corps Troops and all other
units/formations passing through Kharian. On 5th
September Special Workshop Company moved to oper-
ation area with 1 Corps Engineers and provided EME
support to them and all other units located in that area.
Recovery posts were established on both the banks of
River Chenab, to cover the move of main body of 1
Corps and Corps Troops located at Kharian.
238
1965 War
On 6th September Light Workshop Company A

moved with main body of 1 Corps Troops located at
Back to Main Menu

Kharian. Light Workshop Company B located at Lahore
moved to Kasur and deployed in Steel Bagh. Due to
heavy enemy air action, the Company was moved to
Raiwind. Great difficulties were experienced during
that move, as the road remained blocked by armoured
column of the convoy. The Company was deployed
near Police Station Raiwind. On 7th September, an
M47 tank was found standing along the roadside near
railway station Athilpur. This tank was put on road by
Lance Naik Abdul Sattar of Light Workshop Company
B, despite heavy enemy air and ground action. He was
subsequently awarded Tamgha-e-Jurrat for his gallant
act and devotion to duty in the defence of Pakistan. On
12th September, Light Workshop Company B estab-
lished Back Loading Point (BLP) at Raiwind.
On 15th September the Battalion less Light
Workshop Company A, Light Workshop Company B
and Specialist Workshop Company, moved to opera-
tional area. Battalion HQ was established at Gujranwala. Back to Main Menu
On 18th September, Light Platoon ex Special Workshop
Company was detailed to provide EME cover to 10
Engineers Construction Battalion moving to Marala-
Ravi Link. On 22nd September, recovery posts were
established under orders from EME Chief Liaison
Officer 1 Corps at Shahdara and Daska. The Battalion
moved to Mailsi from Gujranwala after the war.
Lance Nike Nazir Ahmed embraced shahadat and
another was seriously injured due to enemy air action in
Kasur Sector. Both the soldiers had proceeded for the
239
collection of supplies from the Supply Point established

at Raiwind, in 1-ton Dodge vehicle.
Back to Main Menu

65 EME Battalion
The Battalion was located at Quetta as a part of 8
Division prior to its participation in Rann of Kutch
operation with the Division. By the end of May 1965,
the battalion was truncated i.e. Light Workshop
Company remained with 8 Division and the main
Battalion moved to area Kasur-Raiwind as part of the
newly formed 11 Division. The truncation remained in
effect for five months; as such, the Battalion served two
formations viz. 11 Division and 8 Division during the
war. In this context, the Battalion had the unique dis-
tinction of serving on three sectors viz. Rann of Kutch,
Kasur-Khem Karan and Sialkot. Light Workshop
Company was reunited with the Battalion on 31st
October in 11 Division area.
Participation of the Battalion in Rann of Kutch
operations began on 7th April 1965 when a light
detachment of 1 JCO and 17 OR was sent to provide Back to Main Menu
EME cover to the Infantry Battalion Group. Within the
next three days, the detachment was augmented to one
Light Platoon i.e. about 80 personnel, to provide EME
cover to the troops, which had now increased to one
Brigade Group. The Light Platoon was established in
area Naokot. By 15th April, elements of Light
Workshop Company were moved to Hyderabad to pro-
vide backup support to the Light Platoon operating in
area Naokot.
In view of the increasing demand, it was found
240
1965 War
necessary to bring the remaining Battalion from Quetta

to Hyderabad on 23rd April. To keep pace with the
Back to Main Menu

operational requirements, Light Workshop Company
was moved from Naokot to Diplo on 30th April and
then to Jatral. The remaining Battalion was moved from
Hyderabad to Naokot. This move ensured EME cover
as far forward as possible and on-the-spot repair.
During all this time, adverse climatic and terrain
conditions imposed severe strain on the equipment in
general and vehicles in particular. To give but one exam-
ple within a period of 3 weeks, 92 engine assemblies
were changed, 1681 vehicles were repaired and 36 vehi-
cles were down classified. Recovery of large number of
vehicles was carried out.
As stated above, the Battalion was truncated into
two parts i.e. Light Workshop Company stayed in area
Jatral, whereas the remaining Battalion moved to area
Raiwind-Kasur on 26th May in support of the newly
formed 11 Division. The truncation severely strained
the resources of the Battalion. The truncation was arbi-
trary since the basic organization did not cater for sep- Back to Main Menu
aration of any element for more than a week. However,
since the truncation was in overall interest of the Army,
all ranks of the Battalion got down to the added burden
of responsibility with utmost devotion and dedication.
It can be said with justifiable pride that the two forma-
tions did not feel the depletion of EME resources with
them. On the other hand, the two (truncated) elements
of the Battalion earned ungrudging praise from the two
formations. This is a tribute to the devotion and dedica-
tion to duty on the part of all ranks of the Battalion and
241
their prompt acceptance of the added responsibilities.

During the period from June to September in
Back to Main Menu

Raiwind-Kasur, inspection and repair teams were
organized to carry out inspections and on-the-spot
repair in FDLs. As a consequence of this doorstep serv-
ice, the state of equipment improved and EME earned
the praise and respect of all ranks of the newly raised
Division. In addition, week-long cadres were organized
by the Battalion to train drivers of all units in 1st line
recovery techniques and expedients. The knowledge
and practical experience of the recovery expedients thus
gained, paid great dividends during the war.
The main Battalion was located in Raiwind in the
Divisional Administrative Area. A detachment of 70
personnel under the command of 2IC of the Battalion,
Major M.A. Rizwani, was located in Kasur for carrying
out repair in forward areas. On the capture of the
bridgehead at Khem Karan, on-the-spot repair and
recovery for units in the bridgehead were facilitated.
The excellent work done by the detachment can be
gauged from the fact that 30 tanks, including 15 of the Back to Main Menu
enemy (5 Centurions and 10 Shermans) were recovered,
besides repair and recovery of a large number of B vehi-
cles. On one occasion, Major Rizwani was instrumental
in supplying ammunition at a crucial juncture to 5 FF
Battalion, when they were hard pressed under the
onslaught of the enemy in their bid to capture Khem
Karan and the bridgehead back from the enemy. The
Commanding Officer of 5 FF, Lieutenant Colonel (later
Major General) Mumtaz Khan, acknowledged this help
at the nick of time by expressing his unit’s gratitude.
242
1965 War
In recognition of the outstanding repair and

recovery work done in the bridgehead, Major Rizwani
Back to Main Menu

and two JCOs, Subedar Abdul Haq and Subedar
Muhammad Yaqub were awarded Imtiazi Sanads. Major
(later Major General, DGEME) Qazi Abid Hussain, OC
Headquarter Company of the Battalion, recalls his
experience of recovery during the war:
“5 Horse was bogged down across Rohi nullah in

San Khatra near Khem Karan. We recovered eleven
tanks. During this recovery work, our crew was
strafed at least three times, fortunately with no
casualties. There was an enemy tank in Bedian
Sector in no-man’s land in front of 1 East Bengal
Regiment FDLs. I had a very spirited JCO, a very
brave man. He said, let us recover this tank. We
walked to the tank, in front of the enemy literally
seeing us making the tackle layout. When we start-
ed the actual recovery, they opened fire. I stopped
the recovery and planned to come back at night
since we were determined to carry the tank back. At Back to Main Menu
night we recovered it. It was a PT 76 tank, which
had been knocked out by 1 East Bengal Regiment
anti-tank recoilless rifles. The tank was handed over
to the Regiment who took it to East Pakistan to be
placed in EBR Centre at Dacca as a War trophy”.
72 EME Battalion
On 5th September, Light Platoons of the Battalion
with each Brigade were boosted up with experienced
vehicle mechanics AFV and electricians AFV, spare parts
243
and Shop Sets Auto Fuel and Auto Basic. This meant
that each Platoon had 74 technicians, compared to the
Back to Main Menu

authorization of 56, to provide adequate repair cover to
each Armoured Brigade as under:
a. No 1 Platoon with 4 Armoured Brigade.

b. No 2 Platoon with 3 Armoured Brigade.
c. No 3 Platoon with 5 Armoured Brigade.
At 1930 hours on 6th September, the Battalion

less above-mentioned elements moved to Bhai Pheru.
On 7th September at 2000 hours, the Battalion moved
to Maokal Farm. On 9th September at 0000 hours the
Battalion moved to Ali Raza Bagh and the following
recovery arrangements were established:
a. 2IC of the Battalion along route Niazbeg-

Raiwind-Kasur.
b. One officer in area Prem Nagar and village
Manak.
c. One JCO on Lahore-Kasur Road. Back to Main Menu
d. Two armoured recovery vehicles to help in load-
ing tanks in the concentration area and one to
help in unloading.
During the move, the units were not sending in

any casualty reports and all recovery along the axis
Prem Nagar-Raiwind-Kasur was being carried out on
the initiative of the recovery teams. A lot of vehicles car-
rying ammunition and petrol were recovered along the
axis. On 14th September, the Battalion moved to Nizam
244
1965 War
Pura. Armoured Fighting Vehicle Repair Team repaired

seven tanks of 19 Lancers. On 15th September, five
Back to Main Menu

tanks and two Armoured Recovery Vehicles (ARV) of 5
Horse bogged down between Mastgarh and Dholan.
The seven vehicles were recovered and the ARVs were
called up from Khem Karan Sector to Mandeke.
On 17th September, the recovery teams attempted
to recover 4 Cavalry tanks but only one tank could be
recovered about 400 yards from San Khatra. 5 Horse
was provided recovery cover from Durangi to Jamke.
On 18th September, the Battalion was re-organized into
three Armoured Workshop Companies A, B and C, to
support 3, 4 and 5 Armoured Brigade Group respective-
ly. Three tanks of 6 Lancers and two tanks of 24
Cavalry were recovered. From 7th to 23rd September,
28 own and 7 enemy tanks were recovered. 88 tanks,
319 B vehicles, 12 C vehicles, 31 guns, 44 small arms
and 118 wireless sets were repaired.
Two shaheeds of the Battalion, Subedar Ghulam
Hussain and Naik Fazal Hussain laid down their lives
setting an excellent example of dedication and devotion Back to Main Menu
to duty.
87 EME Battalion
On 6th September, the Battalion was placed on 2
hours notice to move to operational area. The Battalion
moved to Daska in Sialkot Sector for operational role.
On 9th September, Light Workshop Company and
Recovery Platoon moved to Pasrur. On 12th September,
Light Workshop Company detachment moved to for-
ward area to render on-the-spot repair. Light Platoon of
245
Field Workshop Company moved to Manowali and car-

ried out on-the-spot repair at the front line. On 22nd
Back to Main Menu

September, the Battalion recovered 11 M48 tanks in
damaged / repairable condition. Repair was undertaken
and 9 tanks were repaired to battleworthy condition,
which were later issued to 24 Cavalry.
The performance of the Battalion was praised by
all. A total of 90 tanks were repaired and 22 tanks were
recovered. For the excellent performance of the
Battalion, Imtiazi Sanads were awarded to the follow-
ing:
a. Lieutenant Colonel Noor Ellahi, Commanding

Officer.
b. Major Akthar Iqbal Malik Company Commander.
c. Naib Subedar Muhammad Aslam Platoon
Commander.
96 EME Battalion
The Battalion always came up to the expectations
of its commanders and achieved commendable results. Back to Main Menu
It was involved in the Chhamb Jaurian Sector with its
parent formation, 7 Division. During the 7 Division
offensive operation for the capture of Chhamb Jaurian
and Akhnur, tanks, guns and other vehicles had to cross
River Tawi, where area was boggy and bed of the river
was soft. Numerous tanks, guns and vehicles were
bogged down along the axis of advance. The Battalion
worked day and night with dedication to recover them
and keep the routes of advance clear. GOC 7 Division,
Major General (later General, COAS) Yahya Khan, sent
246
1965 War
the following message of appreciation to the Battalion

Commander, Lieutenant Colonel Asif Ali, on 10th
Back to Main Menu

September:
“Please convey to all ranks under your command

my high appreciation of the courage and determina-
tion that they displayed in recovery of vehicles and
equipment under enemy fire and air attacks”.
During the withdrawal of 7 Division from enemy

territory to own side of ceasefire line, River Tawi was
again required to be crossed by tanks and vehicles. The
river was in high flood due to torrential rains and there
was no bridge built by the Engineers. The whole area
was littered with vehicles, tanks, guns and other equip-
ment. Recovery vehicles moved around-the-clock to
recover maximum number of vehicles and equipment.
Most of the repair was carried out on the spot by
mobile repair teams. To recover maximum vehicles and
equipment, extensive cannibalization was resorted to.
35 A vehicles, 1041 B vehicles, 1 C vehicle, 52 guns, 68 Back to Main Menu
instruments, 135 small arms, and 501 miscellaneous
equipment were repaired from 10th September to 23rd
September.
On 6th September enemy aircraft attacked recov-
ery vehicles on a site where recovery operation was in
progress. Major Mahmood-ul-Haq and Driver
Recovery Muhammad Siddique were wounded. Naib
Subedar Makhan Dad, Lance Nike Vehicle Mechanic
Lajbar Khan and Driver MT Muhammad Arbi
embraced shahadat. The wounded personnel were evac-
247
uated to Main Dressing Station and shaheeds were

buried at a nearby site, wherefrom their bodies were
Back to Main Menu

later sent to their native villages.
138 EME Battalion

The Battalion was organized for war and detach-
ments were ordered to move as under:
a. Main battalion in Lahore Cantonment.

b. Contact and Emergency Teams, one each with 22,
103 and 114 Brigades.
c. Contact and Emergency Team (A vehicles) placed
with C&E Platoon HQ, to be ready to move on
call.
d. Light Workshop Company less Light Platoon at
Mahmood Booti Bund.
e. Light Platoon ex Light Workshop Company plus
Telecomm and Radar Repair Team, at Harike
Road-Harbanspura Road Junction.
f. AFV Repair Section (centralized), at milestone 7
Wahga Road. Back to Main Menu
Repair was carried out with a speed, devotion and

hard work, which could not be visualized before the
war. The Battalion came under abnormal load because
almost all formations of the Army moved to and from
Lahore across River Ravi. There was no second and
third line recovery available for these formations. So it
was not only the battlefront of 10 Division i.e. Ravi
Syphon-Wagha-Barki sectors, but also the area lying
between Chenab-Bhai Pheru-Luliani became the
248
1965 War
Battalion responsibility.
In order to meet the requirement of spares, all the
Back to Main Menu

avenues were explored directly as far as possible. The
resources included SDD Kharian, Central Ordnance
Depot and Central Workshops at Rawalpindi and
Chaklala, 603 Combined Workshop and Ordnance
Depot at Lahore, plus local market and local engineer-
ing establishments. The vehicles could go at night to
Rawalpindi and come back in the morning fully loaded
with required stores and spare parts. It will not be out
of place to mention the following two organizations,
who helped with their know-how, workshop floor facil-
ities, man-hours and material:
a. Railway Workshop Moghalpura was of great help.

For example, manufacture of shafts for Armoured
Recovery Vehicles of the Battalion and 106 Tank
Delivery Unit, plus all types of windings and
repair to electrical equipment, and manufacture of
odd pieces and parts for 106 mm anti-tank recoil-
less rifles and medium machine guns. Back to Main Menu
b. Engineers Association Lahore, particularly
Secretary Mr. M.S. Khan, provided advice and
pinpointed the facilities for repair in the local
engineering establishments.
Battle of Lahore remained intense throughout the

period. Men had to work under constant shelling and in
most cases without any cover. As such, the whole area
of activity remained under constant enemy air threat.
Nevertheless, the adverse conditions could not deter
249
soldiers in producing wonderful results. The glowing

and shining incident in the minds of all ranks of the
Back to Main Menu

Battalion is the shahadat of Craftsman Vehicle
Mechanic Shafiq-ur-Rehman on 18th September. He
was a member of Contact and Emergency Team
attached to 114 Brigade. He was called upon to replace
the radiator of communications vehicle of 16 Punjab
Regiment. At this stage of the war, 16 Punjab was under
heavy attack from enemy and was cut off from the rest
of the units. The most valuable means of liaison with
them was the communication set. Under this condition,
he and Craftsman Vehicle Mechanic Munawar Hussain
took the team to the position of 16 Punjab ahead of
Village Dograi on enemy side of the Bambawali-Ravi-
Bedian (BRB) Canal. He replaced the radiator, helped
by his fellow mechanic and a Signal Havildar. The job
was accomplished but at the cost of his life. An enemy
shell put him to eternal sleep and injured Craftsman
Vehicle Mechanic Munawar Hussain.
Recovery cover in the Formation was organized
and posts established as under: Back to Main Menu
a. Division Recovery Post at milestone 7 Wahga

Road. HQ Division Recovery Officer was estab-
lished with this post.
b. Three recovery posts in the zone of fire, one with
each Brigade.
c. One recovery vehicle with crew provided to Strike
Force (22 Brigade).
d. Harike-Harbanspura Road Junction (location of
Light Platoon).
250
1965 War
e. Mahmood Booti Bund (location of Light

Workshop Company).
Back to Main Menu

f. HQ EME Battalion.
g. Ravi Bridge.
Later, when the mission of Strike Force became

successful and bridgehead was formed on the other side
of canal near village Bhasin, a recovery post was estab-
lished over the Bailey Bridge on the canal. As 1st line
recovery of armoured units from FDLs was not being
done effectively, the Battalion took over this additional
responsibility under instructions from the GOC 10
Division. All Armoured Recovery Vehicles and tank
transporters in the formation were pooled and placed
under centralized control of the Battalion Commander.
It necessitated shifting of Captain Altaf Ahmad Khan to
the recovery post at bridgehead. Major Moin-ud-Din
Ahmad took charge of recovery operations under the
Battalion Commander who shifted to Division
Recovery Post at milestone 7 Wahga Road. Almost all
the recovery posts were connected with telephone. In Back to Main Menu
addition two jeeps fitted with wireless sets were at the
disposal of Division Recovery Officer.
On 17th September, the following personnel were
detailed to recover a tank, which was on the skyline, on
home bank of BRB Canal: Captain Altaf Ahmad Khan,
Havildar Driver Recovery Mian Siri Jan, Driver
Recovery Kazi Kanu Mian, Sepoy GD Muhammad Sher,
and crew of armoured recovery vehicle of 23 Cavalry.
An enemy Observation Post (OP) was located in the dry
drain for directing fire on anything that came up on the
251
skyline. Recovery operation was only possible if the OP

was forced to keep down. When the recovery vehicle
Back to Main Menu

came up on the skyline, enemy started firing. But as a
result of covering fire by Sepoy General Duty
Muhammad Sher the enemy observer was not allowed
to raise his head. Therefore, the fire was not accurate
and the team was able to recover the tank successfully.
Many a time, enemy aircraft strafed recovery vehi-
cles and tank transporters, but this could not defeat the
morale of recovery crew. Driver Recovery Muhammad
Safdar was detailed on a recovery vehicle. He remained
in the forward area throughout the war. The vehicle
was strafed by enemy aircraft and was damaged. It came
for repair in the Field Workshop Company. When the
vehicle was repaired, he voluntarily took it back to the
battle area. While carrying out recovery operation on
BRB Canal, he was hit by enemy shelling on 22nd
September and lost his life. Havildar Driver Recovery
Khan Akbar, incharge of the vehicle, was wounded but
recovered from the head injury.
Captain (later Brigadier) Abdul Rauf recalls his Back to Main Menu
experience as LAD officer of 23 Cavalry affiliated with
the Battalion:
“Captain Muhammad Altaf was Division Recovery

Officer and he was always available on BRB Canal
in one of the gang huts. On the night 11/12
September, we were planning to recover our two
tanks, which were disabled by Indian recoilless
rifles on the other side of the canal. It was nearly
time of Isha prayer when suddenly we were con-
252
1965 War
fronted with Indian gun air burst. Two persons

around us embraced shahadat and both of us met
Back to Main Menu

minor injuries. It was a miraculous escape due to
the steel helmet, which took the initial brunt of
shell splinters and was never to be found. A few
splinters pierced through the collar of my overall
combination and I only received a minor scratch on
my neck. One finger of my right hand was profuse-
ly bleeding, which was all right after dressing from
the Regiment’s doctor. The night of 23rd
September will long be remembered by me, Major
Waheed Haider (OC Field Workshop Company)
and Major Mahmood Ahmed (OC Light Workshop
Company), who were directed by the Battalion
Commander to accompany me for any anticipated
recovery operations. For that entire night we were
bracketed between own and enemy gunfire till 3
AM when suddenly it was all quiet and ceasefire
commenced”.
142 Infantry Workshop Company EME Back to Main Menu

During the war, the Company was providing
repair and recovery cover to 115 Brigade in its opera-
tional area. On 7th September, to meet an unusual but
important operational requirement, the Brigade
Headquarters made a frantic and emergent demand for
60 men of the Workshop Company to act as infantry.
On receipt of this demand, volunteers were called for
the assignment. The spirit and morale of Jawans was so
high that each individual offered himself to face the
hazards of war with a view to defending the sacred soil
253
of his country. 74 men of the company were selected

and sent to Brigade Headquarters. They were grouped
Back to Main Menu

with the personnel of other battalions and formed into
a company. This company was deployed in the enemy
enclave (on home side of the River Ravi) in the Jassar
area. During the first night, they remained busy digging
trenches and taking defensive positions. In the morning,
the enemy came to know about their presence in the
enclave and subjected them to very heavy artillery fire
and air attacks, which continued for the whole day. Due
to the enemy shelling and an imminent enemy attack
they spent another sleepless night exercising proper vig-
ilance.
As the enemy failed to launch an attack on the sec-
ond day, the Company Commander planned an attack
on the enemy post in the same enclave some two miles
away from own defensive positions. The EME person-
nel volunteered to lead the attack. About half of the
EME personnel were reservists, who had remained out-
of-touch with the use of weapons for a period of five to
eight years, while several others were just recruits, draft- Back to Main Menu
ed straight from the Centre. The Company Commander
led the attack but on arriving at the objective it was dis-
covered that the enemy had already abandoned the post.
After passing two trying days and three sleepless nights,
they were relieved by an infantry company.
Field Workshop Company ex 57 EME Battalion

On 1st September, the Company moved from
Gujrat to Karianwala in support of 102 Brigade. On
2nd September, a recovery vehicle was sent near Moel
254
1965 War
to recover 4 vehicles full of ammunition for forward

troops. On the way back, one PAF vehicle of observer
Back to Main Menu

group was recovered and was repaired before dawn. 91
enemy prisoners belonging to 6 Sikh Light Infantry
arrived in rear location of 12 Punjab. The Company
provided escort and guard for these PWs from
Karianwala to Gujrat.
On 3rd September, more Indian prisoners arrived
which were put in local police station under guard.
They were all Sikhs except the officer who was a Hindu
from Maharashtara. He was crying like a child although
he was not wounded at all. At 1600 hours more Indian
prisoners came including one 2nd Lieutenant who,
unlike the one who arrived in the morning, looked
cheerful and talked freely with everyone. At 2200 hours
whole Workshop was packed and ready to move except
the Vehicle Platoon which was still busy repairing vehi-
cles to clear pending vehicles awaiting repair before
move next morning at 0300 hrs.
On 4th September, the Company moved to Moel-
Chhamb axis. During the move, enemy planes attacked Back to Main Menu
the convoy. The convoy quickly dispersed into nearby
groves, with no casualties. The Workshop was placed
under command 96 EME Battalion. On 7th September,
one recovery vehicle, which was towing a captured Jeep
of Indian Artillery commander, was strafed. The Jeep
was hit but there was no damage to the recovery vehi-
cle and the crew.
On 13th September, GHQ Recovery Group No.
1, consisting of Lieutenant Colonel A. Ali and Major
Fazal-i-Akbar came to the Company. Naib Subedar Kala
255
Khan and 10 OR of the Company were given to them.

They recovered one gun, one 0.30 Browning, one 0.50
Back to Main Menu

Browning and one final drive from one of the five hit
tanks (own) near Chhamb. On 15th September, the
team retrieved one engine, one pilot engine, one final
drive and 8 bogie wheels from the tanks near Chhamb.
On 19th September, one enemy diesel truck,
Shaktiman, was recovered to the Workshop and put in
action.
401 Army Recovery Company EME

The Company was actively involved in the war in
the Azad Kashmir (AK) Sector. The following detach-
ments were provided by the company:
a. On 5th September, one detachment each joined 8,

96 and 87 EME Battalions.
b. One detachment joined Station Workshop EME at
Jhelum on 5th September.
c. Company HQ and one Recovery Platoon rein-
forced 57 EME Battalion at Murree on 6th Back to Main Menu
September. An additional detachment was provid-
ed to 8 EME Battalion on the same day.
d. One detachment each joined 58, 59 and 60 AK
Workshops on 10th September.

EME
The Company moved into the operational area
on 31st August under the orders from HQ 3 AA
Brigade. The Company was split into three portions to
256
1965 War
provide technical cover to 13 LAA Regiment Artillery

at Peshawar and Sakesar, and 20 LAA Regiment
Back to Main Menu

Artillery at Sargodha. The main body was deployed in
an area about half a mile away from the main runway
of the airbase.
On commencement of hostilities and subsequent-
ly during air raids, the Company carried out its mission
in a satisfactory manner. Four air raids were launched
against Sargodha on 6th September and two during the
night 7/8 September. The Workshop was not hit. On
9th September, the Company was bombed at about
2230 hours with three 1000 pound bombs which land-
ed in the middle of the area but miraculously no life was
lost. The Company equipment suffered minor damage,
which was repaired immediately. The morale of all per-
sonnel remained very high.
Commander 3 AA Brigade visited the Company
few days after the bombing and ordered to change the
location of the Company because it was too close to the
vulnerable points. The new position was occupied by
1900 hours on 14th September. Back to Main Menu
7 HAA Workshop Company EME

The Company provided effective and timely EME
support to the AA Regiments of 3 AA Brigade responsi-
ble for the air defence of Karachi harbour and sur-
roundings. The Company kept all vehicles / equipment
in battleworthy condition.
CEME 12 Division
In April 1968 a Russian MI-6 Helicopter flying
257
over Murree crash-landed and was damaged. To recov-

er it and take it to a suitable place to repair it was a
Back to Main Menu

colossal task. A team consisting of Group Captain Azhar
Khan PAF and Lieutenant Colonel Akhtar Hafeez,
CEME 12 Div and Russian engineers was deputed to
carry out the job. Ordnance provided all the help to
procure / provide suitable recovery vehicle from COD
Rawalpindi. The helicopter was recovered after a great
deal of effort and was brought to a football ground near
American School. All possible help was provided by
EME Workshop to help repair the helicopter to make it
fit to fly back to Rawalpindi. While it was being
repaired, Air Marshal Nur Khan visited the repair site
and appreciated the work done by EME Workshop in
the recovery and repair of the helicopter. For the excel-
lent support given by EME Workshop, Lieutenant
Colonel Akhtar Hafeez, EME, was awarded Tamgha-e-
Quaid-e-Azam.
Back to Main Menu
258
Back to Main Menu
CHAPTER 9
1971 WAR IN EAST PAKISTAN
135/59 EME Battalion

135 EME Battalion was a part of 14 Division in
East Pakistan. The Battalion helped shipbuilding work-
shops in Narayanganj in the maintenance of ships and
boats for transportation of troops across the rivers. In
1969 the Battalion, with Lieutenant Colonel (later
Major General) Afzal Samad as Battalion Commander,
helped in the survey of all riverine craft in collaboration
with the Navy to determine their war fitness. In April
1971, 145 Infantry Workshop Company ex 54 EME Back to Main Menu
Battalion had moved from Lahore to East Pakistan and
was placed under command 59 EME Battalion. 140
Infantry Workshop moved from Jessore and joined 9
Division while 149 Infantry Workshop Company
moved from Dacca to Khulna. At the time of War, the
Battalion was disposed as under:
a. Battalion HQ at Dacca.
b. 145 Infantry Workshop Company EME (less one
Composite Platoon) in support of 14 Division
259
troops at Dacca.
c. 167 Infantry Workshop Company Comilla.
Back to Main Menu

d. 169 Infantry Workshop Company (Less Light
Detachment at Noakhali) at Comilla.
e. 135 Infantry Workshop Company EME at Sylhet
in support of 313 Brigade in area Sylhet and
Maulvi Bazaar.
f. Two Composite Platoons at Brahmanbaria in sup-
port of 27 Brigade.
g. One Composite Platoon ex 145 Infantry
Workshop Company in support of 27 Brigade
when its move to Mymensingh.
Lieutenant (later Brigadier) Nasir Mehmood gives

his account of the War:
“I was posted to 59 EME Battalion in July 1971.

Battalion HQ was in Dacca, with 145 Infantry
Workshop Company. Its two other Companies were
located in Comilla and Sylhet respectively. CO was
Lieutenant Colonel M. Asghar. Major Abdul Back to Main Menu
Qayyum was 2IC while a smart Bengali, non-EME
officer, was the Adjutant. He proved loyal till the fall.
I was assigned to 145 Infantry Workshop Company,
then commanded by Major M. Iqbal. Major
(Shaheed) Sajjad in Comilla and Major M. Siddique
in Sylhet commanded the other Companies.
The Companies were dispersed in operational areas
in small self-sustaining detachments to support var-
ied regular / adhoc Brigades of East Pakistan Civil
Armed Forces. I was further assigned to coordinate
260
1971 War in East Pakistan
a composite detachment in support of 27 Infantry

Brigade at Mymensingh (renamed as Momenshahi).
Back to Main Menu

The detachment gave effective EME support to
three infantry battalions deployed in North Sector
of Kamalpur, with one Mortar Battery, one Signal
Company, one Field Ambulance, one Field
Company Engineers and Brigade HQ. The detach-
ment was located on Agricultural University com-
pound, which was divided amongst all these units.
Brigadier Saadullah Khan commanded 27 Brigade.
Subsequently in October, HQ 27 Brigade moved to
Comilla, but the detachment was re-assigned to 93
CAF Brigade at the same station. Brigadier A Qadir,
a Baluch officer, was Brigade Commander.
The detachment comprised one JCO and 34 OR.
This detachment besides its EME role had to partic-
ipate, like other units, in anti-guerilla operation
against the Mukti Bahinis / Indian regulars operat-
ing in the Brigade operational area. All ranks
worked with remarkable zeal and patriotism in the
fulfillment of the operational duties besides provid- Back to Main Menu
ing EME cover. During my tenure with the detach-
ment, we participated in the following actions prior
to the fall:
Muktagacha Forest. This action involved local
troops at Mymensingh with about 20 persons from
EME detachment. The mission was to evict / cap-
ture the Muktis and their arms cache in
Muktagacha Forest (a den for anti-Pak forces) about
60 km from Mymensingh. The mission was accom-
plished successfully. One EME OR was wounded.
261
Brigade Commander personally congratulated the

detachment commander on the achievement. 150
Back to Main Menu

rifles, two mortars and a huge quantity of ammuni-
tion were captured. Enemy suffered ten casualties.
Four bodies of Indian regulars were recovered and
later buried in Mymensingh.
Brahmaputra River Action. Enemy continuously
used to target Brigade HQ and officers’ living area
on home side of the River from a large forest about
3 km across. A force of 100 persons including 25
from EME was formed to assault the enemy strong
point. The enemy was evicted after a stiff fight, and
calm prevailed for about a month from that direc-
tion. EME detachment suffered one Shaheed.
Phulbari Action. Around end of October an
informer told Brigade HQ about the concentration
of approximately 200 Indian regulars assisted with
Muktis (unspecified number) at a village Phulbari
approximately 100 km west of Mymensingh. OC
EME detachment was assigned the task of leading a
force, which comprised 30 EME personnel, 40 per- Back to Main Menu
sons from the Engineers Company and 30 mujahids
from Al-Badr Force. A local train was engaged to
convey own force to the general area Phulbari. We
reached there at about 5 a.m. Upon reaching the
target we found that the enemy had already sur-
rounded us. Actually it was a trap and the informer
had double-crossed us. Intense cross firing took
place. Enemy had placed Light Machine Guns on
Supari trees and was sniping. I got trapped with an
NCO of Engineers, isolated from the rest of own
262
force. Enemy fired bursts from sniper position atop

the Supari tree. Finding the protective clump of
Back to Main Menu

banana tree untenable, it was decided to quickly
disengage and dash across an open field into a rice
field and then crawl towards own position, recog-
nizable by the typical noise of MG1A3 as discern-
able from the Indian LMG. The sniper atop the tree
was killed by a burst from own G-3 rifle but LMG
could not be recovered.
However, after dashing through the field and crawl-
ing (during which four magazines of G-3 rifle full of
rounds were lost), me and the Engineers NCO
reached the end of the rice field. I lifted my head up
to call the person on MG1A3. To my horror it was
a Sikh soldier manning the LMG with others, hav-
ing captured it from our force. Without revealing
own position, we retreated and moved towards
own group of 7 persons nearby who were engaging
the enemy. Unfortunately, the 30 local mujahids
who were deployed to protect a flank defected in
the thick of action, making our position untenable. Back to Main Menu
However, by 1 p.m. the firing suddenly stopped
from enemy side. It appeared that they had run out
of ammunition and quickly disappeared. It is pre-
sumed that the enemy suffered heavy casualities,
although no bodies were recovered. Our six person-
nel embraced shahadat and five were wounded seri-
ously. Own force then returned by next morning
after an arduous journey. Despite our casualties we
managed to recover 20 rifles from the village huts
(presumably left by Muktis)”.
263
299 Aviation Engineering Battalion

In 1971, Bangladesh movement reached its climax
Back to Main Menu

and the road / rail move became almost impossible, thus
jeopardizing the supply system of ammunition / rations.
In the absence of other means of transport, MI-8 heli-
copters were used extensively. Maintenance personnel
of the Battalion played a vital role during these opera-
tions. During an air raid on Dacca airfield, four JCOs
and four OR embraced shahadat. Major (later
Lieutenant Colonel) Wali-ur-Rehman was wounded
seriously. Two MI-8 helicopters were shifted back to
West Pakistan keeping in view the operational require-
ments. At the peak of crisis, four MI-8 and four
Alouette-III helicopters were operating day and night.
On the night preceding the day of surrender, three MI-
8 and three Alouette-III helicopters escaped to Burma
with maximum permissible load of women, children
and injured persons on board. From Burma these heli-
copters were flown to Bangkok where these were disas-
sembled and shipped to West Pakistan.
Back to Main Menu
135 Infantry Workshop Company ex 59 EME
Battalion
At the time of military action in March 1971, the
Company rebelled at Comilla. Almost all the Bengali
personnel with the (Bengali) OC, Captain Ayub Ali,
were killed or defected in the military action. Only one
light detachment comprising a few Bengali personnel
located at Sylhet survived. West Pakistani personnel of
the Company, who had survived at Comilla, were dis-
patched to Sylhet by the end of May 1971.
264
The Company was re-raised in June 1971 by

Major Muhammad Siddique ex 58 EME Battalion who
Back to Main Menu

was already in Sylhet to support 313 Brigade Group ex
9 Division. In June 1971, re-deployment / re-organiza-
tion were undertaken and 313 Brigade Group came
under command HQ 14 Division Dacca. Therefore, the
Company came under command 59 EME Battalion and
was made responsible to provide EME support to 313
Brigade Group in Sylhet area. To provide effective sup-
port, repair and recovery was organized as under:
Field Repair
a. Main body with Company HQ. Khadim Nagar
Sylhet, Jantipur, Chatah and Sanamgang.
b. Heavy Composite Platoon. Maulvi Bazaar,
Kaluara and Sirimangle.
Spot / First Line Repair

a. Detachment I at Sylhet with HQ 313 Brigade.
b. Detachment II at Kaluara with 22 Baluch.
c. Detachment III at Sirimangle with 30 FFR. Back to Main Menu
Recovery
a. Recovery Post I at Khadim Nagar Sylhet, Jantipur,
Chatah and Sanamgang.
b. Recovery Post II at Maulvi Bazaar and Kaluara.
c. Recovery Post III at Sirimangle.
Local civil repair facilities were also used, as the

equipment held by the Company was inadequate to
meet the requirements.
265
Major Abid Mahmood took over the Company on

14th October 1971. A main detachment from this com-
Back to Main Menu

pany was located at Sylhet and provided EME cover to
202 Brigade located in that area. Towards the end of
November 1971, another detachment located at
Brahaman Baria providing EME cover to 57 Brigade
located in that area was also placed under his command.
As such, the Company with an extra detachment from
another Company was asked to provide EME cover to
three Infantry Brigades.
On 3rd December, the war started. On 5th
December the Company, on orders from Brigade HQ,
withdrew from Maulvi Bazaar to milestone 21 (a posi-
tion between Maulvi Bazaar and Sylhet). From this posi-
tion the Company withdrew to Sylhet town on 7th
December and joined its detachment located at Khadim
Nagar area. On 8th December, the Company changed
its location from Khadim Nagar area to Laka Tura tea
garden area. The Company remained in this location till
16th December, when general surrender took place.
Major (later Colonel) Muhammad Siddique Back to Main Menu
recalls:
“I reached Sylhet with Composite Detachment ex

169 Infantry Workshop Company in the second
week of April 1971 to support 313 Brigade Group.
I was tasked to carry out reconnaissance of Sylhet
city area to back load all civilian vehicles stranded
there and put these on road for Brigade operations.
Within four to five days I was able to back load and
put on road adequate number of civilian vehicles.
266
Necessary spare parts for the repair were collected

by breaking open of civilian shops. By 31st May
Back to Main Menu

1971 insurrection by East Bengal Regiment, East
Pakistan Rifles, the police and other paramilitary
forces was suppressed and the writ of Pakistan
Government had been restored. Towards the end of
May 1971, West Pakistani elements with light
equipment / stores / weapons under the supervision
of 2nd Lieutenant Sultan ex 135 Infantry Workshop
Company arrived by C-130 aircraft from Comilla.
Soon afterwards, a Composite Detachment was
returned to its parent Company HQ at Chittagong.
In June 1971, as a result of re-organization, 117
Brigade at Comilla, 313 Brigade at Sylhet, and 53
Brigade at Chittagong were placed under command
14 Division at Dacca. HQ 9 Division with its
Divisional Troops moved to Jessore from Comilla.
Hence 135 Infantry Workshop Company EME
came under command 59 EME Battalion at Dacca.
The Battalion was deployed as under:
Back to Main Menu
a. HQ 59 EME Battalion at Dacca with CO
Lieutenant Colonel Muhammad Asghar.
b. 135 Infantry Workshop Company at Sylhet with
OC Major Muhammad Siddique.
c. 145 Infantry Workshop Company at Dacca
Cantonment with OC Major Iqbal Ahmed.
d. 167 Infantry Workshop Company at Comilla
Cantonment with OC Major Sajjad Haider.
e. 169 Infantry Workshop Company at Chittagong
with OC Major Abid Mehmood.
267
I provided EME support to 313 Brigade by deploy-

ing bulk of 135 Infantry Workshop Company at
Back to Main Menu

Khadim Nagar Sylhet and keeping one Light
Detachment with Brigade Administration area at
Sylhet Airport.
UROs of 31 Punjab, 22 Baluch and 30 FFR were
supplemented / reinforced with EME elements ex
135 Infantry Workshop Company and converted to
Light EME Detachments to provide limited field
repair cover. This was done in view of peculiar sit-
uation of East Pakistan, as Mukti Bahini forces of
defected Bengali Troops had started ambush, mine
blast and sabotage operations. The units were
deployed quite far from each other and on diver-
gent axes. This engineering support plan proved to
be very effective.
In the first week of October 1971, 202 (Adhoc)
Brigade HQ was raised at Sylhet and 313 Brigade
moved to Maulvi Bazaar. 135 Infantry Workshop
Company also moved to Maulvi Bazaar leaving
behind Light Detachment under command Back to Main Menu
Lieutenant Niaz. In the second week of October
1971, I was posted to 169 Infantry Workshop
Company at Dacca (recently moved to from
Chittagong with 27 Brigade) and Major Abid
Mehmood was posted to 135 Infantry Workshop
Company Maulvi Bazaar. 169 Infantry Workshop
Company was located close to Dacca Airport.
Captain Wadood was OIC Workshop with me.
Soon, Lieutenant Sikander Ali joined us from West
Pakistan.
268
In November 1971, on the night of 1st Ramzan,

169 Infantry Workshop Company was tasked to
Back to Main Menu

carry out search / counter-insurgency operation at
Muhammad Nagar area of Dacca. In third week of
November 1971, 53 Brigade moved to Feni. I was
also ordered to move with the Light Detachment,
leaving behind the rest of the Workshop Company
at Dacca.
On arrival at Feni, I was ordered by 53 Brigade to
move to Noakhali for counter-insurgency opera-
tions with the help of local police force and mujahid
elements. Since no police force or mujahid elements
were traceable in Noakhali, I asked an Infantry
Platoon. An Engineers Captain with one Infantry
Platoon commanded by a 2nd Lieutenant joined me
for the operation. The operation was carried out
successfully by causing casualties of Mukti Bahini
forces. Substantial amount of arm and ammunition
were captured.
39 (Adhoc) Divisional Head Quarter was raised at
Chandpur on 20th November 1971 and was Back to Main Menu
assigned to defend a frontage of 320 km from Salda
Nadi in the north to the Burmese border in the
south. 53 Brigade, 91 (Adhoc) Brigade and 97
(Adhoc) Brigade were placed under command 39
(Adhoc) Division.
91 (Adhoc) Brigade had no regular units. The
troops consisted of rangers, mujahids and CAF. 97
(Adhoc) Brigade had only one regular battalion (48
Baluch), two companies of 24 FF, some comman-
dos, a wing of CAF, a Marine Battalion and a troop
269
of mortars. 167 Infantry Workshop Company and a

Detachment ex 135 Infantry Workshop Company
Back to Main Menu

were responsible to provide EME support to 39
(Adhoc) Division.
On 2nd December 1971 Captain Wadood of 169
Infantry Workshop Company reached Noakhali to
replace me. I moved to Dacca on 3rd December
1971 and joined my Workshop Company. On the
night of 5th / 6th December 1971, Dacca Airport
was raided by Indian Air Force planes. LAA
Regiment employed at the Airport played a heroic /
gallantry role and successfully repulsed the air
attack, besides shooting down one Indian aircraft.
Flight Lieutenant Bohtani, the pilot of the shot
down aircraft, was captured.
Indian air force continued intensive and sustained
air strikes in Dacca area, particularly at Dacca air-
port and HQ Eastern Command. Indian planes also
used Napalm bombs. One of these bombs hit my
Workshop area, causing burn injuries to some of my
troops and damage to the equipment. Lieutenant Back to Main Menu
Sikander and I miraculously survived.
39 (Adhoc) Division and 700 personnel left
Chandpur on 8th / 9th December 1971 and reached
Narayanganj on the west bank of Meghna River, a
few km southeast of Dacca. Major General Raheem
Khan with his Divisional HQ staff members includ-
ing Major Sajjad Haider, OC 167 Infantry
Workshop Company, were last to leave Chandpur
by gunboat and landing craft.
By the time the last party neared Narayanganj, the
270
two boats suffered a direct hit from an enemy air-

craft. Major General Raheem was wounded by indi-
Back to Main Menu

rect hit of splinter in his leg and was evacuated to
CMH Dacca. All other members of his Divisional
HQ except the ADC and staff officer were killed or
wounded.
Major Sajjad Haider EME got hit while jumping out
of the gunboat into the river and was drowned.
Most of the personnel of his 167 Infantry
Workshop Company who managed to reach Dacca
were in great shock on the tragic death of their
beloved OC, as he had saved their lives by putting
his own life at risk during their evacuation opera-
tion”.
Captain Muhammad Yousaf gives his account as under:
“I was posted to 135 Infantry Workshop Company

(ex 59 EME Battalion) which was stationed at
Sylhet and was providing EME cover to 313
Brigade. The Brigade moved to Maulvi Bazaar in Back to Main Menu
middle of October. 202 Brigade was raised in its
place. The OC with the Company moved with 313
Brigade and I was left with a small detachment with
202 Brigade. The war had actually started on 20th
of November. Our units fought very well. In the
first week of December, 313 Brigade had to with-
draw to Sylhet due to fall of Shamsher Nagar and
joined 202 Brigade at Sylhet. Thus my detachment
joined the main Workshop Company. We were
deployed in Malinchiva tea garden. We remained
271
there till 16th December. On 17th December we

were ordered to surrender by our Brigade
Back to Main Menu

Commander”.
Captain Niaz Muhammad gives his accounts as under:
“I was posted to 135 Infantry Workshop Company

located at Maulvi Bazaar to provide EME cover to
313 Brigade. I was on duty as duty officer in 313
Brigade operations room, when I received a tele-
phone call at about 2300 hrs on 29th November.
Captain Rafique of 22 Baluch informed the Brigade
Major about the enemy attack on his position in
Shamsher Nagar, a very important point just at a
radial distance of about 5 km from 313 Brigade
HQ. I could hear the thunderous blasts of enemy
artillery in Shamsher Nagar area. The enemy suc-
ceeded in capturing Shamsher Nagar on the morn-
ing of 1st December. The enemy was, however,
stopped to advance any more in this area till 3rd
December. Back to Main Menu
On 5th December at about 1300 hours we were
ordered to withdraw across Shadipur Ferry (20
miles on Maulvi Bazaar-Sylhet Road) and take
defensive positions. On 8th December we were
ordered to withdraw to Sylhet. We reached Sylhet
at about 1100 hours. We established our Workshop
near Malinchiva Tea Garden in Sylhet. We tried our
best to provide EME cover to the concerned units
till the unfortunate day of surrender.
On 17th December, Brigadier Asghar Hassan, the
272
senior-most officer of the area, called all officers in

Sylhet Sector at about 0800 hours at 313 Brigade
Back to Main Menu

HQ. With tears in his eyes, Brigadier Hassan
informed us about the situation and the orders
received from Eastern Command HQ. We were
ordered to surrender. The surrender took place at
about 1200 hours on 17th December on the prem-
ises of Model School Sylhet”.

EME Battalion
Major Iqbal Ahmed narrates his account as fol-
lows:
“145 Infantry Workshop Company was a part of 54

EME Battalion. The Company moved to
Chittagong on 16th April and to Dacca on 17th
May. We were assigned to support 14 Division and
units under command HQ Eastern Command. A
detachment of the Company comprising 30 persons
with equipment / spare parts was sent to Back to Main Menu
Mymensingh to support HQ 27 Brigade and its
units located in Mymensingh.
In September, HQ 27 Brigade with some units
moved to Brahman Baria. As a result, another
detachment from the Company was sent to
Brahman Baria. Later 167 Infantry Workshop
Company (located in Comilla) was given the
responsibility of supporting 27 Brigade. The exist-
ing detachment in Mymensingh was now providing
EME cover to another Brigade and its units located
273
in Mymensingh and Kamalpur.

On 7th December, on orders from CO, I selected
Back to Main Menu

two officers, some JCOs and 100 OR from 145,169
and 167 Infantry Workshop Companies for the pur-
pose of employment in infantry role. We were
deployed in the area Kach Khet outside Dacca
Cantonment to cover a gap. No encounter with the
enemy took place. While we were employed in this
area, orders for surrender were communicated on
16th December”.

EME Battalion
Major Sheikh Muhammad Jaffar narrates the fol-
lowing:
“I took over 149 Infantry Workshop Company

EME ex 58 Battalion on 12th November. The activ-
ity of the Company during my tenure of duty can be
described in two phases. During first phase, 12th
November to 6th December, the Company was Back to Main Menu
located at Jennidah in support of 57 Brigade as fol-
lows:
Repair
a. EME detachment approximately 20 strong in
general area Chudunga in support of a Battalion
Group.
b· EME detachment approximately 6 strong in gen-
eral area Khustia.
c· 149 Infantry Workshop Company EME less
274
above detachments at Jennidah.
Back to Main Menu

Recovery
a. At Chudunga located with the EME detachment.
b· At Khustia located with the EME detachment.
c· At Mogura with Martial Law HQ.
Bridge protection parties were detailed to protect

the important bridges during the night on Jennidah
- Mogura Road and Jennidah - Chudunga Road.
In second phase, from night 6th / 7th December to
16th December, the Company moved from
Jennidah to Faridpur. The move took place as fol-
lows:
The move started from Jennidah on night 6th / 7th
December. River Kamarkhali was crossed on night
7th / 8th December. Workshop was established at
Madhukhali on 8th December with a detachment of
140 Infantry Workshop Company previously locat-
ed at Mogura in support of Division troops. A
recovery post was set up at river Kamarkhali. Move Back to Main Menu
from Madhukhali to Faridpur was carried out on
night 10th / 11th December. The Workshop was
established at Faridpur on 11th to 16th December.
Various EME functions were carried out as follows:
Repair
a· A small EME element with 50 Punjab.
b· A small EME element with HQ 57 Brigade.
c· Spanner patrols operated on Kamarkhali-
Faridpur Road for on-the-spot repair.
275
d· Repair teams sent to Division troops located in

general area Faridpur.
Back to Main Menu

e· Major repair at the Workshop site carried out,
assisted by a detachment approximately 30
strong ex 140 Infantry Workshop Company
EME.
Recovery
a· A post at River Kamarkhali.
b· A post with the detachment at the site of a dam-
aged bridge on Kamarkhali - Faridpur Road.
c· A post at 9 Division HQ located in general Area
Faridpur.
EME Group located at Faridpur comprising 149

Infantry Workshop Company and a detachment
approximately 30 strong ex 140 Infantry Workshop
Company under an EME officer was responsible to
cover a vulnerable approach to Faridpur”.
169 Infantry Workshop Company EME Back to Main Menu

On 20th October Major Muhammad Siddique
took over the command of the Company which had
moved to Dacca on 30th September to support station
units and 53 Brigade. On operational move of 53
Bridge to Feni Area in the third week of November, The
Company was ordered to accompany the Brigade with
light detachment comprising approximately 25 person-
nel leaving the rest of company at Dacca. On 4th
December 1971, Major Muhammad Siddique rejoined
169 Company at Dacca on re-deployment / re-organiza-
276
tion of troops.
Back to Main Menu

50 EME Battalion
The Battalion was hurriedly flown in from West
Pakistan and deployed in penny packets. A section-
strength force of 171 Infantry Workshop Company,
located at Bogra, was assigned its secondary role of pro-
tecting an ammunition dump. During a raid, one stal-
wart of the Company embraced shahadat. The section
fought bravely and frustrated the enemy’s intentions of
destroying the dump. The Battalion took part in clear-
ing the minefield along Chittagong-Natore Road. This
operation was subsequent to the blowing up of a vehi-
cle on this road near village Laksam in 23 Brigade area.
A recovery post was established at Pabna
Polytechnic School. At the post, a recovery NCO
embraced shahadat. An OR (Sepoy Driver Recovery)
also embraced shahadat, after killing two Mukti
Bahinis.
In area Santhar near Natore, a spanner patrol
escorting a convoy of six vehicles was ambushed. Sepoy Back to Main Menu
Driver Sakhi Muhammad embraced shahadat, while the
other four took positions and killed all the four attack-
ers. Two of the four EME personnel sustained serious
injuries, which later on resulted in lifetime paralysis.
103 Armoured Regiment LAD EME

Captain Azhar Iqbal, OC 103 Armoured Regiment
LAD of 29 Cavalry under command 16 Division nar-
rates his account as follows:
277
“The Workshop was attached with 29 Cavalry

located at Bogra. The LAD manpower was distrib-
Back to Main Menu

uted among three squadrons located at different
locations. HQ 29 Cavalry was moved from Bogra
to Rangpur on 6th December. I was ordered by CO
Lieutenant Colonel S.S. Bukhari to stay with the
QM at Bogra, as it was the central place for the
Regiment. On 9th December I lost communication
with the HQ, as the main road between Bogra and
Rangpur was cut off. I contacted Major Sher who
was commanding A Squadron and was at Khustia.
He told us to join him in Natore. I moved with the
remaining men of my LAD and the QM of 29
Cavalry to Natore. I joined Major Sher on 18th
December. On 21st December, Natore was taken
over by Indian troops”.
604 Combined Workshop EME

During 1971, Lieutenant Colonel Saeed Ahmed
was the Commanding Officer. Major Munawar Shah
and Captain Behram Ali Khan were also serving in the Back to Main Menu
unit. There were 400 civilians and 100 combatants.
Majority of the workers was Bengali. The number of
West Pakistanis was about 10, who were mostly in
supervisory and clerical staff. In the combatant catego-
ry, West Pakistanis were about 40%. It was felt that the
non-Bengalis desirous of attending the Workshop would
be unable to do so for fear of violence against them and
their families. There was no arrangement for their pro-
tection as they were residing outside the Cantonment
limits. Therefore, the CO contacted Major General
278
Masud, DEME, at GHQ and requested him to dispatch

about 120 West Pakistani EME combatants and some
Back to Main Menu

key civilian workers from 501 and 502 Central
Workshops in Rawalpindi.
By 7th March 1971, the Bengali workers boy-
cotted the Workshop and the attendance went as low as
10-15. Despite total boycott by the Bengali workers, the
Workshop ensured that requisite maintenance support
to all dependant troops / units continued without any
break. Reinforcements started arriving in April 1971
and were completed in May / June 1971. Most of the
Bengalis were dismissed and about 200-250 behari tech-
nicians were enrolled. In this way, the Workshop was
made almost operative.
The Workshop worked round the clock and cer-
tain shops like Small Arms, Armament and Engine
Overhaul Assembly Line remained open day and night.
In 1970, the expansion plan of the Workshop had been
processed with OM Directorate GHQ, which was sub-
sequently accepted, and a government letter on new
TO&E was issued. The Workshop was upgraded to be Back to Main Menu
commanded by a Colonel.
Colonel Mansoor Yousaf Shah was posted as new
Commandant. He arrived in Dacca in late November
1971. Lieutenant Colonel A.A. Zuberi and Lieutenant
Colonel Shaukat Arshad Hassan were also posted to
Dacca. Lieutenant Colonel A.A. Zuberi was posted to
Chittagong to raise a new Station Workshop. Colonel
M.Y. Shah was appointed as Station Commander Dacca
and was given the duty of arranging the defence of
Dacca Garrison. On 11th December, he set up defensive
279
position covering the approach to the Garrison via rail-

way track and road. During the war, most of the com-
Back to Main Menu

batant personnel from the Workshop were taken to area
Tungi to provide manpower for the defence of Dacca.
During the war, the workshop carried out follow-
ing projects:
a. Modification of about 50 Tripod Stands of 303

Vickers was carried out for use with .50 Browning
Guns of F-86 planes, to be used in ground role.
These guns were removed from F-86 planes when
the aircraft were grounded by 4th / 5th December.
b. About 20 rocket launcher stands were manufac-
tured for use in ground role. These rocket launch-
ers had also been removed from F-86 planes.
c. Modification of dial sights for 120mm mortar was
carried out.
By the end of war, the Workshop took about 5

thousand beharis under its protection, out of which a
large number were dependents of workers of Ordnance Back to Main Menu
Factory Ghazipur. The Workshop also housed a number
of policemen and few hundred OR of Frontier Force
Regiment. Although no orders were received regarding
the disposal of equipment upon surrender, complete
workshop machinery / stores were destroyed. Captain
(later Brigadier) Behram Ali Khan gives his account as
under:
“I was posted to 604 Combined Workshop EME in

Dacca from the College of EME where I was doing
280
a course. I reached East Pakistan on 14th April

1971. The atmosphere around the workshop was
Back to Main Menu

charged with tension because most of our workers
were civilians of local origin and were terrified that
we might avenge the massacre committed by the
Bengalis before 25th March 1971. As far as my unit
was concerned I believe we were working on a war
footing. The Workshop was running day and night
and we were terribly short of classified manpower.
Later, we managed to get the workforce completed
through reinforcements from Workshops in West
Pakistan. The Workshop was then commanded by
Lieutenant Colonel Saeed Ahmed, an officer with
an unlimited capacity to work. I was acting as
Officer Incharge Specialist Platoon and was also
looking after the Light Vehicles Field Repair Section
and the Small Arms Section.
In November, the unit was taken over by Colonel
Mansoor Yousaf Shah and Lieutenant Colonel
Saeed Ahmed became the Deputy Commandant. It
would not be fair if I fail to mention here that Back to Main Menu
Colonel Shah was the bravest, the most determined,
the most God-fearing and the best commander that
I have seen in my short span of service. The war
caught us in December and we were extremely
lucky that Colonel Shah was at the helm of affairs.
Not for a single moment did we feel despondency
and dejection or the fear of the unknown. Colonel
Shah personally set the example for the men to con-
duct themselves.
He later on took over as the Station Commander
281
Dacca in addition to his Workshop duties. He

organized the defence of Dacca Garrison and on 11
Back to Main Menu

December, we went into defensive positions cover-
ing the railway track and a mile-long section of the
road to Tungi Bridge. The morale of the men was
extremely high and every day that passed, we
improved our positions and managed to get more
firepower. A few examples of our firepower
resources were: a battery of 3.75 Guns, a broken
down tank with the gun in excellent working con-
dition, and a few odd anti aircraft guns to be used
in anti-personnel role as and when required.
Throughout the period of our deployment, HQ
Eastern Command kept on informing us that we
would be making contact with the Indians soon but
that never happened. On the morning of 16th
December, to our utter surprise and misery we
learned that we had to move back to Dacca as all
was up.
My JCO Subedar Farid who was with me in the
point platoon that very evening had a heart attack Back to Main Menu
and died. A noble son of the soil, I am at a loss of
words to honour the excellent work that he had
constantly done. The genius with which he devised
the washer of reducing valve of the Boyle’s
Apparatus kept our hospitals running not only at
Dacca but all over East Pakistan. Such devotion to
duty ought to be taken note of and honoured. I
hope that the authorities do something for the fam-
ily of this great soldier, lest he should hold us
responsible for their misfortune on the Day of
282
Judgement.
Our machine shop supervisor Mr. Ali Ahmed was a
Back to Main Menu

workman of a rare caliber. When the ejectors of the
Chinese antiaircraft guns belonging to 6 LAA
Regiment broke, he expertly cut one out, shaped it
and twinned it with the injectors and asked the
Regiment to try it out. I believe they shot down an
aircraft with that very barrel the next day. There
are various inventions that can be attributed to this
fine man.
The Tank Shop Supervisor Mr. Mehmood and the
Tank Electrician Mr. Peter both need to be men-
tioned here for the excellent work that they did
during the war”.
Colonel (later Brigadier) Mansoor Yousaf Shah,

Commandant 604 Combined Workshop EME, recalls:
“I arrived in Dacca Cantonment on 12th November

1971. I had previously served in 604 Combined
Workshop as CO from February to November 1963 Back to Main Menu
when I was selected for the staff course at Quetta.
The Workshop was located in Dacca Cantonment
adjoining the Ordinance Depot. The mission of the
Workshop was to carry out base repair of A vehicles
(M24 light tank, PT-76), B vehicles, artillery and
mortars, small arms, wireless equipment, and
instruments.
There were sheds with galvanized iron sheets for all
sections. B vehicles were repaired in a large shed to
counter the rainy season. The instrument section
283
was air-conditioned. The Workshop had a machine

shop and ancillary sections. Stores, if not available
Back to Main Menu

from the Ordnance, could not be procured through
local purchase. The skill of the personnel was some-
what lower than the other combined workshops.
The Workshop had been provided a section with an
LMG for perimeter defence of Dacca Cantonment.
There was noticeably no pressure for the repair of
vehicles and equipment. Even after 21st November
Indian attack in Jessore Sector in which the enemy
had employed an Infantry Brigade supported by a
tank regiment and casualties were inflicted upon
own troops and M24 tanks were damaged and
destroyed, there was no noticeable increase in rear-
ward evacuation of battle casualties.
In the room next to mine in the Mess, Mrs. Khalida
Zia had been detained. A section provided guard.
Her husband was Major Zia-ur-Rehman who was
21C 8 East Bengal Regiment located at Chittagong.
8 East Bengal could not be disarmed under
Operation Search Light which commenced on the Back to Main Menu
night 25th / 26th March. Major Zia-ur-Rehman
murdered his CO Lieutenant Colonel Rashid Janjua
and other officers and JCOs who belonged to West
Pakistan. From Cox bazaar, he made the first radio
broadcast declaring Independence of Bangladesh
and himself as provisional C-in-C of the armed
forces of Bangladesh.
After the enemy attack, Colonel Ghulam Hussain
who was Station Commander Dacca was posted to
Chittagong to organize the defence there. I was
284
appointed Station Commander Dacca in addition to

my existing duties.
Back to Main Menu

As Station Commander, my duties included coordi-
nation of defence of Dacca. I discovered that there
was not even an infantry battalion in Dacca. The
only troops available were HQ Eastern Command
and rear HQ 14 Division. The reserve Infantry
Brigade had been dispatched to Comilla from Dacca
to strengthen the defence in that area. The only
infantry troops were HQ troops and an SSG
Company.
There was no daily briefing in HQ Eastern
Command. One would learn from TV broadcasts
that Lieutenant General Niazi had visited 14
Division HQ at Comilla, 9 Division HQ at Jessore
and 16 Division HQ at Natore. The full comple-
ment of Artillery, Engineers, Signal equipment and
notably armour were not available to the Divisions.
On the night 4th / 5th December, Indian air force
bombed Dacca and we learnt that we were at war.
Jessore fell to the enemy and on 6th December, four Back to Main Menu
EME officers of 58 EME Battalion located at
Jessore arrived at Dacca. The Battalion had with-
drawn to Khulna. The officers had been transport-
ed by a gunboat. They made vain efforts to contact
their CO Lieutenant Colonel Tahir Khan at Khulna.
They were taken on the strength of the workshop
and Eastern Command was informed about their
arrival.
PAF flew sorties on 5th and 6th December and
destroyed some enemy aircraft. 6 LAA Regiment
285
also shot down some enemy aircraft. By the evening

of 6th December enemy aircraft were successful in
Back to Main Menu

creating craters in the runways of the airfield, after
which no PAF aircraft could take off.
On the night of 7th December Brigadier Shafi,
Logistic Area Commander, was given command of
23 Brigade of 16 Division replacing Brigadier
Ansari. Lieutenant General Niazi moved from GOC
house to the residence of the Logistic Area
Commander but did not fool the Indians who were
aware of this move through the Mukti Bahini. This
house was located close to the Ordnance Officers
Mess.
Brigadier Jarrar Zaidi, Lieutenant Colonel Kamal
and some civilian staff arrived at Dacca
Cantonment from the Ghazipur Ordnance Factory
as the enemy had dropped a para battalion close by.
Enemy aircraft flew overhead during the day bomb-
ing and strafing but did not cause much damage to
our positions. It was clear that the enemy aircraft
would not allow movement of convoys to reinforce Back to Main Menu
existing defensive positions.
14 Division Engineer Battalion had been deployed
in dead ground to defend approaches to Dacca. On
11th December, I requested HQ Eastern Command
that 604 Combined Workshop may be deployed in
the defence of Dacca. 5 officers and 120 military
personnel were deployed on the forward edge of
Tejgaon airport under the command of Colonel
Mazhar Yasin, Colonel Staff 14 Division. The posi-
tion of this party was about two miles ahead of the
286
Engineer Battalion and was on high ground and

gave a field of fire of approximately 600 yards. The
Back to Main Menu

frontage was approximately 400 yards from the
edge of the airfield to the railway line and the
Dacca-Tungi Road ran through this position. The
position was occupied on 12th December.
On the evening of 12th December, FIU was placed
under my command, and later a section of four
120mm mortars. The mortars did not have any
sights but arrangements were made using a field cli-
nometer and a compass to align the mortars. After
another day, an M24 light tank, which had arrived
in the workshop for repair, was also deployed. Anti-
personnel mines were laid in front of the trenches.
The position was, therefore, quite strong. Every
evening we would receive a message from Colonel
Mazhar Yasin that contact with the enemy was
imminent. However, no contact was made, barring
some probing done by the enemy.
Enemy aircraft, in their effort to bomb the Logistics
Area Commander’s House where Lieutenant Back to Main Menu
General Niazi was residing, missed their target and
the 1000-pound bomb hit the Ordnance Officers
Mess and the Bhashas of 604 Combined Workshop.
There was a crater 50 feet wide and 30 feet deep.
Fortunately, no life was lost. The explosion created
a 3 feet diameter hole in the roof of my room and
also Mrs. Khalida Zia’s room rendering them unin-
habitable.
On 16th morning, I received a telephone call from
HQ Eastern Command. GSO-2 stated that ceasefire
287
had taken place. When queried whether it was a

ceasefire or surrender, he repeated that it was cease-
Back to Main Menu

fire. When asked about the disposal of troops, I was
told to take orders from Colonel Mazhar Yasin. It
took a couple of hours to locate Colonel Yasin and
he directed the Workshop to return to its location.
During this time the FIU, Mortar Section and the
tank had started to pull out. When we arrived at the
Workshop, it was about midday. Without any
instructions from Eastern Command the Workshop
carried out the destruction plan. Destruction of
equipment by EME personnel whose function is to
restore equipment to health was indeed painful, but
it was far less than the pain of the loss of half of our
beloved country.
All books and photographs were burnt. Tool store
was set on fire. Wire ropes were sawn. The controls
of machinery were jammed and broken. Sand was
put in the sumps of engines under repair. Injectors
of mobiles were removed and thrown away.
Currency notes were burnt. Weapons were not dis- Back to Main Menu
abled, as it was thought that there might be a need
for them later on”.
Pakistan Ordnance Factory Ghazipur

POF Ghazipur, which had been under siege since
3rd March 1971, was finally taken over by the Mukti
Bahini in collaboration with the workers, MODC and
two platoons of 2 East Bengal Regiment on night 28 /
29 March 1971. The rebels indulged in indiscriminate
massacre of West Pakistani officers, non-Bengali men
288
and their families. Brigadier Muhammad Karim Ullah,

one of the first four EME officers commissioned in
Back to Main Menu

October 1947 in Rawalpindi, was Resident Director
POF Ghazipur and was in Dacca that night. His account
of the capture of POF Ghazipur is as follows:
“On 29th March 1971 I requested Brigadier M.L.

Jillani to provide me troops to retake the factory
and try to save the West Pakistani civilians working
in the factory. I was told to contact Brigadier
Jehanzeb Arbab who was taking 8 Baluch regiment.
The regiment had arrived at 0200 hrs that morning
to Joydebpur in close vicinity of Ghazipur to disarm
2 East Bengal Regiment, which had rebelled. The
troops moved at around 1310 hrs. The Battalion
drew scattered fire on reaching location of 2 EBR.
However, it was soon cleared and Battalion location
was reached. The personnel of 2 EBR had deserted
with all arms and ammunition after killing all the
West Pakistani officers and men.
I immediately requested for one Company ex 8 Back to Main Menu
Baluch to clear the POF. The request was granted
and I moved off towards the factory. Resistance was
met near the approach to the factory and from the
fenced perimeter of the factory which was cleared
by the recoilless rifles of the Company. On seeing
our determination and realizing that we meant busi-
ness, most of the rebels fled.
We entered the factory and started combing the
area to flush out rebels. By nightfall we had cleared
one-third of the factory after killing at least two
289
dozen rebels. Luckily the 19 Chinese experts resid-

ing in the factory had not been harmed. I moved all
Back to Main Menu

the 300 West Pakistanis / non-Bengalis to the
cleared area for the night. During the night sniper
fire on us continued and in response we fired back,
killing three of the snipers.
The next morning we searched block by block,
house by house. A number of bodies of West
Pakistani officers, men and non-Bengali men and
families were found. During the sweep operation, a
number of firefights took place with the rebellious
MODC. Eventually, they were flushed out and
about seven of them were killed.
It took another two days before we could secure the
complete factory and then the work of evacuating
the West Pakistanis and non-Bengalis started. By
3rd April 1971 the West Pakistanis had been flown
out and the non-Bengalis had established them-
selves in secure places of their choice in Dacca and
elsewhere.
To prevent any vengeful action by the West Back to Main Menu
Pakistani troops against the trapped Bengali person-
nel including their families, they were shifted to a
protected area under strict orders to all troops not
to harm them in any way. They were eventually
evacuated to Dacca from the factory area, out of
harm’s way”.
290
Back to Main Menu
CHAPTER 10
1971 WAR IN WEST PAKISTAN
Aviation Engineering EME Units

On 7th December, an L-19 was completely burnt
up after being hit by enemy aircraft. Pilot was killed and
so was Havildar (Radar Technician) Muhammad Ashraf.
This was the first battle casualty of 199 Aviation
Engineering Battalion. The aircraft belonged to 1 Army
Aviation Squadron and was flying in Sialkot area when it
was hit. 503 Aviation Base Workshop at Dhamial played
a key role in undertaking repair of major assemblies and
allied equipment. Two Sitara-e-Imtiaz (Military), two Back to Main Menu
Tamgha-e-Imtiaz (Military) and 18 Commendation
Cards were awarded to Army Aviation School.
299 Aviation Engineering Battalion

In 1969, MI-8 and Alouette-III helicopters were
moved to East Pakistan for operational commitments.
In February 1970, two MI-8 helicopters were shipped
to East Pakistan with one officer, five JCOs and thirty
OR. As the situation deteriorated further, four more
MI-8 helicopters were moved to East Pakistan with
291
additional manpower and equipment. These elements

provided support for heliborne operations of SSG and
Back to Main Menu

Infantry, border reconnaissance including Chittagong
Hill tracks, flood relief operations in 1970 all over the
country including islands of Hatian Bhola etc.
In 1971, Bangladesh movement reached its climax
and movement by road and rail became almost impossi-
ble thus jeopardizing the supply line of ammunition and
rations. MI-8 helicopters were used extensively
throughout these operations. Maintenance personnel of
299 Battalion played a vital role during these opera-
tions. During an air raid on Dacca airfield, four JCOs
and four OR of the battalion embraced martyrdom.
Major (later Lieutenant Colonel) Wali-ur-Rehman was
also injured seriously.
Two MI-8 helicopters were shifted back to West
Pakistan keeping in view the operational requirements
on this side. At the peak of crisis, four MI-8 and four
Alouette-III helicopters were operating in East Pakistan.
This feat was only possible due to the maintenance and
serviceability standards throughout these operations Back to Main Menu
under adverse conditions. However, on the day of sur-
render, three MI-8 and three Alouette-III escaped to
Burma with max permissible load of women, children
and injured persons on board. From Burma, these heli-
copters were flown to Bangkok where these were disas-
sembled and shipped to West Pakistan.
40 EME Battalion
On 23rd November 1971 when emergency was
declared, the Battalion was tasked to provide EME
292
1971 War in West Pakistan
cover to 4 Corps Troops. Employment of various com-

panies of the Battalion was as under:
Back to Main Menu

a. On 23rd November, 2 Corps Troops Workshop
Company moved from Okara Cantonment to
operational area, establishing Workshop at Nath
Khalso, Lahore-Multan Road milestone 29.
b. On the same day (23rd), one recovery post was
established at Niaz Beg, Lahore-Multan Road
milestone 8, and another at Walton-Ferozepur
Road-Amar Sidhu crossing. One Contact and
Emergency truck was detailed to carry out run-
ning repair en-route.
c. On 24th November, one recovery post was estab-
lished at Manga, Manga-Raiwind Road, and
another at Chunian, Chunian-Thiuzi Road. One
Contact and Emergency truck was detailed to
carry out running repair between Bhai Pheru and
Raiwind. Another Contact and Emergency truck
was detailed to carry out running repair between
Bhai Pheru and Chunian. Back to Main Menu
d. Recovery post at Walton-Ferozepur Road-Amar
Sidhu crossing.
e. A detachment of 3 Special Workshop Company
was established at T Junction Lahore-Kasur Road
near Raiwind which provided all types of EME
support on priority basis to the units located in the
area.
51 EME Battalion
On 23rd November, when emergency was
293
declared, the Battalion was located in Peshawar. The

Battalion moved from Peshawar to Bahawalnagar with-
Back to Main Menu

out seeing any action. The chronology of move is as
under:
a. 27th November Hasanabdal-Havelian Road.

b. 4th December Katha Village, Khushab.
c. 5th December Sargodha Camping Ground.
d. 6th December Divisional Administrative Area
(Pattoki-Chunian Road).
e. 9th December Divisional Administrative Area
(Dipalpur-Pakpattan Road milestone 10).
f. 21st December Divisional Administrative Area
(Bahawalnagar-Arifwala Road milestone-2).
52 EME Battalion
The Battalion took over its operational duties in
Sialkot. The following were the locations of the
Companies:
a. 142 Infantry Workshop Company on Classwala Back to Main Menu

Road near Pasrur airfield.
b. 144 Infantry Workshop Company at Nanglian vil-
lage near Pasrur. The Company shot down an
enemy aircraft.
c. 146 Infantry Workshop Company in Dhamtal
area.
During the war, 1 A vehicle and 57 B vehicles

were recovered. In addition to the routine recovery, 3 B
vehicles were recovered from operational area and 2 B
294
vehicles were recovered from captured area. An Indian

Minesweeper was also recovered.
Back to Main Menu

53 EME Battalion
147 Infantry Workshop Company of the Battalion
moved to Chhor to support 55 Brigade of 18 Division.
It was placed under command CEME 33 Division and
reverted to command of the Battalion in 1973. The
Battalion with 141 and 148 Workshop Companies was
deployed at Rahim Yar Khan. 178 Infantry Workshop
Company ex 91 EME Battalion was placed under com-
mand of the Battalion in this Sector. Lieutenant Colonel
Muhammad Amin and Lance Naik Agha Qamar Ali
were awarded Imtiazi Sanad for their distinguished per-
formance.
55 EME Battalion
The Battalion was deployed in Kasur Sector with
11 Division. Deployment of various elements was as
under:
Back to Main Menu
a. 65 and 126 Infantry Workshop Companies (less
Composite Platoons) were located in Divisional
Administrative Area. 139 Infantry Workshop
Company was at Khudian.
b. One Composite Platoon each with A, B and C
Brigades ex 65, 126 and 139 Infantry Workshop
Companies, respectively.
c. One detachment each with 8 FF, Z Force and
Engineer Battalion.
d. One recovery post by 139 Infantry Workshop at
295
Kailon and another by 65 Infantry Workshop

Company at Kasur Road.
Back to Main Menu

e. Back Loading Point was established by 126
Infantry Workshop Company at Railway Station
Raiwind.
Recovery vehicles were provided to all Composite

Platoons and detachments. All Workshop Companies
manufactured tin sheet covers for vehicle headlights and
the vehicles reporting to Workshop were fitted with
these covers. During the war, a total of 52 vehicles were
recovered and 7 vehicles were evacuated. 2 Engines of
M48 tanks of 4 Cavalry were replaced on-site. Two
Indian 1 Ton Dodges were recovered and made usable
after executing necessary repair. There were a few inci-
dents of shelling / strafing on Composite Platoons, for-
tunately with no casualties.
60 EME Battalion
The Battalion provided EME cover to the brigades
and units of 23 Division located at Kotli, Bhimber and Back to Main Menu
Padhar / Bhagowal Sectors. The Battalion did an out-
standing job of recovery and repair of enemy tanks. By
16th December, 28 Cavalry received 11 enemy tanks.
During the war, a total of 564 vehicles were repaired
and 107 vehicles were recovered. In addition to the
vehicles 111 signal equipment, 113 small arms and 127
instruments were also repaired. 6 Sherman tanks of 11
Cavalry were repaired in situ and engines of 2 Sherman
tanks of 26 Cavalry were changed.
During recovery operations, Naik Mumrez was hit
296
by a splinter and suffered severe injuries. On night of

20th December, 67 Light Infantry Workshop Company
Back to Main Menu

recovered a tank belonging to 28 Cavalry from no
man’s land. The protection of the tank was arranged
through two fighting patrols from 3FF.
80 EME Battalion
The Battalion moved to Pasrur Sector to provide
EME support to 6 Armoured Division. During the war,
an Indian Army Minesweeper tank was recovered with
the assistance of the local Infantry unit and was back-
loaded to Rawalpindi. Minesweeping equipment had
been mounted on an original Russian T-55 tank with its
complete firing armament, control instruments and
communication system.
91 EME Battalion
The Battalion was extensively moved during the
course of war. Movement of various elements is high-
lighted below:
Back to Main Menu
a. Battalion HQ was moved from Khanpur to
Sahghi, Hyderabad and Goth Fateh Muhammad.
b. 177 Infantry Workshop Company was moved
from Khanpur-Zahirpir Road to Khairpur,
Hyderabad, Sufi Faqir and Goth Fateh
Muhammad.
c. 172 Infantry Workshop Company was moved
from Baghdad (near Bahawalpur) to Chishtian,
Hasilpur, Sahiwal, Sharaqpur, Qila Sobha Singh
and Pasrur.
297
d. 178 Infantry Workshop Company moved from

Khanpur-Zahirpir Road to Sadiq Abad with 70
Back to Main Menu

Brigade Group.
General Abdul Waheed Kakar, COAS, commented

on the role of EME during the war, as follows:
“I was Brigade Major with 105 Independent

Infantry Brigade Group during the war. The
Brigade was located in general area Sulemanki. In
our area of operation, an Indian bulge separated the
disposition of my Brigade. This separation mandat-
ed that EME support should also be divided into
two. Accordingly 134 Infantry Workshop Company
EME was split into two. Despite this unnatural divi-
sion, EME did the job. They executed repair and
carried out recovery right from the battle field.”

On 29th November, on announcement of general
mobilization, the Company left its peace location and Back to Main Menu
established recovery posts at Shahdara, Pattoki,
Chhanga Manga, Sahiwal, Chicha Watni, Mian
Channu, Khanewal, Multan, Bahawalpur, Niaz Beg,
Balloki, Jhang, Arifwala, Vehari and Islam Head Works.

The Company was raised in December 1971 at
Hyderabad and was placed under technical control of
Quetta Logistic Area. Approximately 80% of the unit
consisted of reservists called during the emergency.
298
121 Armoured Regiment LAD Guides Cavalry

Narrating his experience during the war, General
Back to Main Menu

Muhammad Yousaf Khan, VCOAS, says:
“Our Armoured Regiment LAD performed won-

ders during this period. In addition to other respon-
sibilities, I was also the Mechanical Transport
Officer (MTO) of the regiment. We were deployed
in general area Chhor-Mirpur. During move, a
number of our tanks bogged down in the desert.
These tanks were recovered post haste. Similarly,
breakdowns were tackled in situ and day-and-night
efforts were put in to repair them expeditiously. All
this activity took place under an adverse air situa-
tion. We suffered a number of air attacks, but our
technical fitness was of the highest order. Although
we had old equipment, our mobility was excellent.
As Regimental MTO I had full faith in the ability of
my LAD to deliver. My LAD people were very
responsive”.
Back to Main Menu
Station Workshop EME Hyderabad
The Workshop was raised during the war as an
adhoc arrangement. Captain (later Major General,
DGEME) Sikander Hayat recalls:
“On the outbreak of 1971 war, this Workshop was

raised on an adhoc basis to provide EME cover to
the units operating in Badin / Chhor Sector and the
units of 33 Division moving in from Quetta to this
Sector. I was posted at 602 Combined Workshop. I
299
was directed to take a Detachment consisting of one

JCO, one Civilian Workshop Supervisor and 18
Back to Main Menu

Civilian technicians ex 602 Combined Workshop
and set up a Workshop in Hyderabad Cantonment.
I selected an open area behind 147 Infantry
Workshop Company and set up my Workshop
there. There was a tremendous load on this
Workshop and the Civilian personnel worked with
great zeal and dedication, working day and night to
ensure that all equipment reporting to the
Workshop was repaired expeditiously. 147 Infantry
Workshop Company could not provide much tech-
nical assistance to this Workshop as it was deployed
in a tactical role and would also be used in an
Infantry role if the need arose. During the course of
the War, an Indian Gnat aircraft was shot down
near the Workshop. 147 Infantry Workshop
Company captured the pilot. There were a number
of air attacks in our general location; however there
was no damage to this unit. The unit was disband-
ed after the war”. Back to Main Menu
300
Back to Main Menu
PART - IV
SELF RELIANCE AND

CUTURAL ACTIVITIES
· Chapter 11: Defence Production and UN Missions

· Chapter 12: Sports, Reunions and Officers Mess
Back to Main Menu
301
302
Back to Main Menu
CHAPTER 11
DEFENCE PRODUCTION
AND UN MISSIONS
“Strength through self-reliance”
Defence Production
To keep pace with rapidly changing technologies

in the field of armament, research and development
establishments play a vital role in ensuring combat wor-
thiness of military hardware. Self-reliance in the field of Back to Main Menu
defence production is a vital necessity for maintaining
national independence and sovereignty. This capability
has assumed much greater significance in today’s world,
and has become even more difficult to acquire, because
the Western world links political issues with the acqui-
sition of self-reliance.
The following organizations have been set up in
which Corps of EME has made significant contribution:
303
Defence Science & Technology Organization

(DESTO)
Back to Main Menu

It was established in 1963. It undertakes applied
and innovative defence-related research and develop-
ment. To accomplish this task, it has three main labora-
tories at Chaklala, Karachi and Chattar. These laborato-
ries deal with various disciplines like bio-defence,
propulsion, aerospace, ballistics, aerodynamics, elec-
tronics, propellants, and metallurgy. Since 1998, this
institution has been mostly headed by general officers
from the Corps of EME.
Armament Research & Development

Establishment (ARDE)
ARDE was established in 1974 to undertake
research and development activities relating to weapons
and ammunition. It has successfully developed APFSDS
ammunition, which is now in production with POF
Wah. It has also developed practice ammunition for
tank guns. Practice rounds for larger caliber tank guns
are presently under development. The Establishment Back to Main Menu
also conducts / participates in the technical evaluation /
trials of weapons and ammunition planned to be induct-
ed in the Armed Forces. It is mostly officered by EME.
The unit also participated in IDEAS-2000 and IDEAS-
2002, International Industrial Exhibitions. The dis-
played products of ARDE were widely appreciated by
participants from friendly countries.
304
Defence Production and UN Missions
Military Vehicles Research and Development

Establishment (MVRDE)
Back to Main Menu

MVRDE was raised on 13 November, 1972 at
Rawalpindi. Initially, it was established in embryonic
form as Project Chiltan under Director General
Munitions Production (DGMP). In November 1972,
the project was renamed as Fighting Vehicles Research
and Development Establishment (FVRDE). The present
designation was adopted in May 1977.
MVRDE is responsible for study of industrial
potential of the country to utilize it for indigenous
defence production. It also carries out technical trials
and evaluation of vehicles and equipment. A contingent
of MVRDE is represented every year in Pakistan Day
parade and Defence Day parade in Islamabad. The
establishment has also participated twice in
International Defence Exhibition (IDEAS) in the year
2000 and 2002. At the occasion of Formation
Commanders’ Conference, a display of prototypes and
indigenously developed equipment is conducted by the
establishment. Since its inception, MVRDE has been Back to Main Menu
headed by a General officer from the Corps of EME.
Being a premier R&D establishment, MVRDE is a
busy place and already boasts an impressive array of
projects in a bewildering variety of areas. A complete
account of the projects would require an entire book of
its own. However, a brief categorized list is given below
to show the diversity and quantity of work done at the
establishment.
a. Bridging Equipment. This includes but is not lim-
305
ited to Ribbon Bridges, Flexible Mobile Launch

Bridges, Heavy Mechanized Bridges, Short and
Back to Main Menu

Medium Span Armoured Vehicle Launched
Bridges etc.
b. Combat Vehicles. Infantry Combat Vehicle,
Armoured Personnel Carrier, Armoured Recovery
Vehicle, Retrofitting of Tanks etc., fall in the
research work in this domain.
c. Trailers. R & D work on different types of trail-
ers, tank transporters and missile and torpedo car-
riers is also carried out in this organization.
d. Shelters. Shelters for a variety of military equip-
ment are designed and developed under this set
up.
e. Minefield-Breaching Equipment. Designing and
fabrication of minefield breaching equipment is
also undertaken by this unit. The unit has devel-
oped Track-Width Mine Plough, Mine Plough for
different tanks and has made improvements in
many previous designs.
f. Mobile Units for Field Maintenance and Support. Back to Main Menu
This unit has indigenously developed variety of
mobile utility trolleys, mobile workshops, water
carriers of different capacities, Air craft fuel serv-
icing tank, and mobile Armoured Vehicle
Launched Bridge Workshop etc.
g. Water Crafts. Boat Bridge Erection, Retrofitting
of Aluminum Boats, and Glass Reinforced Plastic
(GRP) Boats also fall in the domain of research
work of this institution.
h. Mobile Folding Towers. Aerial Mast, Very Small
306
Aperture Terminal (VSAT) Dish-Antenna Trailer

etc. are also the responsibility of this organization.
Back to Main Menu

j. Conversions and Modifications. This unit hase
also carried out conversion and modification in
military equipment including vehicles, bridges,
trailers and transporters etc.
k. Miscellaneous. A variety of other military equip-
ment is covered under this heading. For example,
Missile Launchers, Railway Loading Ramps,
Smoke Screen kits, Signal Racks, Nishan Jeep are
some of the many works completed by this unit.
Margalla Electronics
Margalla Electronics was established in 1985
with the mandate of progressive assembly and rebuild
of radars and electronics equipment. They have so far
assembled a number of Low-Altitude Aircraft
Detection Systems (LAADS), Giraffe Radars, Sky
Guard Air Defence Radars and Encryption Sets.
Margalla Electronics is also carrying out depot-level
maintenance of the above radars under the command Back to Main Menu
of EME officers.
Heavy Industries Taxila (HIT)

Heavy Rebuild Factory (HRF), subsequently des-
ignated as Heavy Industries Taxila (HIT), is located
approximately 40 km from Islamabad. HIT was estab-
lished in 1971 with collaboration of China with facili-
ties to rebuild T-59 Tank. Later on, the Factory was
extended to a number of projects detailed in the follow-
ing paragraphs. The HIT is predominantly manned by
307
EME officers, JCOs and ORs.

A Chinese team visited Pakistan from May-July
Back to Main Menu

1971, surveyed all possible sites and recommended that
the facilities for the repair of T-59 tanks be established
in the location where Heavy Industries Taxila (HIT)
presently stands.
The Project remained dormant until 1972, when
under a decision of the Defence Production Board, the
control and execution of HRF was transferred from
GHQ to the newly created Defence Production
Division. The appointment of a Project Director was
created to head the Project. Brigadier (later Major
General) Shabbir Hussain Shah (EME) was posted as
the founding Project Director P-711 in 1972.
The earth breaking of HRF was performed in
April 1976. A tank completely rebuilt by HRF was test-
fired at the proving ground on 29th September 1979.
General Zia-ul-Haq, President of Pakistan, formally
inaugurated the Factory in November 1979.
Having decided to embark upon the manufacture
of an indigenous tank, a master plan was presented to Back to Main Menu
the Defence Committee of the Cabinet, which sanc-
tioned a staggering amount of a billion dollars for the
project to develop and manufacture a tank in Pakistan.
This was the first step towards the realization of the
dream called Al-Khalid, Pakistan’s Main Battle Tank-
2000 which compares favourably with all the leading
tanks of the world and is cost-effective. The contract
was signed in May 1990 and the Chinese agreed to the
transfer of technology to Pakistan. The most significant
advantage of this project is the creation of a hard core
308
of engineers / scientists capable of designing own mili-

tary hardware for self-reliance.
Back to Main Menu

A redeeming feature of HIT is the thousands of
indigenous parts and components manufactured in-
house as well as through the civil sector. Chinese laid
stress on the production of quality local components for
Pakistan to become self-reliant within the shortest time.
For this purpose, HRF received from China two
Railway wagons’ load of specifications, drawings,
know-how and inspection criteria for use in the Factory
as well as to help out the vendors working for HIT in
civil sector. Presently 9075 components have been
developed through 444 vendors, large and small, spread
all over Pakistan. Besides the promotion of reliable
quality vendors in the country, the manufacture of these
components has made HIT, highly self-reliant. Its motto
is “Strength Through Self-Reliance”, which was given to
HRF by its founding Project Director Major General
S.H. Shah in 1979. The Motto has now been incorpo-
rated in the logo of HIT.
Back to Main Menu
HRF (M)
It was established in 1987 with assistance from
General Dynamics of USA in order to rebuild / upgrade
Armour Personnel Carrier (M-113AI/A2).
APC (F)
This project was established in 1992 in order to
manufacture new APC. The Factory, which was also
established with the help of American Company FMC,
has the most modern machinery for manufacturing
309
Armour Fighting Vehicles. The Factory has also designed

/ manufactured vehicles for Pakistan Army / Civil law
Back to Main Menu

enforcing agencies, logistic vehicles, security vehicles,
Infantry Fighting Vehicle and command vehicles.
Gun Factory
The Factory was established in 1988 with the col-
laboration of the China to manufacture 105 to 203mm
rifled / smooth bore barrel for Armoured Fighting
Vehicles to be manufactured in HIT.
Tank Factory
The Factory was established in 1988 with the help
of China in order to manufacture T-69IIMP tank for
Pakistan Army. This Factory has now the honour to
have manufactured 20 Al-Khalid tanks, which were
handed over to Pakistan Army in July 2001. The
Factory is equipped with the latest CNC Machines for
the manufacture of Tank Al-Khalid.
Development, Engineering Support and Back to Main Menu

Component Manufacturing (DESCOM)
DESCOM is a high-tech organization equipped
with CNC machines, a standard laboratory and materi-
al testing equipment. It is the backbone of HIT for
design and testing. It encompasses the following:
a. In-house manufacture and specialized treatment

of parts and components with stringent quality
control measures.
b. Development of parts and components and cer-
310
tain assemblies through vendors from all over the

country.
Back to Main Menu

c. Design and manufacture of tools, dies, jigs and
fixtures.
d. Maintenance / repair of plant and machinery
installed in HIT.
e. Hiring out the specialized facilities to the private
sector at reasonable price.
Evaluation Training and Research Organization

(ETRO)
ETRO has the following facilities to ensure strict
quality check on the products being rebuilt / manufac-
tured:
a. AFV Test Track with a firing range.

b. Engine test benches.
c. Labs to analyze the chemical / mechanical proper-
ties of materials used in production.
d. Component inspection through industrial radiog-
raphy, X-ray, ultrasound, and magnetic crack Back to Main Menu
detection.
e. Inspection and calibration of all measuring equip-
ment / tools.
Pakistan Ordnance Factories (POF) Wah

POF Complex is a major manufacturing defence
establishment set up in 1951 with a capital of US $ 650
million. It consists of a number of factories located at
Wah, Havelian, Sanjwal and Gadwal. These factories
employ a work force of over 35,000 and their annual
311
budget exceeds 5 billion Rupees.

Its major activities include production of small
Back to Main Menu

arms such as G-3 Rifle, MG1A3 Machine Gun, MP-5A2
Sub Machine Gun and 12.7mm Anti-Aircraft Gun.
Various types of ammunition for Rifles, Machines Guns,
Artillery, Aircraft, Anti-Aircraft Guns, Anti-Tank
weapons, and Mortars are also produced. Besides
ammunition, production of Missiles, Bombs, and differ-
ent types of explosives and propellants is also included
in the responsibilities of POF. In addition to serving the
Armed Forces, commercial explosives, 12-bore sporting
ammunition and various types of clothing are also pro-
duced by the Factory.
Most of the workload in POF is for the Army,
which places various contracts for the production and
supply of Ordnance materials. All Army supplies ex
POF are subjected to acceptance inspection by the
Inspectorate of Armament which is officered by EME
personnel. To carryout these inspections, Inspectorate
of Armament has Inspection Depot of Armament (IDA)
at Wah, Havelian, Sanjwal and Gadwal. Back to Main Menu
Another important involvement of EME in the
POF is in the form of Director of Projects for new proj-
ects. The Director is a senior EME officer of Brigadier /
Major General rank. The following EME officers served
as Chairman / Director POF Wah:
a. Colonel Zia-ur-Rehman
b. Major General N.K. Ahmed
c. Major General W.D. Arshad
d. Major General Syed Ali Nawab
312
e. Lieutenant General Talat Masood

f. Lieutenant General Sabih Qamar-uz-Zaman
Back to Main Menu

United Nations Missions
The UN has been undertaking peacekeeping oper-

ations since its inception. With increasing complexities
of world politics and problems erupting in member
countries the need for employment of peacekeeping
forces has increased manifold. Pakistan, firmly believing
in the concept has been providing troops in favor of
these missions since 1960. No military support is com-
plete with out the elements of Corps of EME. It was
also due to the professional skill, acumen and devotion
to duty of EME personnel that such Peace-Keeping
Pakistani troops could operate smoothly. In the coun-
tries mentioned below, substantial EME support was
provided as part of UN missions, or as technical assis-
tance to friendly countries.
West Irian, Indonesia Back to Main Menu

An EME Composite Workshop was raised at
Rawalpindi to be a part of Pakistani contingent for the
United Nations in West Irian, Indonesia in 1960. The
Composite Workshop assisted in public electric supply
generating stations, water filtration plants, boilers, deep
freeze stores and other civil amenities. Major M. Saeed
Malik, EME, was OIC of the Composite Workshop.
Congo
Transport Company Workshop Section EME was
313
a part of the GT Company ASC sent by Pakistan to the

United Nations Contingent in Congo in 1961-62.
Back to Main Menu

Captain Syed Fazal-ur-Rehman, EME, was OIC of the
Workshop Section and performed creditably in the serv-
ice of the Contingent.
Eastern Slovenia
Pakistani contingent for UN mission for Eastern
Slovenia, April-December 1996, consisted of a
Mechanized Infantry Battalion, an Armoured Squadron,
and an Artillery Battery, supported by S&T, Engineers,
Ordnance, Signals and EME elements. Major Qaiser
Anees Khurram, EME, was OIC of the Workshop
Company. The Company comprised 70 personnel and
provided support to over 250 wheeled vehicles, tracked
vehicles, engineer plant / equipment, artillery equip-
ment, small arms, night vision devices and anti-tank
guided weapons. The success of the mission depended
on more than 80% equipment availability through the
duration of the mission, which was ensured by the
Workshop Company. Back to Main Menu
Other Missions
In addition to the above-mentioned missions, the
Corps contributed to the UN mission for the conduct of
election in Cambodia, and peacekeeping force in Haiti,
Somalia and Bosnia. One Light Battalion of the Corps
also formed part of the brigade that took part in the
international effort to liberate Kuwait. From the year
2001 to 2003, substantial EME support was sent to the
UN forces operating in Sierra Leone.
314
Technical Assistance to Friendly Countries
Back to Main Menu

Besides its contribution to the UN missions, the
Corps provided technical assistance to friendly coun-
tries such as Jordan, Saudi Arabia, UAE and Qatar.
1 4 14 7 9 6 2
13
15
8
11 12 10 5
UN Mission & Technical Assistance
Back to Main Menu
1. Seirra Leone (2001,2002,2003)
2. East Timore (1999)
3. Haiti (1995-1997)
4. Bosnia (Jul 1994 to Nov 95)
5. Somalia (1993-95 )
6. Combodia (1992-93)
7. Kuwait (1990-1991)
8. Saudi Arabia ( 1981-91)
9. Bangladesh (1971)
10. Congo (1961-62 &1999)
315
11. Egypt (1943-44)

12. Sudan (1943-44)
Back to Main Menu

13. Tunis (1943-44)
14. Italy (1943-44)
15. Burma (1916-18)
Back to Main Menu
316
Back to Main Menu
Back to Main Menu
President of Pakistan General Pervez Musharraf visiting Heavy

Industries Taxila
317
Back to Main Menu
Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen Khalid Mushtaq Presenting a Model of Ghaznavi Missile

to President of Pakistan General Pervez Musharraf
318
Back to Main Menu
CHAPTER 12
SPORTS, REUNIONS AND OFFICERS

MESS
“Playing beyond the prize”

“To look to the past for the future”
“Home away from home”
Sports
EME field units and Central / Combined

Workshops take active part in sports and encourage and
promote the cause of sports. Back to Main Menu
MGO Services Hockey Team

As 501 and 502 Central Workshops had hockey
players of good standard, it was decided to form an
MGO services hockey team. The team entered the
Quaid-e-Azam Gold Cup Hockey Tournament in
Karachi in December 1958. The team had the honour
of winning this prestigious Tournament. Miss Fatima
Jinnah as the Chief Guest gave the Championship
Trophy to the Team. Major Muhammad Azeem, EME,
319
was the manager and coach of the Team. He recalls:
Back to Main Menu

“Before Partition, I was a member of a strong hock-
ey team for four years in IEME Training Centre
Jubblepur (India). On my posting in 501 Central
Workshop Chaklala in August 1948, I was made
sports officer of the Workshop. I captained and
organized a Workshop hockey team, which includ-
ed renowned hockey players such as Naseer Bunda.
The team played and won many zonal as well as all-
Pakistan hockey tournaments and earned a good
name for the Workshop”.
501 Central Workshop

The Workshop excelled in Hockey and Cricket.
Naseer Bunda, an ex-employee and Abdul Rashid
played as members of Pakistan Hockey Team in Rome
Olympics in 1960 to win Gold medal for Pakistan.
Muhammad Riaz played as member of Pakistan Hockey
Team in Mexico Olympics in 1968 to win gold medal
for Pakistan. Muhammad Younis and Gulrez took part Back to Main Menu
in various international hockey tournaments. Miran
Bakhsh, a retired JCO re-employed by the Workshop,
played for Pakistan in the Cricket Test match at Lahore
against India in 1954 under the captaincy of Abdul
Hafeez Kardar.
The period of 1949 -1952 was a golden period in
the history of 501 Central Workshop hockey team.
During this period the Workshop hockey team had the
honour of winning the hockey tournaments listed
below:
320
Sports, Reunions and Officers Mess
a. Ghosh Memorial Hockey Tournament 1949,

1951, 1952.
Back to Main Menu

b. Stanton Memorial Hockey Tournament 1950,
1951, 1952.
c. Rawalpindi District Championship Shield 1951,
1952.
d. General Iftikhar Memorial Cup Sialkot 1951,
1952.
e. Muslim League Cup Campbellpur (now Attock)
1951.
Sports in 501 Central Workshop were held as an

annual event in which the workers took part in various
competitions. The Annual Sports Day held on 4th April
1953 might be mentioned, in which 50 Army and 350
civilian personnel took part. Begum Shahid Hamid,
wife of Major General Shahid Hamid, MGO, gave away
the prizes. A sports stadium was built adjacent to 501
Central Workshop and inaugurated by Major General
Shahid Hamid, MGO, on 5th October 1955.
Back to Main Menu
502 Central Workshop
The Workshop excelled in Hockey and Football.
Ashfaq Ahmed and Saleem Shirwani played as members
of Pakistan Hockey Team in Mexico Olympics in 1968
to win gold medal for Pakistan. Muhammad Sadiq,
Muhammad Afzal and Jahangir Butt played in various
international hockey tournaments.
A sports stadium was built for the Workshop.
Begum Shahid Hamid, wife of Major General Shahid
Hamid, MGO, performed the opening ceremony of the
321
Stadium on 14th October 1954. The final match of the

Rawalpindi District Hockey Association Silver Jubilee
Back to Main Menu

Hockey Tournament was played on this occasion
between 502 Central Workshop hockey team and
Attock Oil Company hockey team, the latter winning
the tournament.
EME Centre
EME Centre has always encouraged sports and
athletic activities. When squash player Qamar Zaman
won the British Open Squash Championship in 1971-
72 in UK, he said in his interview that he would not
have made it but for the support given by EME Centre.
Akhtar Ali Sports Stadium of EME Centre is a common
venue of sports and athletics in Quetta.
EME Centre Rifle Team won the PARA
Championship matches in Jhelum twice, in 1950 and
1975.
Brigadier Akhtar Hafeez

Brigadier Akhtar Hafeez won the Gold Medal in Back to Main Menu
Army Golf Championship Tournament in 1973-74. He
captained the Army Golf Team, which won the Inter-
Services Golf Tournament in 1973-74. He performed
the rare feat of “hole in one” twice - at Rawalpindi Golf
Course in 1964 and at Lahore Gymkhana Club Golf
Course in 1997. He was captain of the Army Golf Team
in 1978-79, when the Team was runner-up in Inter-
Services Golf Championship. He served as Vice
President of Pakistan Golf Association from 1965 to
1972.
322
Brigadier Tariq Mahmood Khan Saddozai

Brigadier Tariq Saddozai won a number of medals
Back to Main Menu

in tennis at national level. He won Gold Medal in Army
Tennis Championship in 1999. During the same year, he
also won the Gold Medal in Inter Services Tennis
Championship. In 2000, he won the top position in All
Pakistan Saraj-ul-Haq Memorial Tennis Tournament
held at Islamabad.
Captain M.A.R. Kheiri

Captain M.A.R. Kheiri of 601 Combined
Workshop Quetta represented Quetta Sub Zone of
Karachi Zone in Athletics, held at Bahawalpur in
January 1955. He got 2nd place in the High Jump event
by crossing 5’ 8”. He was also a member of 4x100-
meter Relay Team, which obtained 2nd place. Captain
Kheiri was selected to represent the Karachi Zone in
High Jump event and was a reserve for the Long Jump
event for the Inter-Services Athletics Championship in
Rawalpindi. He represented the Army in the 4th
Pakistan Olympic Championship at Dacca. Back to Main Menu
Lance Naik Shahbaz

Lance Naik Vehicle Mechanic Shahbaz of 52 EME
Battalion won the following medals:
a. Gold medal in 4x100-meter relay race in National

Athletics at Lahore in 1999.
b. Silver medal in 4x100-meter relay race in
International Athletics Meet at Karachi from
20th-22nd May 2000.
323
c. Silver medal in 4x100-meter relay race in

National Ranking Athletics at Lahore in 2001.
Back to Main Menu

Craftsman Mujahid Khan
Craftsman Fitter Gun Mujahid Khan of 70 EME
Battalion has been an exceptional player in handball.
He has won the following medals:
a. Silver Medal in National Championship 1991

held at Islamabad.
b. Silver Medal in National Games 1992 held at
Lahore.
c. Gold Medal in National Championship 1993 held
at Hyderabad.
d. Gold Medal in National Games 1995 held at
Quetta.
e. Silver Medal in National Championship 1997
held at Faisalabad.
f. Gold Medal in National Games 1998 held at
Peshawer.
g. Gold Medal in National Championship 1999 held Back to Main Menu
at Rawalpindi.
h. Gold Medal in National Games 2001 held at
Lahore.
j. Gold Medal in National Championship 2001 held
at Sargodha.
k. Silver Medal in National Beach Championship
2002 held at Chiniot.
l. Gold Medal in National Championship 2002 held
at Multan.
m. Silver Medal in Army Champoionship 2003 held
324
at Multan.
Back to Main Menu

Reunions
Since its inception in 1947, Corps of EME has

been holding EME Corps reunions, the first one being
in October 1959, at Rawalpindi for the fledgling Corps.
Mainly, the idea behind the reunion is to bring together
the retired and the serving personnel to promote under-
standing, friendliness and esprit-de-corps. The retired
personnel get a chance to see the latest improvements in
the working conditions, training and developments in
EME support for the Army.
First Reunion
General Muhammad Musa, C-in-C, took the
salute at the parade held on the occasion of the first
Corps Reunion in Rawalpindi. The parade, lasting an
hour, was an impressive spectacle of meticulous
mechanical precision and accuracy, the hallmark of the
Corps. The parade, which was the centerpiece of the Back to Main Menu
three-day reunion celebrations, commenced with the
arrival of C-in-C at the sports stadium, the venue of the
parade. As the chief guest reached the saluting base, the
parade, commanded by Colonel N.K. Ahmed, gave the
general salute. Accompanied by Major General A.M.
Yahya Khan, Colonel Commandant of the Corps, the C-
in-C reviewed the parade with the band in slow march.
Addressing the parade as Colonel Commandant of the
Corps, General Yahya Khan said,
325
“Every day of the present era of scientific and tech-

nological development brings new responsibilities,
Back to Main Menu

and with that a new challenge to the EME Corps. It
is your national duty to meet this challenge with
diligence, ability and good cheer”.
The Colonel Commandant said that the Pakistan

Army had hopes that EME with its technical aptitude,
craftsmanship and good professional training could be
expected to set high technical standards for the Army.
He added:
“New weapons and implements, heavy machines,

vehicles and tanks could be useful only if they are
properly maintained and looked after. The Corps
has an excellent record in that connection which
shows awareness of its responsibilities and regard
for its high reputation. EME, as compared to other
arms and services of the Pakistan Army, is a young
Corps. You have completed only sixteen years of
your life but during the short period you have Back to Main Menu
proved that you have been shouldering your
responsibilities admirably. This not only gives an
indication of your high standard but also proves
that in this era of science and machines you do not
want to see the Pakistan Army remaining behind
anyone. I take great pride in the fact that I am the
Colonel Commandant of your Corps”.
As Colonel Commandant of the Corps, General

Yahya Khan thanked the C-in-C for gracing the parade.
326
On the conclusion of the parade the C-in-C was intro-

duced to the pensioners of the Corps who had come
Back to Main Menu

from different parts of the country to pay homage to the
Corps. Later, the pensioners were shown around 502
Central Workshop. The three-day Reunion celebrations
were being attended by a large number of retired and
serving personnel of the Corps. The elaborate reunion
programme included Corps Athletics Meet, which was
opened by General Yahya Khan in the afternoon.
Second Reunion
The second reunion was held at Rawalpindi on
28th March - 6th April 1967. An impressive parade was
held in which craftsmen of EME Centre Quetta took
part. General A.M. Yahya Khan, C-in-C and Colonel
Commandant of the Corps of EME, took the salute and
appreciated the high standard of drill. EME Corps
Athletics were held in which EME Battalions took part.
65 EME Battalion (later designated as 55 EME
Battalion) won the Championship and 96 EME
Battalion (later designated as 51 EME Battalion) were Back to Main Menu
runner-up. A programme of Bara Khana, and visits to
501 and 502 Central Workshops were arranged.
Third Reunion
The third reunion was held at EME Centre Quetta
from 5th-7th August 1976. General Tikka Khan, COAS,
attended the reunion and was installed as Colonel
Commandant of the Corps.
The fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh reunions were
held at EME Centre Quetta on 1st-4th November 1985,
327
1st-3rd September 1990, 18th-21st July 1994 and 21st-

24th September 2000 respectively.
Back to Main Menu

In the seventh Reunion, Major Abdul Hameed
Siddiqi, EME, at the age of 80, was the oldest EME offi-
cer to participate.
Officers Mess
In the Army, mess forms an important part of an

officer’s life. At the Military Academy, an officer not
only gets military and academic training but also learns
certain values of life and etiquette for his conduct in the
society. Life in the mess for a newly commissioned offi-
cer is a continuation of the training to put into practice
the social norms. He has to attend a laid down number
of formal dinners in a week. Dinner in evening mess kit
gives the officer a certain pride in his Corps as well as
the opportunity to interact with his fellow officers
socially. In all cantonments, there are regimental and
corps messes, depending on the number of officers in
the station. Each mess has its individual character and Back to Main Menu
atmosphere, with regimental and war trophies decorat-
ing the anteroom and dining room.
An officers mess is an autonomous institution run
by a mess committee headed by President Mess
Committee, assisted by Mess Secretary, House Member,
Food Member and Garden Member. Quarterly mess
meetings are held which are attended by members of the
mess to elect new office bearers and to review the
finances. A mess usually has a good garden where offi-
cers can relax and mingle with each other. Corps of
328
EME has messes in Rawalpindi, Quetta and Lahore, to

cater for the needs of EME officers at these stations.
Back to Main Menu

Officers Mess, Rawalpindi
Originally, EME officers mess at Rawalpindi was
located in a building situated on the Mall. It was shift-
ed to its present location on Iftikhar Khan Janjua Road
in 1957. The mess has a spacious well-maintained gar-
den that has won a large number of prizes in the flower
shows of the Capital Development Authority Islamabad.
General Zia-ul-Haq, President of Pakistan, lauded the
floral exhibits displayed by the mess in these shows and
he gave Rs. 100,000 in addition to an annual grant of
Rs. 50,000 for the National Horticulture Society of
Pakistan. Major General M. Islam Ullah Khan, who had
been Garden Member of the mess since 1950 until his
retirement, is now the elected Chairman of the National
Horticulture Society. The mess has promoted horticul-
ture in the country and has helped enrich the life of cit-
izens with flowers in Islamabad and Rawalpindi.
Back to Main Menu
Officers Mess, Quetta
EME Officers Mess Quetta was constructed in
1938 for the officers of Royal EME. It enjoys the status
of one of the elite messes in Quetta Garrison. Since its
inception, it has had the honour to play host to a num-
ber of national and international dignitaries visiting
Quetta. The complete list of the distinguished guests
requires a number of pages; President of Zimbabwe,
Chief of Army Staff of United States Army, President
General Yahya Khan, Prime Minister Zulfiqar Ali
329
Bhutto, and President General Muhamad Zia-ul-Haq

are but to name a few. There is a regular turnover of
Back to Main Menu

guests throughout the year. Located on the main
Zargoon Road, the mess caters for the requirements of
all EME Battalions stationed at Quetta.
The mess has undergone a number of renovations.
Over the years, a number of guest rooms and new
blocks (Gulistan and Bostan) have been added. Lush
green lawns, newly constructed wall, and main gate
have been recently added to the beauty of the mess. A
comprehensive renovation plan to further improve its
outlook and interior facilities will commence soon.
Officers Mess, Lahore

The EME offrs mess at Lahore provided excellent
homely environment to all its members. This mess was
looked after by 603 Combined workshop. When the
restructuring of the messes was carried out and the con-
cept of regimental based messes was discontinued in
Lahore, this mess was converted to C Mess.
Back to Main Menu
EME Co-operative Housing Society
The problem of respectable settlement of retired

officers agitated the minds of senior EME officers, par-
ticulary due to their limited financial capacity. Due to
prevailing circumstances, the officers like to settle at a
place which would offer job opportunities and health-
care services. Thus selection of a suitable venue for a
housing project was the first priority for any meaning-
ful effort in this direction. Eventually, the idea of form-
330
ing a housing society was conceived during a get-togeth-

er at College of EME and was approved by the Colonel
Back to Main Menu

Commandant.
The job which looked so attractive was started
with enthusiasm. Unfortunately, suitable land for a
housing project could not be found in the vicinity of
Rawalpindi. However, by putting in sustained hard
work, vast area of Lahore was scanned which offered
various options. Having evaluated each one on its merit,
the present site located four kilometers away from
Thokar Niaz Beg on Multan Road was selected.
The process of acquiring land was started after the
finalization of the site. It was intricate work that taxed
the patience and even involved litigation for the pur-
chase of certain components of land. For obvious rea-
sons, the process of possession of land and finalizing
ownership took a long time. With the acquisition and
mergers, the final area acquired during the process
reached 5604 kanals.
The society has proudly provided a number of res-
idential plots and has also ensured provision of neces- Back to Main Menu
sary utilities like gas, electricity, telephone, water sup-
ply, sewage and drainage etc. The timely provision and
quality of these services distinguishes the Society from
similar endeavors.
331
332
Back to Main Menu
Gen Yahya & Gen Musa on First EME Corps Reunion
Back to Main Menu
Gen Yahya Khan During First Corps Reunion
333
Back to Main Menu
Back to Main Menu
Corps Reunion at EME Centre in 1986
334
Back to Main Menu
Back to Main Menu
Corps Reunion at EME Centre in 2000
335
Back to Main Menu
EME Officers Mess at Rawalpindi
Back to Main Menu
Main Gate of EME Cooperative Housing Society at Thokar Niaz

Beg, Lahore
336
Back to Main Menu
PART-V
APPENDICES
· Appendix 1: Mission
· Appendix 2: Flag
· Appendix 3: BadgesThrough Ages
· Appendix 4: Shaheeds
· Appendix 5: Roll of Honour
· Appendix 6: Colonel Commandants
· Appendix 7: Directors / Director Generals
· Appendix 8: Lieutenant Generals / Major Generals
(Other than DGEMES) Back to Main Menu
337
338
Back to Main Menu
APPENDIX 1
MISSION
The mission of the Corps of Electrical and

Mechanical Engineers is to ensure the operational fitness
of all equipment of the Army, both during peace and war.
Corps of EME is responsible for inspections,
repair and recovery of all the equipment held by the
Army. The equipment includes mechanical, electrical,
electronic, electro-medical equipment, engineers and
MES plant and Army aircraft. The Corps also handles
defects and modifications in the said equipment. In
addition to these responsibilities, the Corps renders Back to Main Menu
technical advice to commanders at all levels.
For the achievement of the mission, EME support
is organized through Unit Repair Organizations (UROs)
and Light Aid Detachments (LADs), EME Battalions
and Station Workshops, and Medium / Combined /
Central Workshops. These organizations handle the
responsibilities for unit, field and base repair respective-
ly (Engineers, Signals and MES are responsible for the
unit repair of their own equipment).
339
Back to Main Menu
APPENDIX 2
FLAG
History of the flag of the Corps of EME can be

traced back to 1942, when the Corps of Royal Electrical
and Mechanical Engineers (REME) came into existence.
The REME colours were taken from the three British
Army Corps from which units were transferred to form
REME. Both the Royal Engineers and Royal Army
Ordnance Corps used red and blue colours in their flags
while the Royal Army Service Corps used blue, yellow
and white. At one of the early decision-making confer-
ences in the War Office UK, blue, yellow and red Back to Main Menu
colours were selected for REME, one from each of the
founding Corps. The Corps of Pakistan EME has also
adopted these three as its regimental colours.
Dimensions of the flag and the colours are as
below:
a. Total length 36”
b. Total width 24”
c. Blue colour 12”
d. Yellow colour 4.75”
e. Red colour 2.50”
340
341
FLAG
Badges Through Ages

342
Back to Main Menu
APPENDIX 3
BADGES THROUGH AGES
A chained horse forms part of the insignia of the

Corps of EME. It symbolizes the elemental source of the
Army’s power. The harnessed horse, with the lightning
flash representing electrical engineering, is symbolic of
power under control, as electrical and mechanical engi-
neering is controlled by the most professional of the
many specialist corps of the Army.
As horse with chain also forms part of the crest of
the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, the two
insignias signify the close relationship which exists Back to Main Menu
between the Electrical and Mechanical Engineers of the
Army and their civilian counterparts. This relationship
is exemplified by the appointment of Major General M.
Islam Ullah Khan of the Corps of EME as President of
the Institution of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
(IEEE) Pakistan, for 1981-83.
The globe is indicative of the impact of electrical
and mechanical engineering on the world generally. The
inscribed Arabic words “Sakhara Lakum” on the scroll
between the crescent and star and the horse mean in
343
Appendix 3
essence: “the forces of nature have been conquered for

you”. It is God’s invitation to humanity to use these
Back to Main Menu

forces that have been conquered for him. In the context
of EME, it is a direction and a challenge to achieve its
mission through the application of knowledge and skills
acquired by EME personnel.
Back to Main Menu
344
Back to Main Menu
APPENDIX 4
SHAHEEDS
1965 War
1. Captain Ghulam Murtaza
2. Subedar Ghulam Hussain
3. Naib Subedar Makhan Dad
4. Havildar Muhammad Hussain
5. Havildar Muhammad Sharif
6. Havildar Saddar Din
7. Havildar Muhammad Khurshid
8. Havildar Qadir Ahmed
9. Naik Walayat Shah Back to Main Menu
10. Naik Fazal Hussain
11. Naik Noor Din
12. Naik RC James
13. Lance Naik Lajbar Khan
14. Lance Naik Muhammad Afsar
15. Lance Naik Nazir Ahmed
16. Lance Naik Muhammad Hanif Khan
17. Craftsman Muhammad Sharif
18. Craftsman Abdul Wahid
19. Craftsman Muhammad Ikram
345
Appendix 4
20. Craftsman Sher Muhammad Khan

21. Craftsman Umar Hayat
Back to Main Menu

22. Craftsman Muhammad Safdar
23. Craftsman Muhammad Khan
24. Sepoy Muhammad Arbi
25. Craftsman Faiz Hussain
26. Craftsman Hazrat Amin
27. Craftsman Muhammad Hanif
28. Rect Muhammad Latif
1971 War
1. Major Sajjad Haider
2. Subedar Major Abdul Khaliq
3. Subedar Major Muhammad Rafique
4. Subedar Ghulam Fareed
5. Naib Subedar Abdul Jalil
6. Naib Subedar Bashir Ahmed
7. Havildar Muhammad Rafi
8. Havildar Muhammad Ashraf
9. Havildar Shabbir Hussain
10. Havildar Muhammad Ashraf Khan Back to Main Menu
11. Havildar Fazal Khan
12. Havildar Abdul Majid
13. Havildar Ali Muhammad
14. Havildar Muhammad Akram
15. Naik Mian Muhammad
16. Naik Lutfur Rehman
17. Naik Muhammad Banaras
18. Naik Muhammad Rafique
19. Naik Sadiq Hussain
20. Naik Muhammad Aslam
346
21. Lance Naik Allah Ditta

22. Lance Naik Muhammad Afsar
Back to Main Menu

23. Lance Naik Muhammad Naseem
24. Lance Naik Muhammad Iltaf
25. Lance Naik Muhammad Iqbal
26. Craftsman Ghulam Mustafa
27. Sepoy Ali Hussain
28. Sepoy Muhammad Ramzan
29. Sepoy Abdul Salim
30. Craftsman Wali Muhammad
31. Sepoy Ibrar Hussain
32. Craftsman Muhammad Ishaq
33. Sepoy Fazal Khan
34. Craftsman Sabir Hussain
35. Craftsman Muhammad Sulaiman
36. Craftsman Muhammad Akram
37. Craftsman Abdul Rashid
38. Craftsman Ghulam Haider
39. Craftsman Mushtaq Alam
40. Sepoy Umer Hayat
41. Craftsman Nazir Ahmed Back to Main Menu
42. Craftsman Muhammad Shabbir
43. Craftsman Qadir Hussain
44. Sepoy Mian Muhammad
45. Sepoy Masud Ahmed
46. Sepoy Muhammad Sher
47. Craftsman Bashir Khan
48. Craftsman Ghulam Rasool
49. Craftsman Muhammad Iqbal
50. Craftsman Ihsan Ullah
51. Craftsman Mehmood Jahan
347
Appendix 4
52. Craftsman Muhammad Amin

53. Craftsman Wali Muhammad
Back to Main Menu

54. Craftsman Abdul Raziq
55. Craftsman Ikram Ullah
56. Craftsman Badi Uz Zaman
57. Craftsman Muhammad Sadiq
58. Craftsman Muhammad Bashir
59. Craftsman Muhammad Afsar
60. Craftsman Muhammad Ullah
61. Sepoy Irshad Hussain
62. Sepoy Jangi Khan
63. Craftsman Faqir Hussain
1999 Kargil War

1. Havildar Muhammad Shabbir Asi
2. Havildar Bashir Ahmed
3. Craftsman Muhammad Azhar
4. Naik Naseer Ahmed
5. Naik Safdar Ali Khan
6. Craftsman Muhammad Riaz
7. Craftsman Muhammad Akram Back to Main Menu
348
Back to Main Menu
APPENDIX 5
ROLL OF HONOUR
Tamgha-e-Jurrat
1965
1. Naik Vehicle Mechanic AFV Abdul Sattar
1971
1. Subedar Muhammad Iqbal
2. Craftsman Faqir Hussain (Shaheed)
Back to Main Menu
349
Back to Main Menu
PHOTO GALLERY
APPENDIX 6 COLONEL COMMANDANTS
APPENDIX 7 DIRECTORS / DIRECTOR GENER-

ALS
APPENDIX 8 LIEUTENANT GENERALS / MAJOR

GENERALS (OTHER THAN DGEMES)
APPENDIX 9 PHOTOGRAPHS OF HISTORICAL
Back to Main Menu
351
352
IMPORTANCE

Back to Main Menu
APPENDIX 6
COLONEL COMMANDANTS
Gen Agha M. Yahya Khan Gen Tikka Khan

(1961-1976) (1976-1980)
Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen M. Islam Ullah Lt Gen Saeed Qadir

(1980-1983) (1983-1986)
353
Back to Main Menu
Lt Gen Ahmed Kamal Lt Gen Ghulam Muhammad
(1986-1992) (1992-1996)
Lt Gen Salah ud Din Tirmzi Maj Gen Mian Salim Uddin

(1996-1997) (1997-2000) Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen Akbar Saeed Awan

(2000 to date)
354
Back to Main Menu
APPENDIX 7
DIRECTORS/DIRECTOR GENERALS
Brig W.P. B. Ashton Brig M.Mohammedi

(14 Feb 48 to 4 Nov 55) (5 Nov 55 to 23 Feb 67)
Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen K.M. Masud Brig M. Karim Ullah

(24 Feb 67 to 16 Jan 72) (17 Jan 72 to 30 Apr 76)
355
Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen Syed Ali Nawab Maj Gen M. Jalal ud Din
(1 May 76 to 6 Dec 76) (7 Dec 76 to 24 Nov 78)
Maj Gen Syed Saeed Akhtar Maj Gen Qazi Abid Hussain
(25 Nov 78 to 30 Mar 81) (31 Mar 81 to 21 May 86) Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen S. Qamar-uz-Zaman Brig Abdul Majid

(22 May 86 to 5 Aug 88) (6 Aug 88 to 17 Aug 88)
356
Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen Javed Anwar Hashmi Maj Gen Munir Hassan Khalid
(3 Sep 88 to 13 Jun 93) (14 Jun 93 to 14 Sep 95)
Maj Gen Mian Salim ud Din Maj Gen Sikandar Hayat

(15 Sep 95 to 29 Oct 98) (30 Oct 98 to 4 Jul 01) Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen Akbar Saeed Awan Maj Gen Fazl-i-Ilahi

(5 Jul 01 to 7 Jul 02) (8 Jul 02 - To Date)
357
358
Back to Main Menu
APPENDIX 8
LIEUTENANT GENERALS / MAJOR GENERALS
(OTHER THAN DGEMES)
Lt Gen Saeed Qadir Lt Gen Talat Masood
Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen N.K. Ahmed Maj Gen M. Islam Ullah
359
Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen Waheed ud Din Maj Gen Shabbir Hussain
Maj Gen M. Saeed Khan Maj Gen Afzal Samad

Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen Atta Muhammad Maj Gen M. Ikram Cheema

Utra
360
Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen Farhat Ali Burki Maj Gen Ch. Muhammad
Afzal
Maj Gen Azhar Ali Syed Maj Gen Raza Hussain

Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen Khalid Mushtaq Maj Gen Zaheer Ahmed

Khan
361
Back to Main Menu
Maj Gen Shahid Mukhtar Maj Gen Muhammad Asaad
Shah
Back to Main Menu
362
Back to Main Menu
PART-VI
INDICES
· Index of Names
· Index of Places
· Index of Units
· Events in Chronological Order
Back to Main Menu
363
364
Back to Main Menu
Index of Names
2nd Lieutenant Mubarak

Mahmood 85 C
Captain (later Lieutenant Colonel)
A Majid Ullah 65
Abdul Hameed Siddiqi 44, 328 Captain B.G. Willings 74
Abdul Karim 44 Captain D.P. Nandy 74
Abdul Quddus 41 Captain Hidayat Rasool 86
Abdul Rashid Khan 28, 44 Captain Hussain 72
Abdul Wahid 44 Captain J. Ireland 78
Ahmed Ali Sheikh 44 Captain M.S. Ahmed 73
Allah Dad Khan 44, 73 Captain Muhammad Bashir 73
Amir Zaman Mirza 28 Captain R.A. Harvey 74
Azmat Ullah 43 Captain Rowden 90 Back to Main Menu
Captain Zia-ur-Rehman 78
B Colonel D.P. Booth 76
Bashir Ahmed 44, 346, 348 Colonel H. Cliff 72-74, 76, 78,
Brigadier (later Major General) 82, 85-87, 91, 174
Shabbir Hussain Shah 308 Colonel H.S.L. Jelf 92
Brigadier G.W. Purser 30-31 Colonel M. Mcullagh 79
Brigadier M. Muhammadi 79 Colonel Robert L. Ashworth 82
Brigadier Sarfraz Khan 73 Colonel Zia-ur-Rehman 87, 173,
Brigadier W.P.B. Ashton 31, 72-73, 312
76, 87, 92, 173, 178, 190
365
F Lieutenant General) Saeed Qadir
Field Marshal Sir Claude 94, 123, 162
Back to Main Menu

Auckinleck 21-22 Lieutenant Colonel Abdul Wadood
Khan 103, 235
G Lieutenant Colonel Altaf Ahmed
General Ayub Khan 83, 85-86, 103
159, 186 Lieutenant Colonel Anwar-ud-Din
General Harding 76 Sheikh 141
General Pervez Musharraf vii, 117, Lieutenant Colonel M.
317-318 Muhammadi 31
General Yahya Khan 325-327, 329 Lieutenant Colonel Rothwell H.
General Zia-ul-Haq 161, 308, 329 Brown 12
Lieutenant Colonel Zia-ur-Rehman
J 87, 173
Jalal-ud-Din Butt 44 Lieutenant General Ahmed Kamal
107, 194
K Lieutenant General Muhammad
Khan Bahadur 44 Azam Khan 76
Khwaja Muhammad Masud 28 Lieutenant General Q Le Martel
12
L Lieutenant General Sabih Qamar- Back to Main Menu
Lieutenant (later Major General, uz-Zaman 313
DGEME) M. Jalal-ud-Din 84 Lieutenant General Sir Arthur
Lieutenant Colonel (later Smith 20
Brigadier) Amanullah Chaudhry Lieutenant General Talat Masood
94 313
Lieutenant Colonel (later Lord Mountbatten 21, 23
Brigadier) M. Akhtar Ali 138 Lord Wavell 13
Lieutenant Colonel (later Lutuf Ullah Khan Niazi 44
Brigadier) Syed Ahmed 53
Lieutenant Colonel (later
366
M Major General Syed Ali Nawab
Major A.A. Siddiqi 77 312
Back to Main Menu

Major Abdul Manan 73 Major General W.A. Lord 72, 161
Major Abdul Rashid 79 Major General W.D. Arshad 312
Major Allah Dad Khan 73 Major Ghazanfer Muhammad
Major Ansar Ahmed Zuberi 65 Khan 49
Major F.I.E. Dugan 77 Major H.U. Khan 83
Major F.M. Qureshi 83 Major Helmy Ibrahim 72-73
Major Fazal Hussain 74 Major K.M. Masud 31
Major Frank 77 Major L.K. Niazi 83
Major G. Cornes 77 Major M. Saeed Malik 313
Major Qaiser Anees Khurram 314 Major M.A. Qayyum 71
Major General Adam Khan 81, Major M.T. Shanton 77
174 Major Majid Ullah 204-205
Major General D.R. Duguid 14 Major Muhammad Din 71
Major General Fazal-i-Ilahi xi, 137 Major Muhammad Yasin Khan 76-
Major General Hameed Khan 53 77
Major General Khalid Mushtaq Major Q. Ahmed 87
102 Major R.E. Cameron 77
Major General M. Islam Ullah Major R.J. Lewis 71
Khan 329, 343 Major S.F. Shah 83 Back to Main Menu
Major General Muhammad Habib Major S.Z.R. Jaffery 76
Ullah Khan 81 Major Shah Nawaz Khan 130
Major General N.A.M. Raza 42 Major V.C. Lucas 78
Major General N.K. Ahmed 312 Major Vashersher Dass 78
Major General S.F. Irwin 23 Major W.G.H. Fellows 83
Major General S.M. Afzal 87 Major Zia-ur-Rehman 78, 173,
Major General Shahid Hamid 73, 284
77, 86-87, 93, 174, 321 Maqbool Hussain 44
Major General Sir Bertram Masood Muhammadi 28
Rowcroft 13 Mir Mast 44, 74
367
Muhammad Aslam Khan 28 Saadullah Rashid Khan 28
Muhammad Azeem 44, 319 Saleem Ullah Shah 43
Back to Main Menu

Muhammad Din 28, 71, 173 Shah Nawaz Khan 44, 130
Muhammad Iqbal Malik 28 Sher Muhammad Khan 44, 346
Muhammad Karim Ullah 41, 289 Sir Cyril Radcliffe 21
Muhammad Shafi 44, 234 Subedar Abdul Ghani 74
Muhammad Zaman Abbasi 44 Subedar Jillani Shah 74
Mujahid Khan 324 Subedar Muhammad Iqbal 73
Subedar Sharan Singh 74
N Syed Fateh Ullah Shah 43
Nadir Baig Mirza 41 Syed Shafi Zaman 28, 173
Naib Subedar Anwar Hussain 92 Syed Zaid Raza Jaffrey 28
Naib Subedar Mir Mast 74
Nakhuda Khalil Ahmed 28 V
Naseer Bunda 320 Vivian Edgar Beards 41
Noor Illahi 44
W
Q Warrant Officer Abdul Aziz 92
Qamar-ud-Din Ahmed 28 William Osweld Quamber 28
Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali
Jinnah 84 Z Back to Main Menu
Zia-ur-Rehman 28, 78, 87, 173,
S 284, 312
Saad Bin Abi Waqqas 3 Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto 329
368
Back to Main Menu
Index of Places
A Bosnia 314-315
Abbottabad 81, 92 Burma 15-16, 18, 71, 77, 187,
Afghanistan 25 264, 292, 316
Ahmed Nagar 12
Assam 15-16 C
Attock 70, 89, 92, 103, 106, 139, Calcutta 16
177, 234, 321-322 Cambodia 314
Avadi 35 Campbellpur 70, 89, 92, 103, 177,
Azad Kashmir 75, 88-89, 93, 256 234, 321
Chaklala 24, 26-27, 34, 36-39, 70,
B 74-75, 77, 89, 143, 151-152,
Bahawalnagar 133-134, 294 162, 181, 249, 304, 320
Bahawalpur 109, 133-134, 142, Chakwal 72 Back to Main Menu
171, 297-298, 323 Chattar 304
Baleji 86 China 58, 203, 219, 222, 307,
Baleli 26 309-310
Baluchistan 97-98, 107, 169 Chittagong 87, 92, 267-268, 273,
Bangladesh 58, 264, 284, 292, 315 277, 279, 284, 292
Bannu 26-27, 34, 79, 81, 89, 179 Comilla 141, 260-261, 264, 267,
Barakahu 88 273, 285
Bengal 21, 243, 267, 284, 288-289 Congo 170, 313-315
Bhimber 78, 233, 296 Cyprus 81, 83
Bombay 12, 38, 82, 93, 185
369
D Gilgit 96, 105, 181-182
Dabeji 85 Gujranwala 74, 82, 103, 108, 134,
Back to Main Menu

Dacca 35, 42, 124, 141, 173, 243, 165-166, 181, 238-239
259-260, 264-265, 267-271, Gujrat 71, 73, 87-88, 237, 254-
273-274, 276, 279-280, 282- 255
287, 289-290, 292, 323
Darya Khan 71, 74 H
Dehra Dun 41 Haiti 170, 314-315
Delhi 22, 29-30, 39, 78 Havelian 219, 294, 311-312
Dimapur 16-17 Hindustan 20
Drigh Road 26 Hunza 105
Hyderabad 75, 91, 115, 133, 171,
E 189, 230-231, 240-241, 297-
EAST PAKISTAN xvii, 5, 29, 86, 300, 324
91, 96, 110, 116, 123, 173,
198, 225, 243, 259-261, 263, I
265, 267-269, 271, 273, 275, Imphal 17-19, 71
277, 279, 281-283, 285, 287, India 10, 12-15, 19-25, 27-32, 35,
289, 291-292 38-39, 41, 50-51, 70-72, 74,
East Timore 315 76-77, 81, 93, 185-186, 215-
Egypt 316 216, 228-229, 320 Back to Main Menu
Indonesia 313
F Iraq 83, 155
Fateh Jang 71, 79-80, 89 Islamabad ii, 139, 305, 307, 323-
Ferozepur 35, 71, 293 324, 329
France 65, 164, 203 Italy 80, 82-83, 316
G J
Gadwal 219, 311-312 Jabbi 89
Garhi Habib Ullah 75 Japan 10, 15, 58
Germany 58, 157, 203 Jessore 87, 141, 259, 267, 284-
370
285 Kucth xvii, 126, 154, 227, 229,
Jhelum 70, 92-93, 103, 125, 167, 240
Back to Main Menu

177, 181-182, 186, 256, 322 Kuldana 24
Jordan 167, 315 Kuwait 314-315
Jorhat 17
Jubblepur 29, 39, 186, 195, 320 L
Lahore 5, 26-27, 32, 34-35, 37,
K 42, 46, 70, 75-77, 79, 83, 88-
Kakul 24, 27, 34, 45, 90, 178, 89, 91-94, 98, 102, 117, 124,
187 139, 141, 171, 177-178, 180,
Kalabagh 81 182, 200, 203-204, 216-218,
Kalka 89 221, 234, 238-239, 244, 248-
Kamra Kalan 92 249, 259, 293, 320, 322-324,
Karachi 12, 24, 26, 34-35, 38, 42, 329-331, 336
75, 85, 88, 91, 93, 142, 157, Libya 83
169-171, 179, 185, 201, 205, London 43, 198, 217
216-218, 221-222, 228, 257, Loughborough College 43, 188,
304, 319, 323 197
Kashmir xvi, 31, 50-51, 75, 80,
88-89, 92-94, 152, 256 M
Katni 37-38, 185 Mailsi 105, 239 Back to Main Menu
Kharian 88, 123, 128-129, 131, Malaya 15
134, 167, 235, 238-239, 249 Malir 24, 26, 48, 75, 84, 91, 115,
Khulna 87, 259, 285 141, 230
Khunjrab 105 Mandalay 19
Kirki 12, 37-38, 185 Mangla 138, 174, 219
Kohat 45, 70, 78, 83, 89, 112, Manipur 16
167 Mansar 72, 89
Kohima 16, 18 Manzai 70
Kotal 80 Maripur 69, 75
Kotli 75, 296 Meerut 32, 71
371
Mir Ali 70, 79 259, 260, 261, 263, 264, 265,
Mirpur 78, 115, 299 267, 268, 269, 271, 273, 275,
Back to Main Menu

Multan 27, 34, 92-93, 100-101, 277, 279, 281, 282, 283, 284,
103, 105-106, 127-129, 178, 285, 287, 288, 289, 291, 292,
180, 293, 298, 324-325, 331 293, 295, 297, 299, 305, 308,
Murree 24, 192, 210, 256, 258 309, 310, 311, 313, 314, 317,
Muzaffarabad 75 318, 320, 321, 322, 323, 326,
329, 340, 343
N Pakpattan 92, 294
Northwest Frontier Province 21 Pano Aqil 110, 118
Nowshera 26, 79-80, 89, 91, 130, Peshawar 69, 74, 78-79, 86, 89,
176, 186, 219 102, 111-112, 138, 168, 257,
294
O Punjab 21, 46, 50, 83, 91, 94,
Okara 124, 133, 136, 167, 180, 159, 204, 250, 255, 268, 275
293 Punjab College of Engineering and
Technology 46
P Punjab University 46, 204
Pakistan ii, vii, viii, xiii, xv, xvii, 4,
5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 20, Q
21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, Qatar 315 Back to Main Menu
30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, Quetta v, 5, 24, 26-27, 33-35, 38-
38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 47, 48, 39, 49, 70, 83, 88, 93-94, 98,
50, 51, 56, 58, 60, 74, 75, 84, 107, 110, 118, 126, 132-133,
85, 87, 91, 93, 96, 105, 110, 137, 153, 168-169, 177, 182,
116, 117, 123, 130, 142, 143, 186-187, 190-191, 195, 200-
144, 149, 154, 155, 157, 159, 201, 240-241, 283, 298-299,
161, 164, 166, 173, 183, 185, 322-324, 327, 329-330
186, 195, 198, 201, 202, 203,
209, 216, 217, 218, 219, 221, R
225, 227, 228, 229, 239, 243, Rahim Yar Khan 134, 169, 295
372
Rahwali 76, 88, 95 Sierra Leone 170, 314
Ranchi 93 Simla 89
Back to Main Menu

Rangoon 15, 71 Singapore 15
Rawalpindi ii, viii, xiv, 5, 26, 30, Sirriya 88
36, 40, 70, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, Skardu 96
88, 94, 99, 103, 112, 139, 143, Somalia 314-315
155, 156, 165, 168, 171, 176, Srinagar 89
179, 192, 200, 201, 208, 209, Sudan 161, 316
210, 216, 217, 218, 249, 258, Sukker 110, 180
279, 289, 297, 305, 313, 321, Sulemanki 92, 133, 298
322, 323, 324, 325, 327, 329, Sylhet 21, 91, 260, 264-268, 271-
331, 336 273
Razmak 79 Syria 83
Risalpur 26, 34, 69, 72-74, 176,
179 T
Russia 65 Taxila 160, 222, 307-308, 317
Thakot 105
S Thal 89
Sanjwal 219, 311-312 Thanedarwala 81
Sargodha 131, 144, 166, 238, 257, Thokar Niaz Beg 331, 336
294, 324 Tunis 316 Back to Main Menu
Saudi Arabia 315
Seirra Leone 315 U
Shahjahanpur 74, 77, 81, 83 UAE 315
Shikarpur 93 UK 12, 14, 43, 48, 58, 72, 82, 84,
Shinkiari 94 156, 188, 197-198, 203-204,
Sialkot 27, 29, 34, 75-79, 88, 91, 229, 322, 340
112, 118-119, 126, 130, 166- United Kingdom 12, 37-38, 43
167, 176, 179-180, 182, 217, USA 49, 58, 198, 203-204, 206,
234-235, 240, 245, 291, 294, 309
321
373
W 264, 268, 277, 281, 284, 291-
Wah 70, 74, 219, 304, 311-312 293, 295, 297, 299
Back to Main Menu

Waziristan 78 Z
WEST PAKISTAN xvii, 5, 225, Zimbabwe 329
Back to Main Menu
374
Back to Main Menu
Index of Units
1 104 Brigade 77
1 Corps Radar Repair Company 105 Indian Mobile Workshop
103 Company 18
1 Corps Signal Regiment LAD 92 105 Infantry Brigade LAD 92
10 Division 53, 75, 79, 81-82, 88, 105 Recovery Section 70
93, 248, 251 1062 Transport Company
10 EME Battalion 103 Workshop Section 87
10 Inf Bde LAD Type I 70 1063 Transport Company
10 Punjab Regiment LAD 91 Workshop Section 87
100 Independent Armoured 107 Brigade 87
Brigade 79 11 (M) Workshop Company 82
100 Infantry Workshop Company 11 Light Workshop Company 125
34 110 Recovery Section 70 Back to Main Menu
102 Brigade 80-81, 254 1109 Transport Company
102 Brigade LAD 80-81 Workshop Section 88
102 GT Company 88 1115 Transport Company
102 Rec Sec 71 Workshop Section 89
102 Recovery Section 32 112 Recovery Section 70
1029 Transport Company 1131 Transport Company
Workshop Section 86 Workshop Section 89
103 Armoured Regiment LAD 114 Inf Bde LAD Type I 70
EME 277 116 Inf Wksp Coy 70
103 Infantry Brigade LAD 91 1174 Tpt Coy Wksp Sec 70
375
118 EME Battalion 138 138 Infantry Workshop Company
12 Corps 107 179
Back to Main Menu

12 Division 75, 91, 257 139 Infantry Workshop Company
121 Armoured Regiment LAD 295
Guides Cavalry 299 14 Division 87, 92, 110, 116, 174,
125 Inf Wksp Coy 70 259, 265, 267, 273, 285-286
125 Infantry Workshop Company 14 Division Signal Regiment LAD
81 92
126 (I) Mobile Workshop 14 Para Bde LAD Type I 70
Company 82 14 Para Brigade 180
126 Inf Wksp Coy 70 140 Corps Troops Workshop
126 Infantry Workshop Company Company 109
82-83, 296 140 Infantry Workshop Company
127 Inf Wksp Coy 70 109, 275-276
127 Infantry Workshop Company 1403 Tpt Coy Wksp Sec 70
83, 111 141 Infantry Workshop Company
13 LAA Regiment Artillery85, 256 229, 233
13 Light Anti-Aircraft Workshop 142 Infantry Workshop Company
Company EME 256 253, 294
13 Light Anti-Aircraft Workshop 1420 Transport Company
Company PEME 85 Workshop Section 90 Back to Main Menu
133 Infantry Workshop Company 144 Infantry Workshop Company
74-75, 136 294
134 Inf Wksp Coy 70 145 Infantry Workshop Company
134 Infantry Workshop Company 116, 259-260, 267, 273
133, 189, 298 1450 Transport Company
135 EME Battalion 124, 141, 259 Workshop Section 90
135 Infantry Workshop Company 146 Infantry Workshop Company
141, 260, 264, 267-268, 270- 294
272 147 Infantry Workshop Company
138 EME Battalion 116, 141, 248 295, 300
376
149 Infantry Workshop Company 187 Corps Troops Workshop
259, 274, 276 Company 108
Back to Main Menu

1490 S&T Company Workshop 19 Indian Division 19
Section 182 19 Light Anti-Aircraft Workshop
15 Division 78-79, 89, 120, 123, Company PEME 86
179-180 192 Infantry Workshop Company
150 Infantry Workshop Company 111
111 199 Aviation Engineering Battalion
16 Division 110, 118, 277, 285- 65, 291
286 199 EME Battalion 94, 96
162 Corps Troops Workshop
Company 107 2
166 Infantry Workshop Company 2 Corps 103, 293
110 2 Corps Troops Workshop
167 Infantry Workshop Company Company 103, 293
260, 267, 270-271, 273 2 EME Battalion 103, 105
169 Infantry Workshop Company 2 FF Rifles 81 Back to Main Menu
EME 276 20 (I) Infantry Brigade Workshop
171 Infantry Workshop Company Company 82
277 20 Division 19
172 Infantry Workshop Company 20 EME Battalion 105
297 20 Heavy Anti-Aircraft Workshop
176 Infantry Workshop Company Company PEME 86
134, 137 207 GT Company 89
178 Infantry Workshop Company 22 Indian Mobile Workshop
295, 298 Company 81
18 Division 295 23 Division 296
377
25 Brigade 83 4 Corps Recovery Unit 103
25 Inf Bde LAD Type I 70 4 Field Regiment Artillery LAD 93
Back to Main Menu

254 Indian Tank Brigade 71 4 Recovery Company 127
26 Indian Division 75 40 EME Battalion 103, 105, 238,
288 Mountain Regiment LAD 182 292
295 Field Regiment LAD 182 401 Army Recovery Company
299 Aviation Engineering Battalion EME 256, 298
65, 264, 291 41 EME Battalion 103, 106
299 EME Battalion 95-96 410 S&T Company Workshop
Section 182
3 439 Army Recovery Company
3 AA Brigade 85, 256-257 EME 298
3 Armd Bde Rec Coy 71 46 EME Battalion 106
3 Armoured Brigade 26, 71, 73, 47 EME Battalion 107
244 48 EME Battalion 108
3 Armoured Brigade Recovery 49 EME Battalion 109
Company 73 491 Engineer Group 105
3 Corps Troops Workshop 492 Engineer Group 105
Company 103 499 EME Battalion 100
3 Special Workshop Company 293
30 Corps 108, 112 5 Back to Main Menu
310 Engineer Battalion LAD 182 5 Corps 171
322 Field Company Engineers 5 Division 81
LAD 93 5 HAA Regiment Artillery 84
33 Division 295, 299 5 Light Infantry Workshop
348 Signal Battalion LAD 182 Company 125
37 Division 134 5/7 Heavy Anti-Aircraft Workshop
399 EME Battalion 99 Company PEME 84
50 EME Battalion 110, 118, 136,
4 277
4 Armoured Brigade 72, 244 501 Central Workshop 35-36,
378
151, 153, 161-162, 168, 320- 57 Infantry Workshop Company
321 75
Back to Main Menu

502 Central Workshop EME 156 58 EME Battalion 123, 265, 274,
503 Aviation Base Workshop 162, 285
164, 205, 291 59 EME Battalion 109, 116, 124,
505 Electronics Base Workshop 133, 141, 198, 259-260, 264-
EME 165 265, 267, 271
509 Electronics Base Workshop 599 EME Battalion 101
EME, Gujranwala 165
51 EME Battalion 111, 138, 293, 6
327 6 Corps Recovery Unit 103
510 Electronics Base Workshop 6 Light Anti-Aircraft Workshop
EME 168 Company PEME 85
52 EME Battalion 112, 119, 294, 6 Recovery Company 129
323 60 EME Battalion 125, 296
53 EME Battalion 115, 229, 295 601 Combined Workshop EME,
53 Infantry Brigade LAD 91 Quetta 168
54 EME Battalion 116-117, 124, 602 Combined Workshop EME,
141, 259, 273 Karachi 169
544 Heavy EME Battalion 109, 603 Combined Workshop EME,
141 Lahore 171 Back to Main Menu
546 EME Battalion 142 604 Air-Conditioning (AC)
55 EME Battalion 110, 118, 126, Combined Workshop EME,
295, 327 Mangla 174
56 EME Battalion 119, 126 604 Combined Workshop EME
565 Composite EME Battalion 173, 278, 280, 283
143 604 Combined Workshop EME,
566 Composite EME Battalion Dacca 173
144 610 GT Company 88
567 Composite EME Battalion 63 Engineer Equipment Workshop
144 Company 103
379
63 Special Workshop Company 70 EME Battalion 127, 129, 324
106 701 Medium Workshop EME,
Back to Main Menu

632 Mountain Workshop Okara 180
Company 181 702 Medium Workshop EME,
635 Infantry Workshop Company Gujranwala 181
125 703 Area Workshop EME,
637 Infantry Workshop Company Gujranwala 181
125 72 Armoured Workshop Company
638 Mountain Workshop 71, 128, 160
Company 181-182 72 EME Battalion 127-128, 243
645 Mountain Workshop 74 Armoured Workshop Company
Company 182 72
65 EME Battalion 118, 126, 240, 76 Armoured Workshop Company
327 74-75
65 Infantry Workshop Company
32, 75, 296 8
66 Light Infantry Workshop 8 EME Battalion 103, 106, 234,
Company 181 256
68 EME Battalion 119, 126 8 FF 81, 231-232, 295
68 Infantry Workshop Company 8 Indian Infantry Division 80
77 80 EME Battalion 109, 129-131, Back to Main Menu
297
7 801 Field Workshop 105
7 Div Tpt Column Wksp Coy 70 802 Field Workshop 105
7 Division 76, 80-82, 89-90, 93, 803 Base Workshop 105
246-247 803 Combined Workshop EME,
7 Division Transport Column Rawalpindi 176
Workshop 90 81 Independent Armoured
7 HAA Workshop Company 85, Workshop Company 108
7 Inf Div Rec Coy 71 78
380
87 Armoured Workshop Company Army Group Royal Pakistan
79, 130 Artillery 84
Back to Main Menu

87 EME Battalion 80, 129-130,
245 D
87 Infantry Workshop Company Defence Science & Technology
79 Organization (DESTO) 304
Development, Engineering Support
9 and Component Manufacturing
9 (F) Division 75, 91 (DESCOM) 310
9 Division 111, 123-124, 259,
265, 267, 276, 285 E
90 EME Battalion 131 EME Centre xvii, 5, 62, 114, 130,
91 EME Battalion 131, 295, 297 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190,
92 EME Battalion 124, 133 191, 194, 195, 196, 213, 322,
93 EME Battalion 134, 137 327, 334, 335
94 EME Battalion 136 EME College xvii, 58, 62, 198,
95 EME Battalion 137 201, 211-212
96 EME Battalion 111, 138, 246, EME School xvii, 196
255, 327 Evaluation Training and Research
96 Infantry Workshop Company Organization (ETRO) 311
80 Back to Main Menu
F
A Field Workshop Company ex 57
APC (F) 309 EME Battalion 254
Armament Research & Fourteenth Army 16, 19
Development Establishment Frontier Works Organization 105
(ARDE) 304 FWO 96, 99, 105-106
Army Apprentices School xvii,
192, 207-210 G
Army Aviation Engineering School Gun Factory 310
xvii, 94, 204
381
H Ghazipur 288
Heavy Industries Taxila (HIT) PMA xvi, 41, 43, 45-47, 187
Back to Main Menu

307-308
HQ CEME FCNA 181 S
HRF (M) 309 Station Workshop (Type B) PEME,
Campbellpur (now Attock) 177
I Station Workshop (Type F) PEME,
IMA xvi, 41, 43 Rawalpindi 179
Indian Military Academy 41 Station Workshop (Type G) PEME,
Inspectorate of Armament 160, Lahore 177
172, 219-222, 312 Station Workshop EME
Inspectorate of Electronics & Hyderabad 299
Instruments 224 Station Workshop PEME, Bannu
Inspectorate of Vehicles & 179
Engineers Equipment 223 Station Workshop PEME, Jhelum
177
M Station Workshop PEME, Kakul
Margalla Electronics 307 178
Military Vehicles Research and Station Workshop PEME, Multan
Development Establishment, 178
Rawalpindi 305 Station Workshop PEME, Back to Main Menu
Nowshera 176
O Station Workshop PEME, Risalpur
Officer Training School 45 176
OTS 45 Station Workshop PEME, Sialkot
179
P
Pakistan Military Academy 43 T
Pakistan Ordnance Factories (POF) Tank Factory 310
Wah 311
Pakistan Ordnance Factory
382
Back to Main Menu
Some Important Events in Chronological
Order
1st April 1939 IAOC Workshop Branch is formed.

September 1939 Second World War breaks out.
July 1941 MG-10 (section in Ordnance Services
Directorate exercising control over IAOC
Workshop Branch) is organized into three sub-
sections.
8th December 1941 Japan declares war after attacking Pearl
Harbour.
8th March 1942 Japanese forces capture Rangoon.
May 1942 Proposal of formation of Indian EME on the
pattern of Royal EME is examined, and reject-
ed.
July 1942 Japanese Army reaches the borders of Assam; Back to Main Menu
fighting temporarily halts due to monsoon.
August 1942 Principal Staff Officers' Committee rejects for-
mation of Indian EME.
November 1942 Proposal of formation of Indian EME is
reviewed.
December 1942 General Martel (Director Royal Armoured
Corps) submits a report to Lord Wavell (C-in-
C India), strongly advocating the formation of
Indian EME.
end of 1942 IAOC Workshop Branch expanded into
383
Directorate of Mechanical Engineering.
5th February 1943 Major General Duguid appointed as first
Back to Main Menu

Director of Corps of Indian EME.
1st May 1943 Corps of Indian EME is formally raised.
April 1946 Lieutenant General Sir Arthur Smith, former
Chief of Staff of British Indian Army, prepares
a Top Secret document advocating a common
Army for India and Pakistan.
20th February 1947 British Government declares its intention to
transfer power to Indians in 1948.
3rd June 1947 Plan for formation of Dominions of India and
Pakistan is announced.
30th June 1947 Partition Committee agrees upon the princi-
ples on which Army subcommittee will work.
1st July 1947 Demobilization is completed after Second
World War.
July 1947 Armed Forces Reconstitution Committee rec-
ommends the partition of EME School and
Centre till June 1948. Split of 400,000 Indian
EME Records commences.
15th August 1947 India and Pakistan take operational control of Back to Main Menu
their respective Armed Forces.
16th August 1947 Joint Defence Council is formed with Lord
Mountbatten (Governor General of India) as
the neutral Chairman.
12th September 1947 Pakistan EME Directorate is formed at GHQ
Rawalpindi.
September 1947 Supreme Commander decides that in view of
the communal trouble, the partition of EME
School and Centre should no longer be
delayed.
384
20th October 1947 First regular officers (four in number) com-
missioned into the Corps of Pakistan EME.
Back to Main Menu

October 1947 Outbreak of hostilities between India and
Pakistan in Kashmir.
November 1947 Split of 400,000 Indian EME Records is com-
pleted.
December 1947 Pakistan EME regimental Centre is formed at
Quetta. Pakistan's share of the stocks of Indian
EME Publication Depot is elected and packed
under supervision of British Indian EME offi-
cers.
14th February 1948 Brigadier W.P.B. Ashton appointed as Director
Pakistan EME for the next 8 years.
January 1948 Pakistan Military Academy starts functioning.
February 1948 Cross posting of personnel between Indian
and Pakistani Armed Forces is completed.
Early 1948 101 Brigade uses 'Lohar' as the designation of
EME in wireless conversations.
1st April 1948 Joint Defence Council is dissolved after com-
pleting the division of Armed Forces between
India and Pakistan. Back to Main Menu
August 1948 501 Command Workshop is re-designated as
501 Central Workshop. Arsenal Wing at
Rawalpindi is re-designated as 502 Central
Workshop.
1st August 1948 602 Combined Workshop is raised.
15th September 1948 First batch of students comprising 4 officers
and 14 cadets is sent to Loughborough
College, UK.
October 1948 Strength of EME Directorate increases from
20 to 25 officers.
385
November 1948 Cadets of first batch of students sent to UK are
commissioned in a special ceremony at the
Back to Main Menu

Pakistan High Commission in London
April 1951 Strength of EME Directorate increases from
25 to 29 officers.
Mid-1951 Emergency is declared in the country due to
Kashmir operations.
August 1951 First batch of newly commissioned officers is
sent to Punjab College of Engineering and
Technology Lahore.
1952 Post of Inspector EME is created.
1st January 1952 Agreement is made with International Aeradio
(Pakistan) Limited for the provision of 3 radar
engineers and 4 radar technicians.
8th Jan 1954 2 EME Battalion is raised at Multan.
1955 All the British Warrant Officers are replaced
by Pakistani JCOs. Major Ghazanfer
Muhammad Khan becomes the first EME offi-
cer to qualify the staff course at Staff College
Quetta. Training in USA is started in accor-
dance with US Aid Programme. Back to Main Menu
1957 Civilian Scholarship Scheme for induction of
officers is started.
1958 O-1 aircraft is inducted in Army Aviation.
1959 An LAD fully capable of looking after the
technical needs of the flying machines is
raised.
January 1960 199 Aviation EME Battalion is raised.
1st July 1961 138 EME Battalion is raised at Lahore.
1962 EME Battalions are formed.
January 1962 96 EME Battalion is raised at Peshawar.
386
26th June 1962 65 EME Battalion is raised at Quetta to sup-
port 8 div.
Back to Main Menu

1st July 1962 68 EME Battalion is raised at Sialkot.
1963 603 Combined Workshop is raised.
1st Jan 1963 72 EME Battalion is raised at Kharian
6th March 1963 87 EME Battalion is raised at Nowshera
25th March 1963 135 EME Battalion is raised at Dacca by aug-
menting the strength of 135 Inf Wksp Coy.
1963 Defence Science and Technology Organization
(DESTO) is established.
9th Jan 1964 8 EME Battalion is raised at Campbellpur
(now Attock).
1965 58 EME Battalion was raised at Kharian to
support 9 Division.
1965 52 EME Battalion is raised ar Rawalpindi
1st March 1966 53 EME Battalion is raised at Hyderabad.
6th March 1966 50 EME Battalion is Raised in support of 16
Division by the merger of 171,172,173
Infantry Wksp Coys
6th June 1967 80 EME Battalion is redesignated from 87
EME Battalion. Back to Main Menu
EME Battalion with 138 and 145 Infantry
Workshop coys.
EME Battalion.
1st June 1967 59 EME Battalion is raised from 135 EME
Battalion
June 1967 55 EME Battalion is raised at Quetta
1st July 1967 56 EME Battalion is raised at Sialkot.
1967 51 EME Battalion is raised at Peshawar
387
30th June 1969 60 EME Battalion is raised at Jehlum
6th Mar 1969 10 EME Battalion is raised at Jhelum.
Back to Main Menu

29th July 1969 503 Aviation Base Workshop EME is raised.
28th Aug 1969 299 Aviation EME Battalion is raised at
Rawalpindi.
29th Sept 1969 40 EME Battalion is formed from 2 EME
Battalion at Mailsi, Multan.
17th Nov 1969 8 EME Battalion is re-organized as 41 EME
battalion.
1969 Army Aviation Engineering School is estab-
lished.
1970 First Alouette-III helicopter re-assembled in
503 Aviation Base Workshop handed over to
Pakistan Air Force.
31st March 1971 90 EME Battalion is raised at Kharian.
15th April 1971 91 EME Battalion is raised at Quetta.
30th Sept 1971 46 EME Battalion is raised at Multan.
1971 Heavy Industries Taxila (HIT) is formed.
15th June 1972 93 EME Battalion is raised at Kharian.
20th March 1972 92 EME Battalion is raised at Bahawalnagar.
1972 First Puma helicopter arrives. Back to Main Menu
13th November 1972 Miltary Vehicles Research and Development
Establishment (MVRDE) is raised.
1974 Ammunition Research and Development
Establishment is formed.
1974 Rank of Commandant Army Aviation
Engineering School is raised from Major to
Lieutenant Colonel. Facilities for overhaul of
Alouette airframe and Lycoming Engine (OH-
13S Helicopter) are established
1977 E Cadets Scheme is started, in suppression of
388
the Civilian Scholarship Scheme.
23rd July 1980 47 EME Battalion is raised at Quetta.
Back to Main Menu

1981 Aviation Engineering Groups are raised.
1st December 1981 509 Electronics Base Workshop is raised at
Rawalpindi.
1982 MI-8 Overhaul Group is created.
1983 Refurbishment of AB-205 helicopter is start-
ed.
June 1983 EME Tarana was created by Lt Col Dil Nawaz
Dil
February 1984 Puma Airframe Overhaul Group is estab-
lished.
2nd April 1985 Aviation Engg Gp IV (later re-organized as
499 Avn EME Battalion in 1991) is raised.
1985 Army Aviation Engineering School moves
from 503 Aviation Base Workshop to present
campus.
1985 Margalla Electronics is established.
1st October 1987 94 EME Battalion is raised at Okara.
12th October 1988 95 EME Battalion is raised at Quetta.
1990 Rank of Commandant Army Aviation Back to Main Menu
Engineering School is raised from Lieutenant
Colonel to Colonel. Puma Dynamic
Components Overhaul Group is created.
Aviation Engineering Groups are disbanded
and reorganized into Aviation EME
Battalions.
14th February 1990 48 EME Battalion is raised at Gujaranwala
25th February 1990 49 EME Battalion was raised at Bahawalpur
Cantt by merging 17 and 18 Specil Workshop
Companies
389
1st April 1990 System of Tech Cadets is adopted as the sole
mode of induction of officers.
Back to Main Menu

10th June 1990 505 Electroncis Base Workshop is raised at
Gujranwala.
January 1991 510 Electronics Base Workshop is raised at
Rawalpindi.
1st Aug 1991 599 Aviation EME Battalion is raised at
Multan.
1st Aug 1991 399 Aviation EME Battalion is raised at
Rawalpindi.
27th November 1994 118 EME Battalion is raised at Mangla.
1995 Rank of Commandant Army Aviation
Engineering School is raised from Colonel to
Brigadier.
1st February 1997 544 Heavy EME Battalion is raised at Malir.
28th April 1997 546 EME Battalion is raised at Bahawalpur.
1999 College of EME achieves ISO-9001 certifica-
tion.
9th February 2000 565 Composite EME Battalion is raised at
Chaklala Rawalpindi.
9th February 2000 566 Composite EME Battalion is raised at Back to Main Menu
Kirana, Sargodha.
2001 Piston Engine and Accessories Overhaul
Group of 503 Aviation Base Workshop
achieves ISO-9002 certification.
2nd August 2002 567 Composite EME Battalion is raised at
Sargodha.
2002 503 Aviation Base Workshop achieves ISO-
9002 and AS-9000 certifications
390
391

History of The Corps of Electr - Brigadier (R) Khwaja Tariq Mah - 18128

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

History of The Corps of Electr - Brigadier (R) Khwaja Tariq Mah - 18128

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

History of The Corps of Electr - Brigadier (R) Khwaja Tariq Mah - 18128

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Back to Main Menu

Copyright © 2004 by EME Directorate, GHQ.

Back to Main Menu

Printed and bound in Pakistan by

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be

This book is dedicated to the memory of EME all

Back to Main Menu

C-IN-C General Agha M. Yahya Khan, HPk, HJ

It gives me immense pleasure to write the fore-

Back to Main Menu

A review of the historical development of any

Back to Main Menu

Back to Main Menu

Back to Main Menu

Rawalpindi Major General

Back to Main Menu

PART-I EVOLUTION OF CORPS OF EME

CHAPTER 1 FORMATION OF CORPS OF

Back to Main Menu

CHAPTER 3 AVIATION ENGINEERING 64

PART-II EME UNITS Back to Main Menu

CHAPTER 4 FIELD UNITS 69

Back to Main Menu

CHAPTER 6 TRAINING ESTABLISHMENTS 185

CHAPTER 7 INSPECTION AND

PART-III : EME IN WAR

CHAPTER 8 1965 WAR 227

CHAPTER 9 1971 WAR IN EAST PAKISTAN 259

CHAPTER 10 1971 WAR IN WEST PAKISTAN 291

Back to Main Menu

CHAPTER 12 SPORTS, REUNIONS AND

APPENDIX 1 MISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339

Back to Main Menu

Back to Main Menu

“And by Our grace We benefited David....

History is a chronicle of mankind. It documents

serves to refine the future using the record of past.

Back to Main Menu

of the earliest chronicled craftsmen of Islam was Saad

Back to Main Menu

Back to Main Menu

Organization of the Book

This book presents the history of the Corps of

and evolution of Inspections and Technical

Back to Main Menu

tive nature, the indices of names of persons and places

Back to Main Menu

Back to Main Menu

EVOLUTION OF CORPS OF EME

Back to Main Menu

FORMATION OF CORPS OF PAKISTAN

Up to 1939, after World War I, the responsibili-

to give serious thought to merge the two organizations

Back to Main Menu

Mechanical Engineering Directorate

At the beginning of World War II, the technical

nance load reached new peaks. Not only the numbers

Back to Main Menu